2017-chevrolet-sonic-om.pdf - owner's manual - cloudfront.net

23229855 A

Sonic Owner’s Manual

2017 Sonic

C

M

Y

CM

MY

CY

CMY

K

2k17_Chevrolet_Sonic_23229855A.ai 1 5/18/2016 11:59:16 AM

Chevrolet Sonic Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada-10122660) -2017 - crc - 5/13/16

Contents Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2

In Brief . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5

Keys, Doors, and Windows . . . . . 26

Seats and Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . 51

Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97

Instruments and Controls . . . . . . 100

Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134

Infotainment System . . . . . . . . . . 141

Climate Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166

Driving and Operating . . . . . . . . . 171

Vehicle Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212

Service and Maintenance . . . . . 289

Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 303

Customer Information . . . . . . . . . 307

Reporting Safety Defects . . . . . . 317

OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 321

Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 331


2 Introduction

Introduction

The names, logos, emblems,slogans, vehicle model names, andvehicle body designs appearing inthis manual including, but not limitedto, GM, the GM logo, CHEVROLET,the CHEVROLET Emblem, andSONIC are trademarks and/orservice marks of General MotorsLLC, its subsidiaries, affiliates,or licensors.

For vehicles first sold in Canada,substitute the name “GeneralMotors of Canada Company” forChevrolet Motor Division wherever itappears in this manual.

This manual describes features thatmay or may not be on the vehiclebecause of optional equipment thatwas not purchased on the vehicle,model variants, countryspecifications, features/applicationsthat may not be available in yourregion, or changes subsequent tothe printing of this owner manual.

Refer to the purchasedocumentation relating to yourspecific vehicle to confirm thefeatures.

Keep this manual in the vehicle forquick reference.

Canadian Vehicle OwnersA French language manual can beobtained from your dealer, atwww.helminc.com, or from:

Propriétaires Canadiens

On peut obtenir un exemplaire dece guide en français auprès duconcessionnaire ou à l'adressesuivante:

Helm, IncorporatedAttention: Customer Service47911 Halyard DrivePlymouth, MI 48170USA

Using this ManualTo quickly locate information aboutthe vehicle, use the Index in theback of the manual. It is analphabetical list of what is in themanual and the page number whereit can be found.

Litho in U.S.A.Part No. 23229855 A First Printing ©2016 General Motors LLC. All Rights Reserved.


Introduction 3

Danger, Warning, andCautionWarning messages found on vehiclelabels and in this manual describehazards and what to do to avoid orreduce them.

{ Danger

Danger indicates a hazard with ahigh level of risk which will resultin serious injury or death.

{ Warning

Warning indicates a hazard thatcould result in injury or death.

Caution

Caution indicates a hazard thatcould result in property or vehicledamage.

A circle with a slash through it is asafety symbol which means “DoNot,” “Do not do this,” or “Do not letthis happen.”

SymbolsThe vehicle has components andlabels that use symbols instead oftext. Symbols are shown along withthe text describing the operation orinformation relating to a specificcomponent, control, message,gauge, or indicator.

M : Shown when the ownermanual has additional instructionsor information.

* : Shown when the servicemanual has additional instructionsor information.

0 : Shown when there is moreinformation on another page —“see page.”

Vehicle Symbol Chart

Here are some additional symbolsthat may be found on the vehicleand what they mean. For moreinformation on the symbol, refer tothe Index.

9 : Airbag Readiness Light

# : Air Conditioning

! : Antilock Brake System (ABS)

% : Audio Steering Wheel Controlsor OnStar®

$ : Brake System Warning Light

" : Charging System

I : Cruise Control

` : Do Not Puncture

^ : Do Not Service

B : Engine Coolant Temperature

O : Exterior Lamps

_ : Flame/Fire Prohibited

# : Fog Lamps

. : Fuel Gauge

+ : Fuses


4 Introduction

3 : Headlamp High/Low-BeamChanger

j : LATCH System Child Restraints

* : Malfunction Indicator Lamp

: : Oil Pressure

} : Power

/ : Remote Vehicle Start

> : Safety Belt Reminders

7 : Tire Pressure Monitor

d : Traction Control/StabiliTrak®

a : Under Pressure

M : Windshield Washer Fluid


In Brief 5

In Brief

Instrument PanelInstrument Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6

Initial Drive InformationInitial Drive Information . . . . . . . . . . 8Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8

Remote Vehicle Start . . . . . . . . . . . 9Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9Liftgate (Hatchback) . . . . . . . . . . . 10Trunk Release (Sedan) . . . . . . . . 10Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11Seat Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11Second Row Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . 13Head Restraint Adjustment . . . . 13Safety Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13Passenger Sensing System . . . 13Mirror Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14Steering Wheel Adjustment . . . . 14Interior Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15Exterior Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15Windshield Wiper/Washer . . . . . . 16Climate Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17

Vehicle FeaturesInfotainment System . . . . . . . . . . . 18Radio(s) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19

Satellite Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19Portable Audio Devices . . . . . . . . 20Bluetooth® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20Steering Wheel Controls . . . . . . . 20Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21Driver InformationCenter (DIC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21

Forward Collision Alert (FCA)System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21

Lane DepartureWarning (LDW) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21

Rear Vision Camera (RVC) . . . . 22Power Outlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22Sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22

Performance and MaintenanceTraction Control/ElectronicStability Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23

Tire Pressure Monitor . . . . . . . . . . 23Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23E85 or FlexFuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24Engine Oil Life System . . . . . . . . 24Driving for Better FuelEconomy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24

Roadside AssistanceProgram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25


6 In Brief

Instrument Panel


In Brief 7

1. Air Vents 0 168.

2. Exterior Lamp Controls 0 134.

Instrument Panel IlluminationControl 0 137.

3. Turn Signal Lever. See Turnand Lane-ChangeSignals 0 136.

4. Instrument Cluster 0 107.

5. Windshield Wiper/Washer 0 102.

6. Card Holder.

7. Infotainment 0 141.

8. Light Sensor. See AutomaticHeadlamp System 0 135.

9. Instrument Panel Storage 0 97.

10. Passenger SensingSystem 0 71.

11. Hazard WarningFlashers 0 136.

12. USB Port 0 149 (If Equipped).

Auxiliary Devices 0 155 (IfEquipped).

13. Shift Lever. See AutomaticTransmission 0 191 (IfEquipped) or ManualTransmission 0 193 (IfEquipped).

14. Trunk Release (Sedan). SeeTrunk (Sedan) 0 41.

Lane Departure Warning(LDW) 0 206 (If Equipped).

Traction Control/ElectronicStability Control 0 197.

15. Power Outlets 0 105.

16. Climate ControlSystems 0 166.

17. Central Locking Switch. SeeDoor Locks 0 38.

18. Ignition Switch. See IgnitionPositions (Key Access) 0 182or Ignition Positions (KeylessAccess) 0 183.

19. Steering Wheel Controls 0 101.

20. Horn 0 102.

21. Steering WheelAdjustment 0 101.

22. Cruise Control 0 199.

Forward Collision Alert (FCA)System 0 204 (If Equipped.

Heated Steering Wheel 0 102(If Equipped).

23. Data Link Connector (DLC)(Out of View). See MalfunctionIndicator Lamp (Check EngineLight) 0 112.

24. Hood Release. SeeHood 0 215.


8 In Brief

Initial DriveInformationThis section provides a briefoverview about some of theimportant features that may or maynot be on your specific vehicle.

For more detailed information, referto each of the features which can befound later in this owner manual.

Remote Keyless Entry(RKE) SystemThe Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)transmitter may work up to 60 m(197 ft) away from the vehicle.

Key Access with Remote StartShown

Press the key release button toextend the key blade. The key canbe used for the ignition and alllocks.

Keyless Access with Remote StartShown

Press the button to release the key.The key can be used for all locks.

Press K to unlock the driver door orall doors, liftgate or trunk.

Press Q to lock all doors, liftgate ortrunk.

Lock and unlock feedback can bepersonalized. See VehiclePersonalization 0 127.

If equipped, press and holdY for

key access, or pressX twice forkeyless access, to release the trunk.


In Brief 9

Press and release 7 to initiatevehicle locator.

Press and hold 7 for at leastthree seconds to sound the panicalarm.

Press 7 again to cancel the panicalarm.

See Keys 0 26 and Remote KeylessEntry (RKE) System Operation(Keyless Access) 0 31 or RemoteKeyless Entry (RKE) SystemOperation (Key Access) 0 29.

Remote Vehicle StartIf equipped, the engine can bestarted from outside of the vehicle.

Starting the Vehicle

1. Press and release Q on theRKE transmitter.

2. Immediately press and hold /for at least four seconds or untilthe turn signal lamps flash.

Start the vehicle normally afterentering.

When the vehicle starts, the parkinglamps will turn on.

Remote start can be extended.

Canceling a Remote Start

To cancel a remote start, do one ofthe following:

. Press and hold/ until theparking lamps turn off.

. Turn on the hazard warningflashers.

. Turn the vehicle on and then off.

See Remote Vehicle Start 0 37.

Door LocksTo lock or unlock the doors fromoutside the vehicle:

. Use the key in the driver door tolock all doors or unlock thedriver door only.

. Press Q or K on the RemoteKeyless Entry (RKE) transmitter.See Remote Keyless Entry(RKE) System Operation(Keyless Access) 0 31 or

Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)System Operation (KeyAccess) 0 29.

To lock the doors from inside thevehicle:

. Press Q on the central lockingswitch or on the driver doorswitch.

. Press the lock knob on the driverdoor to lock all doors and,if equipped, the liftgate.

To unlock the doors from inside thevehicle:

. Press K on the central lockingswitch or on the driver doorswitch.

. Pull the door handle. Pulling thedoor handle again unlatchesthe door.

. Lift the lock knob on the driverdoor to unlock the driver door.

See Door Locks 0 38.


10 In Brief

Keyless Access

The RKE transmitter must be within1 m (3 ft) of the door being opened.

Press the button on the door handleto open. See Keyless AccessOperation under Remote KeylessEntry (RKE) System Operation(Keyless Access) 0 31 or RemoteKeyless Entry (RKE) SystemOperation (Key Access) 0 29.

Liftgate (Hatchback)To lock or unlock the liftgate or trunkfrom the inside, press Q or K onthe central locking switch or on thedriver door switch.

The vehicle must be in P (Park) forautomatic transmissions. Formanual transmissions the parkingbrake must be engaged.

To open the liftgate from theoutside, press K on the RKEtransmitter to unlock all doors, thenuse the touch pad.

See Liftgate (Hatchback) 0 43.

Trunk Release (Sedan)To lock or unlock the trunk from theinside, press Q or K on the centrallocking switch or on the driver doorswitch.

To open the trunk from inside thevehicle pressV.

To lock the trunk from the outsidepress Q on the RKE transmitter.


In Brief 11

To open the trunk from outside ofthe vehicle:

. Press K on the RKE transmitterto unlock all doors, then use thetouch pad.

. Press and holdY for key

access, or pressX twice forkeyless access, on the RKEtransmitter.

See Trunk (Sedan) 0 41 andRemote Keyless Entry (RKE)System Operation (Keyless Access)0 31 or Remote Keyless Entry(RKE) System Operation (KeyAccess) 0 29.

WindowsManual Windows

If equipped, use the window crankto open and close each window.

See Manual Windows 0 48.

Power Windows

If equipped, press or pull the switchto open or close the window.

The switches work when the vehicleis in ON/RUN or ACC/ACCESSORY, or when RetainedAccessory Power (RAP) is active.See Retained Accessory Power(RAP) 0 187.

See Power Windows 0 48.

Seat Adjustment

Manual Seats

To adjust a manual seat:

1. Pull the handle at the front ofthe seat.

2. Slide the seat to the desiredposition and release thehandle.

3. Try to move the seat back andforth to be sure it is locked inplace.

See Seat Adjustment 0 53.


12 In Brief

Power Seats

To adjust a power seat:

. Move the seat forward orrearward by sliding the controlforward or rearward.

. Raise or lower the front part ofthe seat cushion by moving thefront of the control up or down.

. Raise or lower the entire seat bymoving the rear of the control upor down.

See Power Seat Adjustment 0 54.

Lumbar Adjustment

If available, press the front or rear ofthe switch to increase or decreaselumbar support. Release the switchwhen the desired level of support isreached.

See Lumbar Adjustment 0 54.

Reclining Seatbacks

Manual Seat Shown, Power SeatSimilar

To recline the seatback:

1. Lift the lever.

If necessary, move the safetybelt out of the way to accessthe lever.

2. Move the seatback to thedesired position, then releasethe lever to lock the seatbackin place.

3. Push and pull on the seatbackto make sure it is locked.


In Brief 13

To return the seatback to an uprightposition:

1. Lift the lever fully withoutapplying pressure to theseatback, and the seatbackreturns to the upright position.


See Reclining Seatbacks 0 55.

Second Row SeatsThe rear seatbacks can be foldeddown to increase cargo space.

See Rear Seats 0 57.

Head RestraintAdjustmentDo not drive until the head restraintsfor all occupants are installed andadjusted properly.

To achieve a comfortable seatingposition, change the seatbackrecline angle as little as necessarywhile keeping the seat and the headrestraint height in the properposition.

See Head Restraints 0 52 and SeatAdjustment 0 53.

Safety Belts

Refer to the following sections forimportant information on how to usesafety belts properly:

. Safety Belts 0 59.

. How to Wear Safety BeltsProperly 0 60.

. Lap-Shoulder Belt 0 61.

. Lower Anchors and Tethers forChildren (LATCH System) 0 84.

Passenger SensingSystem

United States

Canada

The passenger sensing systemturns off the front outboardpassenger frontal airbag and kneeairbag under certain conditions. Noother airbag is affected by thepassenger sensing system. SeePassenger Sensing System 0 71.


14 In Brief

The passenger airbag statusindicator will be visible on theinstrument panel when the vehicle isstarted. See Passenger AirbagStatus Indicator 0 111.

Mirror Adjustment

Exterior Mirrors

Manual Outside Mirrors

Move the control up, down, or sideto side to adjust the mirror.

See Manual Mirrors 0 46.

Power Outside Mirrors

For vehicles with power outsidemirrors:

1. Select the mirror by moving theselector switch to L for thedriver side or R for thepassenger side.

2. Use the control knob to movethe mirror in the desireddirection.

See Power Mirrors 0 46.

Interior Mirror

Hold the inside rearview mirror inthe center to move it for a clearerview behind your vehicle. Adjust the

mirror to avoid glare from theheadlamps behind you. Push thetab forward for daytime use and pullit for nighttime use.

See Manual Rearview Mirror 0 47.

Steering WheelAdjustment

To adjust the steering wheel:

1. Pull the lever down.

2. Move the steering wheel up,down, forward, and backward.

3. Pull the lever up to lock thesteering wheel in place.


In Brief 15

Do not adjust the steering wheelwhile driving.

Interior LightingDome Lamps

The dome lamp controls are in theheadliner above the rear seats.

9 : Press to turn the lamps off,even when a door is open.

H : When the button is returned tothe middle position, the lamps turnon automatically when a door isopened.

R : Press to turn on the dome lamps.

Reading Lamps

For vehicles with front readinglamps, they are in the overheadconsole.

# or$ : Press to turn each lampon or off.

For more information about interiorlighting, see Instrument PanelIllumination Control 0 137 orCourtesy Lamps 0 138.

Exterior Lighting

The exterior lamp control is on theinstrument panel to the outboardside of the steering column.

O : Briefly turn to this position toturn the automatic light control off oron again.

AUTO : Turns the headlamps onautomatically at normal brightness,together with the following:

. Parking Lamps

. Taillamps

. License Plate Lamps

. Instrument Panel Lights

. Sidemarker Lamps


16 In Brief

; : Turns on the parking lampsincluding all lamps except theheadlamps.

5 : Turns the headlamps ontogether with the parking lamps andinstrument panel lights. A warningchime sounds if the driver door isopened when the ignition switch isoff and the headlamps are on.

# : For vehicles with fog lamps,press to turn the lamps on or off.

See:

. Exterior Lamp Controls 0 134

. Daytime Running Lamps(DRL) 0 135

. Fog Lamps 0 137

Windshield Wiper/Washer

Sedan

Hatchback

The windshield wiper/washer leveris on the right side of the steeringcolumn.

Move the lever to one of thefollowing positions:

HI : Use for fast wipes.

LO : Use for slow wipes.

Hatchback Shown, Sedan Similar

INT : Move the lever up to INT forintermittent wipes, then turn thexINT band up for more frequentwipes or down for less frequentwipes.

OFF : Use to turn the wipers off.

1X : For a single wipe, briefly movethe wiper lever down. For severalwipes, hold the wiper lever down.

nL : Pull the windshield wiperlever toward you to spray windshieldwasher fluid and activate the wipers.

See Windshield Wiper/Washer0 102. For vehicles with a rearwindow wiper/washer, see RearWindow Wiper/Washer 0 103.

Climate ControlsIf equipped with these climatecontrol systems, the heating,cooling, and ventilation can becontrolled for the vehicle.


In Brief 17

Climate Control System withHeater and Air Conditioning

1. Temperature Control

2. Fan Control

3. Air Delivery Mode Control

4. Driver and Passenger HeatedSeats (If Equipped)

5. Recirculation

6. Rear Window Defogger

7. Air Conditioning

Climate Control System withHeater Only


2. Fan Control



See Climate Control Systems 0 166.

Transmission

Automatic Transmission

Manual Mode

If equipped, this position allows youto change gears similar to a manualtransmission. To use this feature:

1. Move the shift lever fromD (Drive) rearward toM (Manual Mode).

2. Press the + (plus) end of thebutton on the side of the shiftlever to upshift, or press the −(minus) end of the button todownshift.

See Manual Mode 0 192.


18 In Brief

Manual Transmission

Up-Shift Light

Vehicles equipped with a manualtransmission have an up-shift light.This light indicates when to shift tothe next higher gear for better fueleconomy.

For the best fuel economy,accelerate slowly and shift when thelight comes on, if weather, road, andtraffic conditions allow.

It is normal for the light to go on andoff if the accelerator positionchanges quickly. Ignore the lightduring downshifts.

Reverse Lockout

The manual transmission isequipped with a reverse lockoutring. To shift into R (Reverse), pressdown the clutch pedal, lift up thering on the shift lever, and shift intoR (Reverse). Let up on the clutchpedal slowly while pressing theaccelerator pedal.

See Manual Transmission 0 193.

Vehicle Features

Infotainment SystemRead the following pages tobecome familiar with the features.

{ Warning

Taking your eyes off the road fortoo long or too often while usingany infotainment feature cancause a crash. You or otherscould be injured or killed. Do notgive extended attention toinfotainment tasks while driving.Limit your glances at the vehicledisplays and focus your attentionon driving. Use voice commandswhenever possible.

The infotainment system has built-infeatures intended to help avoiddistraction by disabling somefunctions when driving. Thesefunctions may gray out when theyare unavailable. Many infotainment


In Brief 19

features are also available throughthe instrument cluster and steeringwheel controls.

Before driving:

. Become familiar with theoperation, faceplate buttons, andscreen buttons.

. Set up the audio by presettingfavorite stations, setting thetone, and adjusting thespeakers.

. Set up phone numbers inadvance so they can be calledeasily by pressing a singlebutton or by using a single voicecommand if equipped withBluetooth phone capability.

See Defensive Driving 0 172.

To play the infotainment system withthe ignition off, see RetainedAccessory Power (RAP) 0 187.

Radio(s)O :

. Press to turn the power on.

. Press and hold to turn thepower off.

. Press to mute/unmute thesystem when on.

. Turn to decrease or increase thevolume.

g :

. Radio: Press and release to fastseek the strongest previousstation or channel.

. USB/Music/Pictures: Press to goto the previous content. Pressand hold to fast rewind.

d :

. Radio: Press and release to fastseek the next strongest stationor channel.

. USB/Music/Pictures: Press to goto the next content. Press andhold to fast forward.

5 :

. Press and release to access thephone screen, answer anincoming call, or access thedevice home screen.

See Overview 0 143.

Satellite RadioIf equipped, vehicles with aSiriusXM® satellite radio tuner and avalid SiriusXM satellite radiosubscription can receive SiriusXMprogramming.

SiriusXM Satellite RadioService

SiriusXM is a satellite radio servicebased in the 48 contiguous UnitedStates and 10 Canadian provinces.SiriusXM satellite radio has a widevariety of programming andcommercial-free music, coast tocoast, and in digital-quality sound.A fee is required to receive theSiriusXM service.

Refer to:

. www.siriusxm.com or call1-888-601-6296 (U.S.).

. www.siriusxm.ca or call1-877-438-9677 (Canada).

See Satellite Radio 0 146.


20 In Brief

Portable Audio DevicesThe vehicle is equipped with eithera single USB port or dual USB portslocated in the center stack. Externaldevices such as iPods®, MP3players, and USB storage devicesmay be connected.

See USB Port 0 149.

Bluetooth®

The Bluetooth® system allows userswith a Bluetooth-enabled mobilephone to make and receivehands-free calls using the vehicleaudio system and controls.

The Bluetooth-enabled mobilephone must be paired with thein-vehicle Bluetooth system before itcan be used in the vehicle. Not allphones will support all functions.

See Bluetooth (Overview) 0 155 orBluetooth (InfotainmentControls) 0 157.

Steering Wheel Controls

For vehicles with audio steeringwheel controls, some audio controlscan be adjusted at the steeringwheel.

b / g : For vehicles with aBluetooth, OnStar, or navigationsystem, press to interact with thosesystems. See Bluetooth (Overview)0 155 or Bluetooth (InfotainmentControls) 0 157, OnStar Overview0 321, or the infotainment manual.

$ /i : Press to silence thevehicle speakers only. Press againto turn the sound on. For vehicleswith OnStar or Bluetooth systems,press to reject an incoming call,or to end a current call.

_ SRC ^ : Press to select a sourceor turn to change favorite stations.

Press _ or ^ to select AM, FM, CD,or MP3 track.

Turn _ or ^ to select the next orprevious saved favorite radiostations.

+ x − : Press + to increase thevolume. Press − to decrease thevolume.

For more information, see SteeringWheel Controls 0 101.


In Brief 21

Cruise Control

5 : Press to turn the cruise controlsystem on and off. A white indicatorcomes on in the instrument clusterwhen cruise is turned on.

RES/+ : If there is a set speed inmemory, move the thumbwheel upbriefly to resume to that speed orhold upward to accelerate. If cruisecontrol is already active, use toincrease vehicle speed.

SET/− : Move the thumbwheel downbriefly to set the speed and activatecruise control. If cruise control isalready active, use to decreasespeed.

* : Press to disengage cruisecontrol without erasing the setspeed from memory.

See Cruise Control 0 199.

Driver InformationCenter (DIC)The DIC display is in the instrumentcluster. It shows the status of manyvehicle systems. The controls forthe DIC are on the turn signal lever.

1. SET/CLR: Press to set or clearthe menu item displayed.

2. wx : Turn the band to scrollthrough the menu items.

3. MENU: Press to display theDIC menus. This button is alsoused to return to or exit the lastscreen displayed on the DIC.

See Driver Information Center(DIC) 0 121.

Forward Collision Alert(FCA) SystemIf equipped, FCA may help avoid orreduce the harm caused byfront-end crashes. FCA provides agreen indicator,V, when a vehicleis detected ahead. Whenapproaching a vehicle ahead tooquickly, FCA provides a red flashingalert and rapidly beeps. This alertstays lit if you follow a vehicle muchtoo closely.

See Forward Collision Alert (FCA)System 0 204.

Lane DepartureWarning (LDW)If equipped, LDW may help avoidunintentional lane departures atspeeds of 56 km/h (35 mph) or


22 In Brief

greater. LDW uses a camera sensorto detect the lane markings. TheLDW light, @, is green if a lanemarking is detected. If the vehicledeparts the lane without using a turnsignal in that direction, the light willchange to amber and flash. Inaddition, beeps will sound.

See Lane Departure Warning(LDW) 0 206.

Rear VisionCamera (RVC)If equipped, RVC displays a view ofthe area behind the vehicle, on theinfotainment display, when thevehicle is shifted into R (Reverse).

See Rear Vision Camera(RVC) 0 201.

Power OutletsThe accessory power outlets can beused to plug in electrical equipment,such as a cell phone or MP3 player.

The vehicle has an accessorypower outlet behind the cupholderson the center floor console.

See Power Outlets 0 105.

Sunroof

If equipped, the sunroof onlyoperates when the ignition is on orRetained Accessory Power (RAP) isactive. See Retained AccessoryPower (RAP) 0 187.

Express-open : Press andreleasee to express-open thesunroof. Press again to stop themovement.

Open/Close (Manual Mode) :Press and holde to open thesunroof. Release the switch to stopthe movement. Press and holdgto close the sunroof. Release theswitch to stop the movement.

Vent : Press and holdg to ventthe sunroof.

The sunshade opens automaticallywith the sunroof, but must be closedmanually.

The sunroof will not operate if thevehicle has an electrical failure.

See Sunroof 0 50.


In Brief 23

Performance andMaintenance

Traction Control/Electronic StabilityControlThe Traction Control System (TCS)limits wheel spin. The system is onwhen the vehicle is started.

The StabiliTrak system assists withdirectional control of the vehicle indifficult driving conditions. Thesystem is on when the vehicle isstarted.

. To turn off traction control, pressand release g on the center

console. The traction off light iilluminates.

. Press and release g again toturn traction control back on.

. To turn off both traction controland StabiliTrak, press and holdg until the traction off light iand the StabiliTrak OFF light gilluminate.

. Press g again to turn on bothsystems.

See Traction Control/ElectronicStability Control 0 197.

Tire Pressure MonitorThis vehicle may have a TirePressure Monitor System (TPMS).

The low tire pressure warning lightalerts to a significant loss inpressure of one of the vehicle'stires. If the warning light comes on,stop as soon as possible and inflatethe tires to the recommendedpressure shown on the Tire andLoading Information label. SeeVehicle Load Limits 0 178. Thewarning light will remain on until thetire pressure is corrected.

The low tire pressure warning lightmay come on in cool weather whenthe vehicle is first started, and thenturn off as the vehicle is driven. Thismay be an early indicator that thetire pressures are getting low andthe tires need to be inflated to theproper pressure.

The TPMS does not replace normalmonthly tire maintenance. Maintainthe correct tire pressures.

See Tire Pressure MonitorSystem 0 257.

Fuel

Regular Fuel

Use only unleaded gasoline rated87 octane or higher in your vehicle.Do not use gasoline with an octanerating lower as it may result invehicle damage and lower fueleconomy. See Fuel 0 207.


24 In Brief

E85 or FlexFuel

No E85 or FlexFuel

Gasoline-ethanol fuel blends greaterthan E15 (15% ethanol by volume),such as E85, cannot be used in thisvehicle.

Engine Oil Life SystemThe engine oil life system calculatesengine oil life based on vehicle useand displays the: %CHANGEmessage on the Driver InformationCenter (DIC) when it is necessary tochange the engine oil and filter.

Remember, the oil life display mustbe reset after each oil change. It willnot reset itself.

Resetting the Oil Life System

1. Press MENU to showRemaining Oil Life on thedisplay. This display shows anestimate of the oil’s remaininguseful life. If 99% is displayed,that means that 99% of thecurrent oil life remains.

2. To reset the engine oil lifesystem, press SET/CLR whilethe oil life display is active.Select YES and press and holdSET/CLR. After a few seconds,there will be a single chime andthe oil life will be resetto 100%.

Be careful not to reset the oil lifedisplay accidentally at any timeother than when the oil has justbeen changed. It cannot be resetaccurately until the next oil change.

See Engine Oil Life System 0 222.

Driving for Better FuelEconomyDriving habits can affect fuelmileage. Here are some driving tipsto get the best fuel economypossible.

. Avoid fast starts and acceleratesmoothly.

. Brake gradually and avoidabrupt stops.

. Avoid idling the engine for longperiods of time.

. When road and weatherconditions are appropriate, usecruise control.

. Always follow posted speedlimits or drive more slowly whenconditions require.

. Keep vehicle tires properlyinflated.

. Combine several trips into asingle trip.

. Replace the vehicle's tires withthe same TPC Spec numbermolded into the tire's sidewallnear the size.


In Brief 25

. Follow recommended scheduledmaintenance.

Roadside AssistanceProgramU.S.: 1-800-243-8872

TTY Users (U.S. Only):1-888-889-2438

Canada: 1-800-268-6800

New Chevrolet owners areautomatically enrolled in theRoadside Assistance Program.

See Roadside AssistanceProgram 0 311.


26 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Keys, Doors, andWindows

Keys and LocksKeys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28

Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)System Operation (KeyAccess) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29

Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)System Operation (KeylessAccess) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31

Remote Vehicle Start . . . . . . . . . . 37Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38Delayed Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39Automatic Door Locks . . . . . . . . . 40Lockout Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40Safety Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40

DoorsTrunk (Sedan) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41Liftgate (Hatchback) . . . . . . . . . . . 43

Vehicle SecurityVehicle Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44Vehicle Alarm System . . . . . . . . . 44Immobilizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45Immobilizer Operation . . . . . . . . . 45

Exterior MirrorsConvex Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46Manual Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46Power Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46Folding Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47Heated Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47

Interior MirrorsManual Rearview Mirror . . . . . . . . 47

WindowsWindows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47Manual Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48Power Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48Sun Visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49

RoofSunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50

Keys and Locks

Keys

{ Warning

Leaving children in a vehicle withan ignition key or RemoteKeyless Entry (RKE) transmitter isdangerous and children or otherscould be seriously injured orkilled. They could operate thepower window or other controls ormake the vehicle move. Thewindows will function with the keyin the ignition or with the RKEtransmitter in the vehicle, andchildren or others could be caughtin the path of a closing window.Do not leave children in a vehiclewith the ignition key or an RKEtransmitter.


Keys, Doors, and Windows 27

{ Warning

If the key is unintentionallyrotated while the vehicle isrunning, the ignition could bemoved out of the RUN position.This could be caused by heavyitems hanging from the key ring,or by large or long items attachedto the key ring that could becontacted by the driver orsteering wheel. If the ignitionmoves out of the RUN position,the engine will shut off, brakingand steering power assist may be

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

impacted, and airbags may notdeploy. To reduce the risk ofunintentional rotation of theignition key, do not change theway the ignition key and RemoteKeyless Entry (RKE) transmitter,if equipped, are connected to theprovided key rings.

The ignition key, key rings, and RKEtransmitter, if equipped, aredesigned to work together. As asystem, it reduces the risk ofunintentionally moving the key outof the RUN position. If replacementsor additions are required, see yourdealer. Limit added items to a fewessential keys or small, light itemsno larger than an RKE transmitter.

Interference from radio-frequencyidentification (RFID) tags mayprevent the key from starting thevehicle. Keep RFID tags away fromthe key when starting the vehicle.



Key Access with Remote StartShown

The key that is part of the RemoteKeyless Entry (RKE) transmitter canbe used for the ignition and alllocks.

Press the button on the RKEtransmitter to extend the key. Pressthe button and the key blade toretract the key.

Keyless Access with Remote StartShown

The key that is part of the RemoteKeyless Entry (RKE) transmitter canbe used for all locks.

See your dealer if a new key isneeded.

If the vehicle has an ignition, and itbecomes difficult to turn the key,inspect the key blade for debris.

If you are locked out of the vehicle,see Roadside AssistanceProgram 0 311.

Remote Keyless Entry(RKE) SystemSee Radio FrequencyStatement 0 317.

If there is a decrease in the RemoteKeyless Entry (RKE) operatingrange:

. Check the distance. Thetransmitter may be too far fromthe vehicle.

. Check the location. Othervehicles or objects may beblocking the signal.

. Check the transmitter's battery.See “Battery Replacement” laterin this section.

. If the transmitter is still notworking correctly, see yourdealer or a qualified technicianfor service.



Remote Keyless Entry(RKE) System Operation(Key Access)The RKE transmitter may work up to60 m (197 ft) away from the vehicle.

Other conditions can affect theperformance of the transmitter. SeeRemote Keyless Entry (RKE)System 0 28.

With Remote Start Shown

The following buttons are on thetransmitter:

Q : Press to lock all doors liftgate ortrunk. The turn signal indicators mayflash and/or the horn may sound toindicate locking. See VehiclePersonalization 0 127.

If the driver door is open when Q ispressed, all doors lock except thedriver door, if Unlocked Door AntiLock Out is enabled through vehiclepersonalization. See VehiclePersonalization 0 127. If thepassenger door is open when Q ispressed, all doors lock.

Pressing Q may also arm thetheft-deterrent system. See VehicleAlarm System 0 44.

K : Press to unlock the driver dooror all doors liftgate or trunk. The turnsignal indicators flash to indicateunlocking has occurred. See VehiclePersonalization 0 127.

Pressing K may also disarm thetheft-deterrent system. See VehicleAlarm System 0 44.

Y : If equipped, press and hold torelease the trunk.

7 : Press and release one time toinitiate vehicle locator. The exteriorlamps flash and the horn chirpsthree times. Press and hold 7 for atleast three seconds to sound thepanic alarm. The horn sounds andthe turn signals flash for 30 secondsuntil 7 is pressed again, or until thekey is placed in the ignition andturned to ON/RUN.

/ : If equipped, press and releaseQ and then immediately press andhold/ for at least four seconds oruntil the turn signal lamps flash tostart the engine from outside thevehicle using the RKE transmitter.See Remote Vehicle Start 0 37.

The buttons on the RKE transmitterare disabled when there is a key inthe ignition.



Programming Keys to theVehicle

Only RKE transmitters programmedto this vehicle will work. If atransmitter is lost or stolen, areplacement can be purchased andprogrammed through your dealer.When the replacement transmitter isprogrammed to this vehicle, allremaining transmitters must also bereprogrammed. Any lost or stolentransmitters will no longer workonce the new transmitter isprogrammed. See your dealer tohave new transmitters programmed.

Programming with TwoRecognized Keys

To program a new key:

1. Insert the original, alreadyprogrammed key in the ignitionand turn the key to the ON/RUN position.

2. Turn the key to LOCK/OFF,and remove the key.

3. Quickly, within five seconds,insert the second originalalready programmed key in theignition and turn it to the ON/RUN position.

4. Turn the key to LOCK/OFF,and remove the key.

5. Insert the new key to beprogrammed and turn it to theON/RUN position withinfive seconds.

The security light will turn offonce the key has beenprogrammed.

6. Repeat Steps 1–5 if additionalkeys are to be programmed.

If a key is lost or damaged, see yourdealer to have a new key made.

Programming without TwoRecognized Keys

Program a new key to the vehiclewhen two recognized keys are notavailable. Canadian regulationsrequire that owners see their dealer.

If two currently recognized keys arenot available, follow this procedureto program the first key.

This procedure will takeapproximately 30 minutes tocomplete for the first key. Thevehicle must be off and all of thekeys you wish to program must bewith you.

1. Insert the new vehicle key intothe ignition.

2. Turn to ON/RUN. The securitylight will come on.

3. Wait 10 minutes until thesecurity light turns off.

4. Turn the ignition to LOCK/OFF.

5. Repeat Steps 2–4 two moretimes. After the third time, turnto ON/RUN; the key is learnedand all previously known keyswill no longer work with thevehicle.

6. To program the second key,turn to OFF and insert thesecond key to be learned andturn to ON/RUN.

After the two keys are learned,remaining keys can be learned byfollowing the procedure in“Programming with TwoRecognized Keys.”



Battery Replacement

The battery is not rechargeable. Toreplace the battery:

Caution

When replacing the battery, donot touch any of the circuitry onthe transmitter. Static from yourbody could damage thetransmitter.

1. Press the button on thetransmitter to extend the key.

2. Remove the battery cover byprying with a finger.

3. Remove the old battery.

4. Insert the new battery, positiveside facing up. Replace with aCR2032 or equivalent battery.

5. Snap the battery cover back onto the transmitter.

Remote Keyless Entry(RKE) System Operation(Keyless Access)The Keyless Access system allowsfor vehicle entry when thetransmitter is within range. See“Keyless Access Operation”following.

The transmitter functions may workup to 60 m (197 ft) away from thevehicle.

Other conditions can impact theperformance of the transmitter.

With Remote Start Shown

Q : Press once to lock all doors andthe liftgate or trunk.

The turn signal indicators may flashand/or the horn may sound toindicate locking.

If any door is open when Q ispressed, all doors will lock,if disabled through vehiclepersonalization. If enabled, only thedriver door unlocks. See VehiclePersonalization 0 127.

Pressing Q may also arm the alarmsystem. See Vehicle AlarmSystem 0 44.



K : Press to unlock the driver doorand the liftgate or trunk. Press againto unlock all doors.

The turn signal indicators may flashto indicate unlocking has occurred.See Vehicle Personalization 0 127.

Pressing K will disarm the alarmsystem. See Vehicle AlarmSystem 0 44.

X : If equipped, press twice torelease the trunk.

7 : Press and release one time toinitiate vehicle locator. The exteriorlamps flash and the horn chirpsthree times.

Press and hold 7 for at leastthree seconds to sound the panicalarm. The horn sounds and theturn signals flash for about30 seconds until 7 is pressed againor ignition is turned to ON/RUN.

/ : If equipped, press Q and thenimmediately press and hold/ for atleast four seconds or until the turnsignal lamps flash to start the

engine from outside the vehicleusing the RKE transmitter. SeeRemote Vehicle Start 0 37.

Keyless Access Operation

Some vehicles have a KeylessAccess system that lets you lockand unlock the doors withoutremoving the RKE transmitter fromyour pocket, purse, briefcase, etc.The RKE transmitter should bewithin 1 m (3 ft) of the door beingopened. If the vehicle has thisfeature, there will be buttons on theoutside door handles.

Keyless Access can beprogrammed to unlock all doors onthe first unlock/lock button pressfrom the driver door. See VehiclePersonalization 0 127.

Keyless Unlocking/Locking fromthe Driver Door

When the doors are locked and theRKE transmitter is within 1 m (3 ft)of the driver door handle, pressingthe lock/unlock button on the driverdoor handle will unlock the driverdoor. If the lock/unlock button ispressed again within five seconds,all passenger doors will unlock. Pullthe door handle to unlatch the door.

Driver Side Shown, PassengerSide Similar



Rear Driver Side Shown,Passenger Side Similar

Pressing the lock/unlock button willcause all doors to lock if any of thefollowing occur:

. It has been more thanfive seconds since the first lock/unlock button press.

. Two lock/unlock button presseswere used to unlock all doors.

. Any vehicle door has openedand all doors are now closed.

Keyless Unlocking/Locking fromPassenger Doors

When the doors are locked and theRKE transmitter is within 1 m (3 ft)of the door handle, pressing thelock/unlock button on that doorhandle will unlock all doors.

Pressing the lock/unlock button willcause all doors to lock if any of thefollowing occur:

. The lock/unlock button was usedto unlock all doors.

. Any vehicle door has openedand all doors are now closed.

Passive Locking

If equipped, Keyless Access willlock the vehicle several secondsafter all doors are closed, if thevehicle is off and at least one RKEtransmitter has been removed fromthe interior or none remain in thevehicle.

If other electronic devices interferewith the RKE transmitter signal, thevehicle may not detect the RKEtransmitter inside the vehicle.

If passive locking is enabled, thedoors may lock with the RKEtransmitter inside the vehicle. Donot leave the RKE transmitter in anunattended vehicle.

Temporary Disable of the PassiveLocking Feature

Temporarily disable passive lockingby pressing and holding K on theinterior door switch with a door openfor at least four seconds, or untilthree chimes are heard. Passivelocking will then remain disableduntil Q on the interior door ispressed, or until the vehicle isturned on.

Keyless Trunk/Hatch Opening

Press the touch pad on the rear ofthe trunk or hatch above the licenseplate to open the trunk when theRKE transmitter is in range.

Remote Left In Vehicle Alert

When the vehicle is turned off and aremote is left in the vehicle, the hornwill chirp three times after all doorsare closed. To turn on or off seeVehicle Personalization 0 127.



Programming Transmitters tothe Vehicle

Only RKE transmitters programmedto the vehicle will work. If atransmitter is lost or stolen, areplacement can be purchased andprogrammed through your dealer.The vehicle can be reprogrammedso that lost or stolen transmitters nolonger work. Any remainingtransmitters will need to bereprogrammed. Each vehicle canhave up to eight transmittersmatched to it.

Programming with RecognizedTransmitters

A new transmitter can beprogrammed to the vehicle whenthere are two recognizedtransmitters. To program, the vehiclemust be off and all of thetransmitters, both currentlyrecognized and new, must bewith you.

1. Place the two recognizedtransmitter(s) in the transmitterpocket. The transmitter pocketis inside the center consolestorage area.

2. Insert the vehicle key of thenew transmitter into the keylock cylinder on the outside ofthe driver door and turn the keycounterclockwise five timeswithin 10 seconds.

The Driver Information Center(DIC) displays READY FORREMOTE #2, 3, 4 or 5.

3. Place the new transmitter intothe transmitter pocket.

4. Press ENGINE START/STOP.When the transmitter islearned, the DIC will show thatit is ready to program the nexttransmitter.

5. Remove the transmitter fromthe transmitter pocket andpress K.

To program additionaltransmitters, repeat Steps 3–5.

When all additional transmittersare programmed, press andhold ENGINE START/STOP for10 seconds to exitprogramming mode.

Programming without RecognizedTransmitters

If two currently recognizedtransmitters are not available, followthis procedure to program up toeight transmitters. This feature isnot available in Canada. Thisprocedure will take approximately30 minutes to complete. The vehiclemust be off and all of thetransmitters to be programmed mustbe with you.

1. Insert the vehicle key of thetransmitter into the key lockcylinder on the outside of thedriver door and turn the keycounterclockwise five timeswithin 10 seconds.



The Driver Information Center(DIC) displays REMOTELEARN PENDING,PLEASE WAIT.

2. Wait for 10 minutes until theDIC displays PRESS ENGINESTART BUTTON TO LEARNand then press ENGINESTART/STOP.

The DIC displays will againshow REMOTE LEARNPENDING, PLEASE WAIT.

3. Repeat Step 2 two additionaltimes. After the third time, allpreviously known transmitterswill no longer work with thevehicle. Remaining transmitterscan be relearned during thenext steps.

The DIC display should nowshow READY FOR REMOTE# 1.

4. Place the new transmitter intothe transmitter pocket which isinside the center consolestorage area.

5. Press ENGINE START/STOP.When the transmitter islearned, the DIC will show thatit is ready to program the nexttransmitter.

6. Remove the transmitter fromthe transmitter pocket andpress K.

To program additionaltransmitters, repeat Steps 4–6.

When all additional transmittersare programmed, press andhold ENGINE START/STOP for10 seconds to exitprogramming mode.

Starting the Vehicle with a LowTransmitter Battery

While trying to start the vehicle,if the transmitter battery is weak, theDIC may display NO REMOTEDETECTED. The REPLACEBATTERY IN REMOTE KEYmessage may also be displayed atthis time.

1. Place the transmitter in thetransmitter pocket.



2. With the vehicle in P (Park) orN (Neutral), press the brakepedal and press ENGINESTART/STOP. See Starting theEngine 0 185.

Replace the transmitter batteryas soon as possible.

Battery Replacement

Replace the battery if the REPLACEBATTERY IN REMOTE KEYmessage displays in the DIC. SeeVehicle Messages 0 126.

Caution

When replacing the battery, donot touch any of the circuitry onthe transmitter. Static from yourbody could damage thetransmitter.

The battery is not rechargeable. Toreplace the battery:

1. Press the button on the side ofthe transmitter near the bottomand pull the key out.

2. Separate the two halves of thetransmitter using the key or aflat tool inserted into the areanear the key slot.



3. Lift the battery with a flatobject.

4. Remove the battery.

5. Insert the new battery, positiveside toward the back cover.Replace with a CR2032 orequivalent battery.

6. Push the transmitter together.

Remote Vehicle StartIf equipped, this feature allows theengine to be started from outsidethe vehicle.

/ : This button will be on the RKEtransmitter if the vehicle has remotestart.

The climate control system will usethe previous settings during aremote start. The rear defog maycome on during remote start basedon cold ambient conditions. Therear fog indicator light does notcome on during remote start.

If the vehicle has heated seats, theymay come on during a remote start.See Heated Front Seats 0 56.

Laws in some local communitiesmay restrict the use of remotestarters. For example, some lawsrequire a person using remote startto have the vehicle in view. Checklocal regulations for anyrequirements.

Other conditions can affect theperformance of the transmitter. SeeRemote Keyless Entry (RKE)System 0 28.

Starting the Vehicle

To start the engine using the remotestart feature:

1. Press and release Q.2. Immediately after completing

Step 1, press and hold/ for atleast four seconds or until theturn signal lamps flash. Theturn signal lamps flashingconfirms the request to remotestart the vehicle has beenreceived.

When the engine starts, the parkinglamps will turn on and remain on aslong as the engine is running. Thedoors will be locked and the climatecontrol system may come on.

The engine will continue to run for10 minutes. After 30 seconds,repeat the steps if a 10-minuteextension is desired. Remote startcan be extended only once.

Insert the key and turn it to ON/RUNbefore driving.

Extending Engine Run Time

The engine run time can also beextended by another 10 minutes,if during the first 10 minutesSteps 1 and 2 are repeated whilethe engine is still running. Anextension can be requested,30 seconds after starting. Thisprovides a total of 20 minutes.

When the remote start is extended,the second 10-minute period isadded on to the first 10 minutes fora total of 20 minutes.

A maximum of two remote starts,or a single start with an extension,are allowed between ignition cycles.



After this, the vehicle's ignitionswitch must be turned to ON/RUNand then back to LOCK/OFF usingthe key, before the remote startprocedure can be used again.

Canceling a Remote Start

To cancel a remote start, do one ofthe following:

. Press and hold/ until theparking lamps turn off.


. Turn the vehicle on and then off.

Conditions in Which Remote StartWill Not Work

The remote vehicle start feature willnot operate if:

. The key is in the ignition.

. The hood is not closed.

. The hazard warning flashersare on.

. The malfunction indicator lampis on.

. The engine coolant temperatureis too high.

. The oil pressure is low.

. Two remote vehicle starts, or asingle remote start with anextension, have alreadybeen used.

. The vehicle is not in P (Park).

Door Locks

{ Warning

Unlocked doors can bedangerous.

. Passengers, especiallychildren, can easily openthe doors and fall out of amoving vehicle. When adoor is locked, the handlewill not open it. The chanceof being thrown out of thevehicle in a crash isincreased if the doors arenot locked. So, allpassengers should wearsafety belts properly and the

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

doors should be lockedwhenever the vehicle isdriven.

. Young children who get intounlocked vehicles may beunable to get out. A childcan be overcome byextreme heat and can sufferpermanent injuries or evendeath from heat stroke.Always lock the vehiclewhenever leaving it.

. Outsiders can easily enterthrough an unlocked doorwhen you slow down or stopthe vehicle. Locking thedoors can help prevent thisfrom happening.

To lock or unlock the doors fromoutside the vehicle:

. Use the key in the driver door tolock all doors or unlock thedriver door only.



. Press Q or K on the RemoteKeyless Entry (RKE) transmitter.See Remote Keyless Entry(RKE) System Operation(Keyless Access) 0 31 orRemote Keyless Entry (RKE)System Operation (KeyAccess) 0 29.

To lock the doors from inside thevehicle:

. Press Q on the central lockingswitch or on the driver doorswitch.

. Press the lock knob on the driverdoor to lock all doors and,if equipped, the liftgate.

To unlock the doors from inside thevehicle:

. Press K on the central lockingswitch or on the driver doorswitch.

. Pull the door handle. Pulling thedoor handle again unlatchesthe door.

. Lift the lock knob on the driverdoor to unlock the driver door.

The central locking switch andpower door lock switch also lockand unlock the liftgate/trunk.

Keyless Access

The RKE transmitter must be within1 m (3 ft) of the door being opened.

Press the button on the door dandleto open. See Keyless AccessOperation under Remote KeylessEntry (RKE) System Operation(Keyless Access) 0 31 or RemoteKeyless Entry (RKE) SystemOperation (Key Access) 0 29.

Delayed LockingThis feature delays the actuallocking of the doors untilfive seconds after all doors areclosed. Delayed locking can only beturned on when the Unlocked DoorAnti Lockout feature has beenturned off.

When Q is pressed on the driver orpassenger door power lock switchwhile the door is open, a chime willsound three times to indicate thatdelayed locking is active. The doorswill then lock automaticallyfive seconds after all doors areclosed.

If a door is reopened beforefive seconds have elapsed, the fivesecond timer will reset once all thedoors are closed again. Press Q onthe door lock switch again, or pressQ on the RKE transmitter, tooverride this feature and lock thedoors immediately.

Delayed locking can beprogrammed through the DriverInformation Center (DIC). SeeVehicle Personalization 0 127.



Automatic Door LocksThe vehicle is programmed so thatwhen the doors are closed, theignition is on, and the shift lever ismoved out of P (Park) for automatictransmissions, or when the vehiclespeed is above 13 km/h (8 mph) formanual transmissions, the doorsand the trunk/liftgate will lock.

To unlock the doors and the trunk/liftgate:

. Press K on the center stack orthe driver door switch.

. If equipped with an automatictransmission the vehicle must bein P (Park).

. If equipped with a manualtransmission the vehicle must bein Neutral with the parkingbrake set.

This feature can be programmed.See Vehicle Personalization 0 127.

Lockout ProtectionIf the driver side power door lockswitch is pressed when the driverdoor is open and the key is in theignition, all of the doors will lock andthen the driver door will unlock.

Lockout Protection can be manuallyoverridden with the driver door openby pressing and holding Q on thepower door lock switch.

If Unlocked Door Anti Lockout isturned on and the vehicle is off, thedriver door is open, and doorlocking is requested using a doorlock switch or the RKE transmitter,then all the doors will lock and onlythe driver door will unlock. TheUnlocked Door Anti Lockout featurecan be turned on or off throughvehicle personalization. See VehiclePersonalization 0 127.

Safety LocksThe rear door safety locks preventpassengers from opening the reardoors from inside the vehicle.

Manual Safety Locks

If equipped, the safety lock islocated on the inside edge of therear doors. To use the safety lock:

1. Insert the key into the safetylock slot and turn it so the slotis in the horizontal position.

2. Close the door.

3. Do the same for the otherrear door.



To open a rear door when the safetylock is on:

1. Unlock the door by activatingthe inside handle, by using thepower door lock switch, or byusing the Remote KeylessEntry (RKE) transmitter.

2. Open the door from theoutside.

To cancel the safety lock:

1. Unlock the door and open itfrom the outside.

2. Insert the key into the safetylock slot and turn it so the slotis in the vertical position. Dothe same for the other door.

Doors

Trunk (Sedan)

{ Warning

Exhaust gases can enter thevehicle if it is driven with theliftgate, hatch/trunk open, or withany objects that pass through theseal between the body and thehatch/trunk or liftgate. Engineexhaust contains carbonmonoxide (CO) which cannot beseen or smelled. It can causeunconsciousness and even death.

If the vehicle must be driven withthe liftgate or hatch/trunk open:

. Close all of the windows.

. Fully open the air outlets onor under the instrumentpanel.

. Adjust the climate controlsystem to a setting thatbrings in only outside airand set the fan speed to the

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

highest setting. See“Climate Control Systems”in the Index.

. If the vehicle is equippedwith a power liftgate, disablethe power liftgate function.

For more information aboutcarbon monoxide, see EngineExhaust 0 190.

To lock or unlock the trunk from theinside, press Q or K on the centrallocking switch or on the driver doorlock switch.



To open the trunk from inside thevehicle, pressV.

To open the trunk from outside ofthe vehicle:

. Press K on the RKE transmitterto unlock all doors, then use thetouch pad.

. Press and holdY for key

access, or pressX twice forkeyless access vehicles on theRKE transmitter.

See Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)System Operation (Keyless Access)0 31 or Remote Keyless Entry(RKE) System Operation (KeyAccess) 0 29.

To lock the trunk from outside pressQ on the RKE transmitter.

Emergency Trunk ReleaseHandle

Caution

Do not use the emergency trunkrelease handle as a tie-down oranchor point when securing itemsin the trunk as it could damagethe handle.

There is a glow-in-the-darkemergency trunk release handle onthe underside of the trunk lid. Thishandle will glow following exposureto light. Pull the release handledown to open the trunk from theinside.

After use, return to the storedposition.



Liftgate (Hatchback)

{ Warning

Exhaust gases can enter thevehicle if it is driven with theliftgate, hatch/trunk open, or withany objects that pass through theseal between the body and thehatch/trunk or liftgate. Engineexhaust contains carbonmonoxide (CO) which cannot beseen or smelled. It can causeunconsciousness and even death.

If the vehicle must be driven withthe liftgate or hatch/trunk open:

. Close all of the windows.


. Adjust the climate controlsystem to a setting thatbrings in only outside airand set the fan speed to the

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

highest setting. See“Climate Control Systems”in the Index.

. If the vehicle is equippedwith a power liftgate, disablethe power liftgate function.

For more information aboutcarbon monoxide, see EngineExhaust 0 190.

To lock or unlock the liftgate fromthe inside, press Q or K on thecentral locking switch or on thedriver door switch.

The vehicle must be in P (Park) forautomatic transmissions. Formanual transmissions the parkingbrake must be engaged.

To open the liftgate from theoutside, press K on the RKEtransmitter to unlock all doors, thenuse the touch pad.

See Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)System Operation (Keyless Access)0 31 or Remote Keyless Entry(RKE) System Operation (KeyAccess) 0 29.

When closing the liftgate, close fromthe center to ensure that it fullylatches.



Vehicle SecurityThis vehicle has theft-deterrentfeatures; however, they do not makethe vehicle impossible to steal.

Vehicle Alarm SystemThis vehicle has an anti-theft alarmsystem.

The indicator light on the instrumentpanel near the windshield indicatesthe status of the system.

Off : Vehicle is disarmed.

On Solid : Vehicle is securedduring the delay to arm the system.

Fast Flash : Vehicle is unsecured.A door, the hood, or the trunk/liftgate is open.

Slow Flash : Alarm system isarmed.

Arming the Alarm System

1. Close all doors, the trunk/liftgate, and the hood.

2. Lock the vehicle in one oftwo ways:

. Use the RKE transmitter.

. With a door open, press theinside Q.

3. After 30 seconds the alarmsystem will arm, and theindicator light will begin toslowly flash indicating thealarm system is operating.Pressing Q on the RKEtransmitter a second time willbypass the 30-second delayand immediately arm the alarmsystem.

The vehicle alarm system will notarm if the doors are locked withthe key.

If the driver door is opened withoutfirst unlocking with the RKEtransmitter, the horn will chirp and

the lights will flash to indicatepre-alarm. If the vehicle is notstarted, or the door is not unlockedby pressing K on the RKEtransmitter during the 10-secondpre-alarm, the alarm will beactivated.

If a door, the hood, or the liftgate isopened without first unlocking withthe RKE transmitter, the turn signalswill flash and the horn will sound forabout 30 seconds. The alarmsystem will then re-arm to monitorfor the next unauthorized event.

Disarming the System

To disarm the system, either unlockthe doors using the RKE transmitter,or start the vehicle with arecognized transmitter in thevehicle.

To avoid setting off the alarm byaccident:

. Press K on the RKE transmitter.

. Start the vehicle.



To avoid setting off the alarm byaccident:

. Lock the vehicle after alloccupants have left the vehicleand all doors are closed.

. Always unlock a door with theRKE transmitter.

Unlocking the driver door with thekey will not disarm the system orturn off the alarm.

How to Detect a TamperCondition

If K is pressed on the transmitterand the horn chirps and the lightsflash three times, an alarm occurredpreviously while the alarm systemwas armed.

ImmobilizerSee Radio FrequencyStatement 0 317.

Immobilizer OperationThis vehicle has a passivetheft-deterrent system.

The system does not have to bemanually armed or disarmed.

The vehicle is automaticallyimmobilized when the key isremoved from the ignition.

The system is automaticallydisarmed when the vehicle isstarted with the correct key. The keyuses a transponder that matches animmobilizer control unit in thevehicle and automatically disarmsthe system. Only an authorized keystarts the vehicle. The vehicle maynot start if the key is damaged.

The security light in the instrumentcluster comes on if there is aproblem with arming or disarmingthe theft-deterrent system.

When trying to start the vehicle, thesecurity light comes on briefly whenthe ignition is turned on.

If the engine does not start and thesecurity light stays on, there is aproblem with the system. Turn theignition off and try again.

If the engine still does not start, andthe key appears to be undamagedor the light continues to stay on, tryanother ignition key. If the enginedoes not start with the other key, thevehicle needs service. If the vehicledoes start, the first key may bedamaged. See your dealer who canservice the theft-deterrent systemand have a new key made.

Do not leave the key or device thatdisarms or deactivates thetheft-deterrent system in the vehicle.



Exterior Mirrors

Convex Mirrors

{ Warning

A convex mirror can make things,like other vehicles, look fartheraway than they really are. If youcut too sharply into the right lane,you could hit a vehicle on theright. Check the inside mirror orglance over your shoulder beforechanging lanes.

The passenger side mirror is convexshaped. A convex mirror's surface iscurved so more can be seen fromthe driver seat.

Manual Mirrors

Move the control up, down, or sideto side to adjust the mirror.

See Folding Mirrors 0 47.

Power Mirrors

For vehicles with power outsidemirrors:

1. Select the mirror by moving theselector switch to L for thedriver side or R for thepassenger side.

2. Use the control knob to movethe mirror in the desireddirection.



Folding Mirrors

Manual Folding Mirrors

The vehicle has manual foldingmirrors. These mirrors can be foldedinward to prevent damage whengoing through an automatic carwash. To fold, pull the mirror towardthe vehicle. Push the mirror outwardto return it to the original position.

Heated Mirrors1 : If equipped, press to heat themirrors. See “Rear Window andOutside Mirror Defogger” underClimate Control Systems 0 166.

Interior Mirrors

Manual Rearview MirrorHold the inside rearview mirror inthe center to move it for a clearerview behind your vehicle. Adjust themirror to avoid glare from theheadlamps behind you. Push thetab forward for daytime use and pullit for nighttime use.

Vehicles with OnStar® have threecontrol buttons at the bottom of themirror. See your dealer for moreinformation about OnStar and howto subscribe to it. See OnStarOverview 0 321.

Windows

{ Warning

Never leave a child, a helplessadult, or a pet alone in a vehicle,especially with the windowsclosed in warm or hot weather.They can be overcome by theextreme heat and sufferpermanent injuries or even deathfrom heat stroke.

The vehicle aerodynamics aredesigned to improve fuel economyperformance. This may result in a



pulsing sound when either rearwindow is down and the frontwindows are up. To reduce thesound, open either a front windowor the sunroof, if equipped.

Manual WindowsIf equipped, use the window crankto open and close each window.

The rear windows do not open fully.

Power Windows

{ Warning

Leaving children in a vehicle withthe keys is dangerous for manyreasons. Children or others couldbe badly injured or even killed.They could operate the powerwindows or other controls or evenmake the vehicle move. Thewindows will function and theycould be seriously injured or killedif caught in the path of a closingwindow. Do not leave keys in avehicle with children.

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

When there are children in therear seat use the window lockoutbutton to prevent unintentionaloperation of the windows.

If equipped, the windows work whenthe vehicle is in ON/RUN or ACC/ACCESSORY, or when RetainedAccessory Power (RAP) is active.See Retained Accessory Power(RAP) 0 187.

Press or pull the switch to open orclose the window.

The windows will be temporarilydisabled if the window switches areused repeatedly within a short time.

Window Lockout

This feature stops the rear doorpassenger window switches fromworking.

Presso to engage the rear windowlockout feature. The indicator light ison when engaged.

Presso again to disengage.



Window Express Movement

Express-down allows the windowsto be opened without holding thewindow switch. Express-up,if equipped, allows the windows tobe closed without holding thewindow switch. Press the windowswitch fully down or pull it up, andquickly release it to engage. Brieflypress or pull the same switch tostop window movement.

Express Window ObstacleDetection

The express-up feature will reversewindow movement if it comes incontact with an object. Extreme coldor ice could cause the window toauto-reverse. The window willoperate as normal after the object orcondition is removed.

Obstacle Detection Override

{ Warning

If obstacle detection override isactivated, the window will notreverse automatically. You orothers could be injured and thewindow could be damaged.Before you use obstacle detectionoverride, make sure that allpeople and obstructions are clearof the window path.

The window can be closed byholding the window switch in the upposition if conditions prevent it fromexpress closing.

Programming the PowerWindows

Programming may be necessary ifthe vehicle's battery has beendisconnected or discharged. If thewindow is unable to express-up,program the window:

1. Close all doors.

2. Place the ignition in ACC/ACCESSORY or ON/RUN.

3. Partially open the window to beprogrammed, then close it andcontinue to pull the switchbriefly after the window hasfully closed.

4. Press the power window switchuntil the window is fully openand briefly hold.

Sun VisorsTo block out glare, swing down thesun visors. You can also removethem from the center mount andswing them to the side.

Visor Vanity Mirror

Vanity mirrors are on the back of thesun visors. Swing down the sunvisor and open the cover.



Roof

Sunroof

If equipped, the sunroof onlyoperates when the ignition is on orRetained Accessory Power (RAP) isactive. See Retained AccessoryPower (RAP) 0 187.

Express-open : Press and releasee to express-open the sunroof.Press again to stop the movement.

Open/Close (Manual Mode) :Press and holde to open thesunroof. Release the switch to stopthe movement. Press and holdgto close the sunroof. Release theswitch to stop the movement.

Vent : Press and holdg to ventthe sunroof.

The sunshade opens automaticallywith the sunroof, but must be closedmanually.

The sunroof will not operate if thevehicle has an electrical failure.

Dirt and debris may collect on thesunroof seal or in the track. Thiscould cause an issue with sunroofoperation or noise. It could also plugthe water drainage system.

Periodically open the sunroof andremove any obstacles or loosedebris. Wipe the sunroof seal androof sealing area using a cleancloth, mild soap, and water. Do notremove grease from the sunroof.


Seats and Restraints 51

Seats andRestraints

Head RestraintsHead Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52

Front SeatsSeat Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53Power Seat Adjustment . . . . . . . . 54Lumbar Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . 54Reclining Seatbacks . . . . . . . . . . . 55Front Seat Armrest . . . . . . . . . . . . 56Heated Front Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . 56

Rear SeatsRear Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57

Safety BeltsSafety Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59How to Wear Safety BeltsProperly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60

Lap-Shoulder Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61Safety Belt Use DuringPregnancy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63

Safety Belt Extender . . . . . . . . . . . 64Safety System Check . . . . . . . . . . 64Safety Belt Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64Replacing Safety Belt SystemParts after a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . 65

Airbag SystemAirbag System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65Where Are the Airbags? . . . . . . . 67When Should an AirbagInflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68

What Makes an AirbagInflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69

How Does an AirbagRestrain? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70

What Will You See after anAirbag Inflates? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70

Passenger Sensing System . . . 71Servicing the Airbag-EquippedVehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75

Adding Equipment to theAirbag-Equipped Vehicle . . . . . 75

Airbag System Check . . . . . . . . . . 76Replacing Airbag System Partsafter a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77

Child RestraintsOlder Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77Infants and Young Children . . . . 79Child Restraint Systems . . . . . . . 81Where to Put the Restraint . . . . . 83Lower Anchors and Tethers forChildren (LATCH System) . . . . 84

Replacing LATCH System PartsAfter a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91

Securing Child Restraints (Withthe Safety Belt in theRear Seat) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91

Securing Child Restraints (Withthe Safety Belt in theFront Seat) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93


52 Seats and Restraints

Head Restraints

{ Warning

With head restraints that are notinstalled and adjusted properly,there is a greater chance thatoccupants will suffer a neck/spinal injury in a crash. Do notdrive until the head restraints forall occupants are installed andadjusted properly.

Front Seats

The front seats have adjustablehead restraints in the outboardseating positions.

Adjust the head restraint so that thetop of the restraint is at the sameheight as the top of the occupant'shead. This position reduces thechances of a neck injury in a crash.

The height of the head restraint canbe adjusted. Pull the head restraintup to raise it. Try to move the headrestraint to make sure that it islocked in place.

To lower the head restraint, pressthe button, located on the top of theseatback, and push the headrestraint down. Try to move thehead restraint after the button isreleased to make sure that it islocked in place.

The front seat outboard headrestraints are not removable.



Rear Seats

The vehicle's rear seats haveadjustable head restraints in theoutboard seating positions.

The height of the head restraint canbe adjusted. Pull the head restraintup to raise it. Try to move the headrestraint to make sure that it islocked in place.

To lower the head restraint, pressthe button, located on the top of theseatback, and push the headrestraint down. Try to move thehead restraint after the button isreleased to make sure that it islocked in place.

If you are installing a child restraintin the rear seat, see “Securing aChild Restraint Designed for theLATCH System” under LowerAnchors and Tethers for Children(LATCH System) 0 84.

Front Seats

Seat Adjustment

Manual Seats

{ Warning

You can lose control of thevehicle if you try to adjust a driverseat while the vehicle is moving.Adjust the driver seat only whenthe vehicle is not moving.



To adjust a manual seat:

1. Pull up on the handle at thefront of the seat.

2. Slide the seat to the desiredposition and release thehandle.

3. Try to move the seat back andforth to be sure it is locked inplace.

Seat Height Adjuster

If available, move the lever up ordown to manually raise or lowerthe seat.

Power Seat Adjustment

To adjust a power seat, if equipped:

. Move the seat forward orrearward by sliding the controlforward or rearward.

. Raise or lower the front part ofthe seat cushion by moving thefront of the control up or down.

. Raise or lower the entire seat bymoving the rear of the control upor down.

To adjust the seatback, seeReclining Seatbacks 0 55.

To adjust the lumbar support, seeLumbar Adjustment 0 54.

Lumbar Adjustment

If equipped, press the front or rearof the switch to increase ordecrease lumbar support. Releasethe switch when the desired level ofsupport is reached.



Reclining Seatbacks

{ Warning

If either seatback is not locked, itcould move forward in a suddenstop or crash. That could causeinjury to the person sitting there.Always push and pull on theseatbacks to be sure they arelocked.

To recline a manual seatback:

1. Lift the lever.

If necessary, move the safetybelt out of the way to accessthe lever.

2. Move the seatback to thedesired position, and thenrelease the lever to lock theseatback in place.

3. Push and pull on the seatbackto make sure it is locked inplace.

To return the seatback to the uprightposition:

1. Lift the lever fully withoutapplying pressure to theseatback, and the seatback willreturn to the upright position.


{ Warning

Sitting in a reclined position whenthe vehicle is in motion can bedangerous. Even when buckledup, the safety belts cannot dotheir job.

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

The shoulder belt will not beagainst your body. Instead, it willbe in front of you. In a crash, youcould go into it, receiving neck orother injuries.

The lap belt could go up overyour abdomen. The belt forceswould be there, not at your pelvicbones. This could cause seriousinternal injuries.

For proper protection when thevehicle is in motion, have theseatback upright. Then sit wellback in the seat and wear thesafety belt properly.



Do not have a seatback reclined ifthe vehicle is moving.

Front Seat Armrest

There is an armrest on the inboardside of the driver seat. To raise orlower the armrest, push up or pulldown on the armrest.

Heated Front Seats

{ Warning

If you cannot feel temperaturechange or pain to the skin, theseat heater may cause burns. Toreduce the risk of burns, peoplewith such a condition should usecare when using the seat heater,especially for long periods oftime. Do not place anything onthe seat that insulates againstheat, such as a blanket, cushion,cover, or similar item. This maycause the seat heater tooverheat. An overheated seatheater may cause a burn or maydamage the seat.

If equipped, the controls are on theclimate control system. To operate,the engine must be running.

Press M or L to heat the driver orpassenger seat. The indicator lighton the control turns on when thisfeature is on. Press the controlagain to turn this feature off.

The passenger seat may takelonger to heat up.



Remote Start Auto HeatedSeats

If equipped, when it is cold outsidethe heated seats can be turned onautomatically during a remotevehicle start. The heated seats willbe canceled when the ignition isturned on. Press the heated seatcontrols to use the heated seatsafter the vehicle is started.

The heated seat indicator lights donot turn on during a remote start.

The temperature performance of anunoccupied seat may be reduced.This is normal.

See Remote Vehicle Start 0 37.

Rear SeatsFolding the Seatback

Either side of the seatback can befolded down for more cargo space.Fold a seatback only when thevehicle is not moving.

Caution

Folding a rear seat with the safetybelts still fastened may causedamage to the seat or the safetybelts. Always unbuckle the safetybelts and return them to theirnormal stowed position beforefolding a rear seat.

To fold the seatback down:

1. Make sure the safety belt is inthe retainer hook.



Sedan Shown, Hatchback Similar

2. Reach under the belt and pullthe lever on top of the seatbackto unlock the seatback.

A tab near the seatback leverraises when the seatback isunlocked.

3. Fold the seatback down.

Repeat Steps 1–3 for the otherseatback, if desired.

Raising the Seatback

{ Warning

If either seatback is not locked, itcould move forward in a suddenstop or crash. That could causeinjury to the person sitting there.Always push and pull on theseatbacks to be sure they arelocked.

{ Warning

A safety belt that is improperlyrouted, not properly attached,or twisted will not provide theprotection needed in a crash. Theperson wearing the belt could beseriously injured. After raising therear seatback, always check to besure that the safety belts areproperly routed and attached, andare not twisted.

To raise a seatback:

1. Lift the seatback up and push itrearward to lock it in place.Make sure the safety belt is inthe retainer hook and is nottwisted or caught in theseatback.

A tab near the seatback leverretracts when the seatback islocked in place.

The center rear safety belt maylock when you raise theseatback. If this happens, letthe belt go back all the wayand start again.

2. Push and pull the top of theseatback to be sure it is lockedinto position.

3. Repeat Steps 1 and 2 for theother seatback, if necessary.

When the seat is not in use, itshould be kept in the upright, lockedposition.



Safety BeltsThis section of the manualdescribes how to use safety beltsproperly. It also describes somethings not to do with safety belts.

{ Warning

Do not let anyone ride where asafety belt cannot be wornproperly. In a crash, if you or yourpassenger(s) are not wearingsafety belts, injuries can be muchworse than if you are wearingsafety belts. You can be seriouslyinjured or killed by hitting thingsinside the vehicle harder or bybeing ejected from the vehicle. Inaddition, anyone who is notbuckled up can strike otherpassengers in the vehicle.

It is extremely dangerous to ridein a cargo area, inside or outsideof a vehicle. In a collision,passengers riding in these areasare more likely to be seriouslyinjured or killed. Do not allow

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

passengers to ride in any area ofthe vehicle that is not equippedwith seats and safety belts.

Always wear a safety belt, andcheck that all passenger(s) arerestrained properly too.

This vehicle has indicators as areminder to buckle the safety belts.See Safety Belt Reminders 0 110.

Why Safety Belts Work

When riding in a vehicle, you travelas fast as the vehicle does. If thevehicle stops suddenly, you keepgoing until something stops you.It could be the windshield, theinstrument panel, or the safety belts!

When you wear a safety belt, youand the vehicle slow down together.There is more time to stop becauseyou stop over a longer distance and,when worn properly, your strongestbones take the forces from thesafety belts. That is why wearingsafety belts makes such goodsense.

Questions and Answers AboutSafety Belts

Q: Will I be trapped in the vehicleafter a crash if I am wearing asafety belt?

A: You could be— whether you arewearing a safety belt or not.Your chance of being consciousduring and after a crash, so youcan unbuckle and get out, ismuch greater if you are belted.



Q: If my vehicle has airbags, whyshould I have to wear safetybelts?

A: Airbags are supplementalsystems only; so they work withsafety belts— not instead ofthem. Whether or not an airbagis provided, all occupants stillhave to buckle up to get themost protection.

Also, in nearly all states and inall Canadian provinces, the lawrequires wearing safety belts.

How to Wear Safety BeltsProperlyThis section is only for people ofadult size.

There are special things to knowabout safety belts and children, andthere are different rules for smallerchildren and infants. If a child will beriding in the vehicle, see OlderChildren 0 77 or Infants and YoungChildren 0 79. Follow those rules foreveryone's protection.

It is very important for all occupantsto buckle up. Statistics show thatunbelted people are hurt more oftenin crashes than those who arewearing safety belts.

There are important things to knowabout wearing a safety belt properly.

. Sit up straight and always keepyour feet on the floor in frontof you.

. Always use the correct bucklefor your seating position.

. Wear the lap part of the belt lowand snug on the hips, justtouching the thighs. In a crash,this applies force to the strong

pelvic bones and you would beless likely to slide under the lapbelt. If you slid under it, the beltwould apply force on yourabdomen. This could causeserious or even fatal injuries.

. Wear the shoulder belt over theshoulder and across the chest.These parts of the body are bestable to take belt restrainingforces. The shoulder belt locks ifthere is a sudden stop or crash.

{ Warning

You can be seriously injured,or even killed, by not wearingyour safety belt properly.

. Never allow the lap orshoulder belt to becomeloose or twisted.

. Never wear the shoulderbelt under both arms orbehind your back.

. Never route the lap orshoulder belt over anarmrest.



Lap-Shoulder BeltAll seating positions in the vehiclehave a lap-shoulder belt.

The following instructions explainhow to wear a lap-shoulder beltproperly.

1. Adjust the seat, if the seat isadjustable, so you can sit upstraight. To see how, see“Seats” in the Index.

2. Pick up the latch plate and pullthe belt across you. Do not letit get twisted.

The lap-shoulder belt may lockif you pull the belt across youvery quickly. If this happens, letthe belt go back slightly tounlock it. Then pull the beltacross you more slowly.

If the shoulder portion of apassenger belt is pulled out allthe way, the child restraintlocking feature may beengaged. If this happens, letthe belt go back all the wayand start again.

For the driver and frontoutboard passenger belts,if the webbing locks in the latch

plate before it reaches thebuckle, tilt the latch plate to flatto unlock.

3. Push the latch plate into thebuckle until it clicks.

If the latch plate will not go fullyinto the buckle, check if thecorrect buckle is being used.

Pull up on the latch plate tomake sure it is secure. If thebelt is not long enough, seeSafety Belt Extender 0 64.

Position the release button onthe buckle so that the safetybelt could be quickly unbuckledif necessary.



4. If equipped with a shoulder beltheight adjuster, move it to theheight that is right for you. See“Shoulder Belt Height Adjuster”in this section for instructionson use and important safetyinformation.

5. To make the lap part tight, pullup on the shoulder belt.

It may be necessary to pullstitching on the safety beltthrough the latch plate to fullytighten the lap belt on smalleroccupants.

To unlatch the belt, push the buttonon the buckle. The belt shouldreturn to its stowed position.

Always stow the safety belt slowly.If the safety belt webbing returnsquickly to the stowed position, theretractor may lock and cannot bepulled out. If this happens, pull thesafety belt straight out firmly tounlock the webbing, and thenrelease it. If the webbing is stilllocked in the retractor, see yourdealer.

Before a door is closed, be sure thebelt is out of the way. If a door isslammed against a safety belt,damage can occur to both thesafety belt and the vehicle.

Shoulder Belt Height Adjuster

The vehicle has a shoulder beltheight adjuster for the driver andright front passenger seatingpositions.

Adjust the height so the shoulderportion of the belt is on the shoulderand not falling off of it. The beltshould be close to, but notcontacting, the neck. Impropershoulder belt height adjustmentcould reduce the effectiveness ofthe safety belt in a crash. See Howto Wear Safety Belts Properly 0 60.



The adjuster can be moved up bypushing the slide/trim up. To movethe adjuster down, press the releasebutton and move it down.

After the adjuster is set to thedesired position, try to move it downwithout pressing the release buttonto make sure it has locked intoposition.

Safety Belt Pretensioners

This vehicle has safety beltpretensioners for front outboardoccupants. Although the safety beltpretensioners cannot be seen, theyare part of the safety belt assembly.They can help tighten the safety

belts during the early stages of amoderate to severe frontal, nearfrontal, or rear crash if the thresholdconditions for pretensioneractivation are met. Safety beltpretensioners can also help tightenthe safety belts in a side crash or arollover event.

Pretensioners work only once. If thepretensioners activate in a crash,the pretensioners and probablyother new parts of the vehicle'ssafety belt system will need to bereplaced. See Replacing Safety BeltSystem Parts after a Crash 0 65.

Do not sit on the outboard safetybelt while entering or exiting thevehicle or at any time while sitting inthe seat. Sitting on the safety beltcan damage the webbing andhardware.

Rear Safety Belt ComfortGuides

Rear safety belt comfort guides mayprovide added safety belt comfortfor older children who haveoutgrown booster seats and forsome adults. When installed on a

shoulder belt, the comfort guidepositions the belt away from theneck and head.

Comfort guides are availablethrough your dealer for the rearoutboard seating positions.Instructions are included with theguide.

Safety Belt Use DuringPregnancySafety belts work for everyone,including pregnant women. Like alloccupants, they are more likely tobe seriously injured if they do notwear safety belts.



A pregnant woman should wear alap-shoulder belt, and the lapportion should be worn as low aspossible, below the rounding,throughout the pregnancy.

The best way to protect the fetus isto protect the mother. When a safetybelt is worn properly, it is more likelythat the fetus will not be hurt in acrash. For pregnant women, as foranyone, the key to making safetybelts effective is wearing themproperly.

Safety Belt ExtenderIf the vehicle's safety belt will fastenaround you, you should use it.

But if a safety belt is not longenough, your dealer will order youan extender. When you go in toorder it, take the heaviest coat youwill wear, so the extender will belong enough for you. To help avoidpersonal injury, do not let someoneelse use it, and use it only for theseat it is made to fit. The extenderhas been designed for adults. Neveruse it for securing child restraints.To wear it, attach it to the regular

safety belt. For more information,see the instruction sheet that comeswith the extender.

Safety System CheckCheck that the safety belt reminder,safety belts, buckles, latch plates,and retractors, are all workingproperly. Look for any other loose ordamaged safety belt system partsthat might keep a safety belt systemfrom performing properly. See yourdealer to have it repaired. Torn orfrayed safety belts may not protectyou in a crash. They can rip apartunder impact forces. If a belt is tornor frayed, have it replacedimmediately.

Make sure the safety belt reminderlight is working. See Safety BeltReminders 0 110.

Keep safety belts clean and dry.See Safety Belt Care 0 64.

Safety Belt CareKeep belts clean and dry.

{ Warning

Do not bleach or dye safety beltwebbing. It may severely weakenthe webbing. In a crash, theymight not be able to provideadequate protection. Clean andrinse safety belt webbing onlywith mild soap and lukewarmwater. Allow the webbing to dry.

Safety belts should be properlycared for and maintained.

Safety belt hardware should be keptdry and free of dust or debris. Asnecessary exterior hard surfacesand safety belt webbing may belightly cleaned with mild soap andwater. Ensure there is not excessivedust or debris in the mechanism.If dust or debris exists in the systemplease see the dealer. Parts mayneed to be replaced to ensureproper functionality of the system.



Replacing Safety BeltSystem Parts after aCrash

{ Warning

A crash can damage the safetybelt system in the vehicle.A damaged safety belt systemmay not properly protect theperson using it, resulting inserious injury or even death in acrash. To help make sure thesafety belt systems are workingproperly after a crash, have theminspected and any necessaryreplacements made as soon aspossible.

After a minor crash, replacement ofsafety belts may not be necessary.But the safety belt assemblies thatwere used during any crash mayhave been stressed or damaged.See your dealer to have the safetybelt assemblies inspected orreplaced.

New parts and repairs may benecessary even if the safety beltsystem was not being used at thetime of the crash.

Have the safety belt pretensioners,if equipped, checked if the vehiclehas been in a crash, or if the airbagreadiness light stays on after youstart the vehicle or while you aredriving. See Airbag ReadinessLight 0 110.

Airbag SystemThe vehicle has the followingairbags:

. A frontal airbag for the driver.

. A frontal airbag for the frontoutboard passenger.

. A knee airbag for the driver.

. A knee airbag for the frontoutboard passenger.

. A seat-mounted side impactairbag for the driver.

. A seat-mounted side impactairbag for the front outboardpassenger.

. Seat-mounted side impactairbags for the second rowoutboard passengers.

. A roof-rail airbag for the driverand the passenger seateddirectly behind the driver.

. A roof-rail airbag for the frontoutboard passenger and thepassenger seated directlybehind the front outboardpassenger.



All vehicle airbags have the wordAIRBAG on the trim or on a labelnear the deployment opening.

For frontal airbags, the wordAIRBAG is on the center of thesteering wheel for the driver and onthe instrument panel for the frontoutboard passenger.

For knee airbags, the word AIRBAGis on the lower part of theinstrument panel.

For seat-mounted side impactairbags, the word AIRBAG is on theside of the seatback closest tothe door.

For roof-rail airbags, the wordAIRBAG is on the ceiling or trim.

Airbags are designed to supplementthe protection provided by safetybelts. Even though today's airbagsare also designed to help reducethe risk of injury from the force of aninflating bag, all airbags must inflatevery quickly to do their job.

Here are the most important thingsto know about the airbag system:

{ Warning

You can be severely injured orkilled in a crash if you are notwearing your safety belt, evenwith airbags. Airbags aredesigned to work with safetybelts, not replace them. Also,airbags are not designed to inflatein every crash. In some crashessafety belts are the only restraint.See When Should an AirbagInflate? 0 68.

Wearing your safety belt during acrash helps reduce your chanceof hitting things inside the vehicleor being ejected from it. Airbagsare “supplemental restraints” tothe safety belts. Everyone in thevehicle should wear a safety beltproperly, whether or not there isan airbag for that person.

{ Warning

Because airbags inflate with greatforce and faster than the blink ofan eye, anyone who is upagainst, or very close to anyairbag when it inflates can beseriously injured or killed. Do notsit unnecessarily close to anyairbag, as you would be if sittingon the edge of the seat or leaningforward. Safety belts help keepyou in position before and duringa crash. Always wear a safetybelt, even with airbags. The drivershould sit as far back as possiblewhile still maintaining control ofthe vehicle. The safety belts andthe front outboard passengerairbags are most effective whenyou are sitting well back andupright in the seat with both feeton the floor.

Occupants should not lean on orsleep against the door or sidewindows in seating positions withseat-mounted side impact airbagsand/or roof-rail airbags.



{ Warning

Children who are up against,or very close to, any airbag whenit inflates can be seriously injuredor killed. Always secure childrenproperly in the vehicle. To readhow, see Older Children 0 77 orInfants and Young Children 0 79.

There is an airbag readiness lighton the instrument panel cluster,which shows the airbag symbol. Thesystem checks the airbag electricalsystem for malfunctions. The lighttells you if there is an electricalproblem. See Airbag ReadinessLight 0 110 for more information.

Where Are the Airbags?

The driver frontal airbag is in thecenter of the steering wheel.

The front outboard passengerfrontal airbag is in the passengerside instrument panel.

The driver knee airbag is below thesteering column. The front outboardpassenger knee airbag is below theglove box.



Driver Side Shown, PassengerSide Similar

The driver and front outboardpassenger seat-mounted sideimpact airbags are in the side of theseatbacks closest to the door.

The roof-rail airbags for the driver,front outboard passenger, andsecond row outboard passengersare in the ceiling above the sidewindows.

Rear Seat Driver Side Shown,Passenger Side Similar

On vehicles with second rowseat-mounted side impact airbags,they are in the sides of the rearseatback closest to the door.

{ Warning

If something is between anoccupant and an airbag, theairbag might not inflate properlyor it might force the object intothat person causing severe injuryor even death. The path of aninflating airbag must be kept

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

clear. Do not put anythingbetween an occupant and anairbag, and do not attach or putanything on the steering wheelhub or on or near any otherairbag covering.

Do not use seat accessories thatblock the inflation path of aseat-mounted side impact airbag.

Never secure anything to the roofof a vehicle with roof-rail airbagsby routing a rope or tie‐downthrough any door or windowopening. If you do, the path of aninflating roof-rail airbag will beblocked.

When Should an AirbagInflate?This vehicle is equipped withairbags. See Airbag System 0 65.Airbags are designed to inflate if theimpact exceeds the specific airbagsystem's deployment threshold.Deployment thresholds are used to



predict how severe a crash is likelyto be in time for the airbags toinflate and help restrain theoccupants. The vehicle haselectronic sensors that help theairbag system determine theseverity of the impact. Deploymentthresholds can vary with specificvehicle design.

Frontal airbags are designed toinflate in moderate to severe frontalor near frontal crashes to helpreduce the potential for severeinjuries, mainly to the driver's orfront outboard passenger's headand chest.

Whether the frontal airbags will orshould inflate is not based primarilyon how fast the vehicle is traveling.It depends on what is hit, thedirection of the impact, and howquickly the vehicle slows down.

Frontal airbags may inflate atdifferent crash speeds depending onwhether the vehicle hits an objectstraight on or at an angle, andwhether the object is fixed ormoving, rigid or deformable, narrowor wide.

Frontal airbags are not intended toinflate during vehicle rollovers, rearimpacts, or many side impacts.

In addition, the vehicle hasadvanced technology frontalairbags. Advanced technologyfrontal airbags adjust the restraintaccording to crash severity.

Knee airbags are designed to inflatein moderate to severe frontal ornear-frontal impacts. Knee airbagsare not designed to inflate duringvehicle rollovers, in rear impacts,or in many side crashes.

Seat-mounted side impact airbagsare designed to inflate in moderateto severe side crashes dependingon the location of the impact.Seat-mounted side impact airbagsare not designed to inflate in frontalimpacts, near frontal impacts,rollovers, or rear impacts.A seat-mounted side impact airbagis designed to inflate on the side ofthe vehicle that is struck.

Roof-rail airbags are designed toinflate in moderate to severe sidecrashes depending on the locationof the impact. In addition, these

roof-rail airbags are designed toinflate during a rollover or in asevere frontal impact. Roof-railairbags are not designed to inflate inrear impacts. Both roof-rail airbagswill inflate when either side of thevehicle is struck, if the sensingsystem predicts that the vehicle isabout to roll over on its side, or in asevere frontal impact.

In any particular crash, no one cansay whether an airbag should haveinflated simply because of thevehicle damage or the repair costs.

What Makes an AirbagInflate?In a deployment event, the sensingsystem sends an electrical signaltriggering a release of gas from theinflator. Gas from the inflator fills theairbag causing the bag to break outof the cover. The inflator, the airbag,and related hardware are all part ofthe airbag module.

For airbag locations, see Where Arethe Airbags? 0 67.



How Does an AirbagRestrain?In moderate to severe frontal ornear frontal collisions, even beltedoccupants can contact the steeringwheel or the instrument panel. Inmoderate to severe side collisions,even belted occupants can contactthe inside of the vehicle.

Airbags supplement the protectionprovided by safety belts bydistributing the force of the impactmore evenly over theoccupant's body.

Rollover capable roof-rail airbagsare designed to help contain thehead and chest of occupants in theoutboard seating positions in thefirst and second rows. The rollovercapable roof-rail airbags aredesigned to help reduce the risk offull or partial ejection in rolloverevents, although no system canprevent all such ejections.

But airbags would not help in manytypes of collisions, primarilybecause the occupant's motion isnot toward those airbags. See WhenShould an Airbag Inflate? 0 68.

Airbags should never be regardedas anything more than a supplementto safety belts.

What Will You See afteran Airbag Inflates?After the frontal, knee, andseat-mounted side impact airbagsinflate, they quickly deflate, soquickly that some people may noteven realize an airbag inflated.Roof-rail airbags may still be at leastpartially inflated for some time afterthey inflate. Some components ofthe airbag module may be hot forseveral minutes. For location of theairbags, see Where Are theAirbags? 0 67.

The parts of the airbag that comeinto contact with you may be warm,but not too hot to touch. There maybe some smoke and dust comingfrom the vents in the deflatedairbags. Airbag inflation does not

prevent the driver from seeing out ofthe windshield or being able to steerthe vehicle, nor does it preventpeople from leaving the vehicle.

{ Warning

When an airbag inflates, theremay be dust in the air. This dustcould cause breathing problemsfor people with a history ofasthma or other breathing trouble.To avoid this, everyone in thevehicle should get out as soon asit is safe to do so. If you havebreathing problems but cannotget out of the vehicle after anairbag inflates, then get fresh airby opening a window or a door.If you experience breathingproblems following an airbagdeployment, you should seekmedical attention.

The vehicle has a feature that mayautomatically unlock the doors, turnon the interior lamps and hazardwarning flashers, and shut off thefuel system after the airbags inflate.



The feature may also activate,without airbag inflation, after anevent that exceeds a predeterminedthreshold. You can lock the doors,turn off the interior lamps, and turnoff the hazard warning flashers byusing the controls for thosefeatures.

{ Warning

A crash severe enough to inflatethe airbags may have alsodamaged important functions inthe vehicle, such as the fuelsystem, brake and steeringsystems, etc. Even if the vehicleappears to be drivable after amoderate crash, there may beconcealed damage that couldmake it difficult to safely operatethe vehicle.

Use caution if you should attemptto restart the engine after a crashhas occurred.

In many crashes severe enough toinflate the airbag, windshields arebroken by vehicle deformation.

Additional windshield breakage mayalso occur from the front outboardpassenger airbag.

. Airbags are designed to inflateonly once. After an airbaginflates, you will need some newparts for the airbag system.If you do not get them, theairbag system will not be thereto help protect you in anothercrash. A new system will includeairbag modules and possiblyother parts. The service manualfor the vehicle covers the needto replace other parts.

. The vehicle has a crash sensingand diagnostic module whichrecords information after acrash. See Vehicle DataRecording and Privacy 0 318and Event DataRecorders 0 319.

. Let only qualified technicianswork on the airbag systems.Improper service can mean thatan airbag system will not workproperly. See your dealer forservice.

Passenger SensingSystemThe vehicle has a passengersensing system for the frontoutboard passenger position. Thepassenger airbag status indicatorwill light on the instrument panelwhen the vehicle is started.

United States

Canada

The words ON and OFF, or thesymbols for on and off, will bevisible during the system check.When the system check iscomplete, either the word ON or



OFF, or the symbol for on or off, willbe visible. See Passenger AirbagStatus Indicator 0 111.

The passenger sensing systemturns off the front outboardpassenger frontal airbag and kneeairbag under certain conditions. Noother airbag is affected by thepassenger sensing system.

The passenger sensing systemworks with sensors that are part ofthe front outboard passenger seat.The sensors are designed to detectthe presence of a properly seatedoccupant and determine if the frontoutboard passenger frontal airbagand knee airbag should be allowedto inflate or not.

According to accident statistics,children are safer when properlysecured in a rear seat in the correctchild restraint for their weightand size.

Whenever possible, children age12 and under should be secured ina rear seating position.

Never put a rear-facing child seat inthe front. This is because the risk tothe rear-facing child is so great,if the airbag inflates.

{ Warning

A child in a rear-facing childrestraint can be seriously injuredor killed if the passenger frontalairbag inflates. This is becausethe back of the rear-facing childrestraint would be very close tothe inflating airbag. A child in aforward-facing child restraint canbe seriously injured or killed if thepassenger frontal airbag inflatesand the passenger seat is in aforward position.

Even if the passenger sensingsystem has turned off the frontoutboard passenger airbag(s), nosystem is fail-safe. No one canguarantee that an airbag will notdeploy under some unusualcircumstance, even though theairbag(s) are off.

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

Never put a rear-facing childrestraint in the front seat, even ifthe airbag is off. If securing aforward-facing child restraint inthe front outboard passengerseat, always move the seat as farback as it will go. It is better tosecure child restraints in the rearseat. Consider using anothervehicle to transport the childwhen a rear seat is not available.

The passenger sensing system isdesigned to turn off the frontoutboard passenger frontal airbagand knee airbag if:

. The front outboard passengerseat is unoccupied.

. The system determines that aninfant is present in a rear-facinginfant seat.

. The system determines that asmall child is present in a childrestraint.



. The system determines that asmall child is present in abooster seat.

. A front outboard passengertakes his/her weight off of theseat for a period of time.

. The front outboard passengerseat is occupied by a smallerperson, such as a child who hasoutgrown child restraints.

. There is a critical problem withthe airbag system or thepassenger sensing system.

When the passenger sensingsystem has turned off the frontoutboard passenger frontal airbagand knee airbag, the off indicatorwill light and stay lit as a reminderthat the airbags are off. SeePassenger Airbag StatusIndicator 0 111.

The passenger sensing system isdesigned to turn on the frontoutboard passenger frontal airbagand knee airbag anytime the systemsenses that a person of adult size issitting properly in the front outboardpassenger seat. When the

passenger sensing system hasallowed the airbags to be enabled,the on indicator will light and stay litas a reminder that the airbags areactive.

For some children who haveoutgrown child restraints, and forvery small adults, the passengersensing system may or may not turnoff the front outboard passengerfrontal airbag and knee airbag,depending upon the person'sseating posture and body build.Everyone in the vehicle who hasoutgrown child restraints shouldwear a safety belt properly —whether or not there is an airbag forthat person.

{ Warning

If the airbag readiness light evercomes on and stays on, it meansthat something may be wrongwith the airbag system. To helpavoid injury to yourself or others,have the vehicle serviced rightaway. See Airbag Readiness

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

Light 0 110 for more information,including important safetyinformation.

If the On Indicator Is Lit for aChild Restraint

If a child restraint has been installedand the on indicator is lit:

1. Turn the vehicle off.

2. Remove the child restraint fromthe vehicle.

3. Remove any additional itemsfrom the seat such as blankets,cushions, seat covers, seatheaters, or seat massagers.

4. Reinstall the child restraintfollowing the directionsprovided by the child restraintmanufacturer and refer toSecuring Child Restraints (Withthe Safety Belt in the FrontSeat) 0 93 or Securing ChildRestraints (With the Safety Beltin the Rear Seat) 0 91.



5. If, after reinstalling the childrestraint and restarting thevehicle, the on indicator is stilllit, turn the vehicle off. Thenslightly recline the vehicleseatback and adjust the seatcushion, if adjustable, to makesure that the vehicle seatbackis not pushing the childrestraint into the seat cushion.Also make sure the childrestraint is not trapped underthe vehicle head restraint.If this happens, adjust the headrestraint. See HeadRestraints 0 52.

6. Restart the vehicle.

If the on indicator is still lit, securethe child in the child restraint in arear seat position in the vehicle, andcheck with your dealer.

If the Off Indicator Is Lit for anAdult-Size Occupant

If a person of adult size is sitting inthe front outboard passenger seat,but the off indicator is lit, it could bebecause that person is not sittingproperly in the seat. Use thefollowing steps to allow the systemto detect that person and enable thefront outboard passenger frontalairbag and knee airbag:


2. Remove any additional materialfrom the seat, such asblankets, cushions, seatcovers, seat heaters, or seatmassagers.

3. Place the seatback in the fullyupright position.

4. Have the person sit upright inthe seat, centered on the seatcushion, with legs comfortablyextended.

5. Restart the vehicle and havethe person remain in thisposition for two tothree minutes after the onindicator is lit.

{ Warning

If the front outboard passengerairbag is turned off for anadult-sized occupant, the airbagwill not be able to inflate and helpprotect that person in a crash,resulting in an increased risk ofserious injury or even death. Anadult-sized occupant should not

(Continued)



Warning (Continued)

ride in the front outboardpassenger seat, if the passengerairbag off indicator is lit.

Additional Factors AffectingSystem Operation

Safety belts help keep thepassenger in position on the seatduring vehicle maneuvers andbraking, which helps the passengersensing system maintain thepassenger airbag status. See“Safety Belts” and “Child Restraints”in the Index for additionalinformation about the importance ofproper restraint use.

A thick layer of additional material,such as a blanket or cushion,or aftermarket equipment such asseat covers, seat heaters, and seatmassagers can affect how well thepassenger sensing systemoperates. We recommend that younot use seat covers or otheraftermarket equipment except whenapproved by GM for your specific

vehicle. See Adding Equipment tothe Airbag-Equipped Vehicle 0 75for more information aboutmodifications that can affect howthe system operates.

The on indicator may be lit if anobject, such as a briefcase,handbag, grocery bag, laptop,or other electronic device, is put onan unoccupied seat. If this is notdesired, remove the object fromthe seat.

{ Warning

Stowing of articles under thepassenger seat or between thepassenger seat cushion andseatback may interfere with theproper operation of the passengersensing system.

Servicing theAirbag-Equipped VehicleAirbags affect how the vehicleshould be serviced. There are partsof the airbag system in severalplaces around the vehicle. Your

dealer and the service manual haveinformation about servicing thevehicle and the airbag system. Topurchase a service manual, seeService Publications OrderingInformation 0 316.

{ Warning

For up to 10 seconds after thevehicle is turned off and thebattery is disconnected, an airbagcan still inflate during improperservice. You can be injured if youare close to an airbag when itinflates. Avoid yellow connectors.They are probably part of theairbag system. Be sure to followproper service procedures, andmake sure the person performingwork for you is qualified to do so.

Adding Equipment to theAirbag-Equipped VehicleAdding accessories that change thevehicle's frame, bumper system,height, front end, or side sheetmetal may keep the airbag system



from working properly. Theoperation of the airbag system canalso be affected by changing anyparts of the front seats, safety belts,the airbag sensing and diagnosticmodule, steering wheel, instrumentpanel, any of the airbag modules,ceiling or pillar garnish trim, frontsensors, side impact sensors,or airbag wiring.

Your dealer and the service manualhave information about the locationof the airbag sensors, sensing anddiagnostic module, and airbagwiring.

In addition, the vehicle has apassenger sensing system for thefront outboard passenger position,which includes sensors that are partof the passenger seat. Thepassenger sensing system may notoperate properly if the original seattrim is replaced with non-GMcovers, upholstery, or trim; or withGM covers, upholstery, or trimdesigned for a different vehicle. Anyobject, such as an aftermarket seatheater or a comfort-enhancing pador device, installed under or on topof the seat fabric, could also

interfere with the operation of thepassenger sensing system. Thiscould either prevent properdeployment of the passengerairbag(s) or prevent the passengersensing system from properlyturning off the passenger airbag(s).See Passenger SensingSystem 0 71.

If the vehicle has rollover roof-railairbags, see Different Size Tiresand Wheels 0 264 for additionalimportant information.

If you have to modify your vehiclebecause you have a disability andhave questions about whether themodifications will affect the vehicle'sairbag system, or if you havequestions about whether the airbagsystem will be affected if the vehicleis modified for any other reason, callCustomer Assistance. SeeCustomer Assistance Offices 0 309.

Airbag System CheckThe airbag system does not needregularly scheduled maintenance orreplacement. Make sure the airbagreadiness light is working. SeeAirbag Readiness Light 0 110.

Caution

If an airbag covering is damaged,opened, or broken, the airbagmay not work properly. Do notopen or break the airbagcoverings. If there are anyopened or broken airbagcoverings, have the airbagcovering and/or airbag modulereplaced. For the location of theairbags, see Where Are theAirbags? 0 67. See your dealerfor service.



Replacing Airbag SystemParts after a Crash

{ Warning

A crash can damage the airbagsystems in the vehicle.A damaged airbag system maynot properly protect you and yourpassenger(s) in a crash, resultingin serious injury or even death. Tohelp make sure the airbagsystems are working properlyafter a crash, have theminspected and any necessaryreplacements made as soon aspossible.

If an airbag inflates, you will need toreplace airbag system parts. Seeyour dealer for service.

If the airbag readiness light stays onafter the vehicle is started or comeson when you are driving, the airbagsystem may not work properly. Havethe vehicle serviced right away. SeeAirbag Readiness Light 0 110.

Child Restraints

Older Children

Older children who have outgrownbooster seats should wear thevehicle’s safety belts.

The manufacturer instructions thatcome with the booster seat state theweight and height limitations for thatbooster. Use a booster seat with alap-shoulder belt until the childpasses the fit test below:

. Sit all the way back on the seat.Do the knees bend at the seatedge? If yes, continue. If no,return to the booster seat.

. Buckle the lap-shoulder belt.Does the shoulder belt rest onthe shoulder? If yes, continue.If no, try using the rear safetybelt comfort guide, if available.See “Rear Safety Belt ComfortGuides” under Lap-Shoulder Belt0 61. If a comfort guide is notavailable, or if the shoulder beltstill does not rest on theshoulder, then return to thebooster seat.

. Does the lap belt fit low andsnug on the hips, touching thethighs? If yes, continue. If no,return to the booster seat.

. Can proper safety belt fit bemaintained for the length of thetrip? If yes, continue. If no,return to the booster seat.



Q: What is the proper way towear safety belts?

A: An older child should wear alap-shoulder belt and get theadditional restraint a shoulderbelt can provide. The shoulderbelt should not cross the face orneck. The lap belt should fitsnugly below the hips, justtouching the top of the thighs.This applies belt force to thechild's pelvic bones in a crash.It should never be worn over theabdomen, which could causesevere or even fatal internalinjuries in a crash.

Also see “Rear Safety Belt ComfortGuides” under Lap-ShoulderBelt 0 61.

According to accident statistics,children are safer when properlyrestrained in a rear seating position.

In a crash, children who are notbuckled up can strike other peoplewho are buckled up, or can bethrown out of the vehicle. Olderchildren need to use safety beltsproperly.

{ Warning

Never allow more than one childto wear the same safety belt. Thesafety belt cannot properly spreadthe impact forces. In a crash, theycan be crushed together andseriously injured. A safety beltmust be used by only one personat a time.

{ Warning

Never allow a child to wear thesafety belt with the shoulder beltbehind their back. A child can beseriously injured by not wearingthe lap-shoulder belt properly. In acrash, the child would not berestrained by the shoulder belt.The child could move too farforward increasing the chance ofhead and neck injury. The childmight also slide under the lapbelt. The belt force would then beapplied right on the abdomen.That could cause serious or fatalinjuries. The shoulder belt shouldgo over the shoulder and acrossthe chest.



Infants and YoungChildrenEveryone in a vehicle needsprotection! This includes infants andall other children. Neither thedistance traveled nor the age andsize of the traveler changes theneed, for everyone, to use safetyrestraints. In fact, the law in everystate in the United States and inevery Canadian province sayschildren up to some age must berestrained while in a vehicle.

{ Warning

Children can be seriously injuredor strangled if a shoulder belt iswrapped around their neck. Theshoulder belt can tighten butcannot be loosened if it is locked.The shoulder belt locks when it ispulled all the way out of theretractor. It unlocks when theshoulder belt is allowed to go allthe way back into the retractor,but it cannot do this if it iswrapped around a child’s neck.If the shoulder belt is locked andtightened around a child’s neck,the only way to loosen the belt isto cut it.

Never leave children unattendedin a vehicle and never allowchildren to play with the safetybelts.

Every time infants and youngchildren ride in vehicles, they shouldhave the protection provided byappropriate child restraints. Neither

the vehicle's safety belt system norits airbag system is designedfor them.

Children who are not restrainedproperly can strike other people,or can be thrown out of the vehicle.

{ Warning

Never hold an infant or a childwhile riding in a vehicle. Due tocrash forces, an infant or a childwill become so heavy it is notpossible to hold it during a crash.For example, in a crash at only40 km/h (25 mph), a 5.5 kg (12 lb)infant will suddenly become a110 kg (240 lb) force on a person'sarms. An infant or child should besecured in an appropriaterestraint.



{ Warning

Children who are up against,or very close to, any airbag whenit inflates can be seriously injuredor killed. Never put a rear-facingchild restraint in the frontoutboard seat. Secure arear-facing child restraint in a rearseat. It is also better to secure aforward-facing child restraint in arear seat. If you must secure aforward-facing child restraint inthe front outboard seat, alwaysmove the front passenger seat asfar back as it will go.

Child restraints are devices used torestrain, seat, or position children inthe vehicle and are sometimescalled child seats or car seats.

There are three basic types ofchild restraints:

. Forward-facing child restraints

. Rearward-facing child restraints

. Belt-positioning booster seats

The proper child restraint for yourchild depends on their size, weight,and age, and also on whether thechild restraint is compatible with thevehicle in which it will be used.

For each type of child restraint,there are many different modelsavailable. When purchasing a childrestraint, be sure it is designed to beused in a motor vehicle. If it is, therestraint will have a label saying thatit meets federal motor vehicle safetystandards. The restraintmanufacturer's instructions thatcome with the restraint state theweight and height limitations for aparticular child restraint. In addition,there are many kinds of restraintsavailable for children with specialneeds.

{ Warning

To reduce the risk of neck andhead injury in a crash, infants andtoddlers should be secured in arear-facing child restraint until agetwo, or until they reach themaximum height and weight limitsof their child restraint.



{ Warning

A young child's hip bones are stillso small that the vehicle's regularsafety belt may not remain low onthe hip bones, as it should.Instead, it may settle up aroundthe child's abdomen. In a crash,the belt would apply force on abody area that is unprotected byany bony structure. This alonecould cause serious or fatalinjuries. To reduce the risk ofserious or fatal injuries during acrash, young children shouldalways be secured in appropriatechild restraints.

Child Restraint Systems

Rear-Facing Infant Seat

A rear-facing child restraint providesrestraint with the seating surfaceagainst the back of the infant.

The harness system holds the infantin place and, in a crash, acts tokeep the infant positioned in therestraint.

Forward-Facing Child Seat

A forward-facing child restraintprovides restraint for the child'sbody with the harness.



Booster Seats

A belt-positioning booster seat isused for children who haveoutgrown their forward-facing childrestraint. Boosters are designed toimprove the fit of the vehicle's safetybelt system until the child is largeenough for the vehicle safety beltsto fit properly without a booster seat.See the safety belt fit test in OlderChildren 0 77.

Securing an Add-On ChildRestraint in the Vehicle

{ Warning

A child can be seriously injured orkilled in a crash if the childrestraint is not properly secured inthe vehicle. Secure the childrestraint properly in the vehicleusing the vehicle’s safety belt orLATCH system, following theinstructions that came with thatchild restraint and the instructionsin this manual.

To help reduce the chance of injury,the child restraint must be securedin the vehicle. Child restraintsystems must be secured in vehicleseats by lap belts or the lap beltportion of a lap-shoulder belt, or bythe LATCH system. See LowerAnchors and Tethers for Children(LATCH System) 0 84 for moreinformation. Children can beendangered in a crash if the childrestraint is not properly secured inthe vehicle.

When securing an add-on childrestraint, refer to the instructionsthat come with the restraint whichmay be on the restraint itself or in abooklet, or both, and to this manual.The child restraint instructions areimportant, so if they are notavailable, obtain a replacementcopy from the manufacturer.

Keep in mind that an unsecuredchild restraint can move around in acollision or sudden stop and injurepeople in the vehicle. Be sure toproperly secure any child restraint inthe vehicle— even when no child isin it.

In some areas of the United Statesand Canada, Certified ChildPassenger Safety Technicians(CPSTs) are available to inspectand demonstrate how to correctlyuse and install child restraints. Inthe U.S., refer to the NationalHighway Traffic SafetyAdministration (NHTSA) website tolocate the nearest child safety seatinspection station. For CPSTavailability in Canada, check withTransport Canada or the ProvincialMinistry of Transportation office.



Securing the Child Within theChild Restraint

{ Warning

A child can be seriously injured orkilled in a crash if the child is notproperly secured in the childrestraint. Secure the childproperly following the instructionsthat came with that child restraint.

Where to Put theRestraintAccording to accident statistics,children and infants are safer whenproperly restrained in an appropriatechild restraint secured in a rearseating position.

Whenever possible, children aged12 and under should be secured ina rear seating position.

Never put a rear-facing childrestraint in the front. This is becausethe risk to the rear-facing child is sogreat if the airbag deploys.

{ Warning

A child in a rear-facing childrestraint can be seriously injuredor killed if the front passengerairbag inflates. This is becausethe back of the rear-facing childrestraint would be very close tothe inflating airbag. A child in aforward-facing child restraint canbe seriously injured or killed if thefront passenger airbag inflatesand the passenger seat is in aforward position.

Even if the passenger sensingsystem has turned off the frontpassenger frontal airbag, nosystem is fail-safe. No one canguarantee that an airbag will notdeploy under some unusualcircumstance, even though it isturned off.

Secure rear-facing child restraintsin a rear seat, even if the airbagis off. If you secure aforward-facing child restraint in

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

the front seat, always move thefront passenger seat as far backas it will go. It is better to securethe child restraint in a rear seat.

See Passenger Sensing System0 71 for additional information.

When securing a child restraint in arear seating position, study theinstructions that came with the childrestraint to make sure it iscompatible with this vehicle.

Child restraints and booster seatsvary considerably in size, and somemay fit in certain seating positionsbetter than others.

Depending on where you place thechild restraint and the size of thechild restraint, you may not be ableto access adjacent safety belts orLATCH anchors for additionalpassengers or child restraints.Adjacent seating positions shouldnot be used if the child restraintprevents access to or interferes withthe routing of the safety belt.



Wherever a child restraint isinstalled, be sure to follow theinstructions that came with the childrestraint system and secure thechild restraint system properly.

Keep in mind that an unsecuredchild restraint can move around in acollision or sudden stop and injurepeople in the vehicle. Be sure toproperly secure any child restraint inthe vehicle — even when no child isin it.

Lower Anchors andTethers for Children(LATCH System)The LATCH system secures a childrestraint during driving or in a crash.LATCH attachments on the childrestraint are used to attach the childrestraint to the anchors in thevehicle. The LATCH system isdesigned to make installation of achild restraint easier.

In order to use the LATCH system inyour vehicle, you need a childrestraint that has LATCHattachments. LATCH-compatible

rear-facing and forward-facing childseats can be properly installedusing either the LATCH anchors orthe vehicle’s safety belts. Do notuse both the safety belts and theLATCH anchorage system to securea rear-facing or forward-facingchild seat.

Booster seats use the vehicle’ssafety belts to secure the child inthe booster seat. If the manufacturerrecommends that the booster seatbe secured with the LATCH system,this can be done as long as thebooster seat can be positionedproperly and there is no interferencewith the proper positioning of thelap-shoulder belt on the child.

Make sure to follow the instructionsthat came with the child restraint,and also the instructions in thismanual.

When installing a child restraint witha top tether, you must also useeither the lower anchors or thesafety belts to properly secure thechild restraint. A child restraint mustnever be attached using only the toptether.

The LATCH anchorage system canbe used until the combined weightof the child plus the child restraint is29.5 kg (65 lbs). Use the safety beltalone instead of the LATCHanchorage system once thecombined weight is more than29.5 kg (65 lbs).

See Securing Child Restraints (Withthe Safety Belt in the Front Seat)0 93 or Securing Child Restraints(With the Safety Belt in the RearSeat) 0 91.

Child restraints built after March2014 will be labeled with thespecific child weight up to which theLATCH system can be used toinstall the restraint.

The following explains how to attacha child restraint with theseattachments in the vehicle.

Not all vehicle seating positions orchild restraints have lower anchorsand attachments or top tetheranchors and attachments. In thiscase, the safety belt must be used(with top tether where available) to



secure the child restraint. SeeSecuring Child Restraints (With theSafety Belt in the Front Seat) 0 93or Securing Child Restraints (Withthe Safety Belt in the RearSeat) 0 91.

Lower Anchors

Lower anchors (1) are metal barsbuilt into the vehicle. There are twolower anchors for each LATCHseating position that willaccommodate a child restraint withlower attachments (2).

Top Tether Anchor

A top tether (3, 4) anchors the top ofthe child restraint to the vehicle.A top tether anchor is built into thevehicle. The top tetherattachment (2) on the child restraintconnects to the top tether anchor inthe vehicle in order to reduce theforward movement and rotation ofthe child restraint during driving or ina crash.

The child restraint may have asingle tether (3) or a dual tether (4).Either will have a singleattachment (2) to secure the toptether to the anchor.

Some child restraints that have atop tether are designed for use withor without the top tether beingattached. Others require the toptether always to be attached. InCanada, the law requires thatforward-facing child restraints havea top tether, and that the tether beattached. Be sure to read and followthe instructions for your childrestraint.

Lower Anchor and Top TetherAnchor Locations

I : Seating positions withtop tether anchors.



H : Seating positions with two loweranchors.

To assist in locating the loweranchors, each seating position withlower anchors has two labels, nearthe crease between the seatbackand the seat cushion.

To assist in locating the top tetheranchors, the top tether anchorsymbol is on the cover for sedanmodels or near the anchors onhatchback models.

Sedan

For sedan models, the top tetheranchors are under the coversbehind the rear seat on the fillerpanel. Pull open the cover to accessthe top tether anchors. Be sure touse an anchor on the same side ofthe vehicle as the seating positionwhere the child restraint will beplaced.

Hatchback

For hatchback models, the toptether anchors are on the back ofthe rear seatbacks. Remove thecargo cover before installing the toptether. The cargo cover shouldremain off while the top tether is inuse. Be sure to use an anchor onthe same side of the vehicle as theseating position where the childrestraint will be placed.

Do not secure a child restraint in aposition without a top tether anchorif a national or local law requiresthat the top tether be attached, or if



the instructions that come with thechild restraint say that the top tethermust be attached.

According to accident statistics,children and infants are safer whenproperly restrained in a childrestraint system or infant restraintsystem secured in a rear seatingposition. See Where to Put theRestraint 0 83 for additionalinformation.

Securing a Child RestraintDesigned for the LATCHSystem

{ Warning

If a LATCH-type child restraint isnot attached to anchors, the childrestraint will not be able to protectthe child correctly. In a crash, thechild could be seriously injured orkilled. Install a LATCH-type childrestraint properly using theanchors, or use the vehicle'ssafety belts to secure therestraint, following the instructions

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

that came with the child restraintand the instructions in thismanual.

{ Warning

To reduce the risk of serious orfatal injuries during a crash, donot attach more than one childrestraint to a single anchor.Attaching more than one childrestraint to a single anchor couldcause the anchor or attachmentto come loose or even breakduring a crash. A child or otherscould be injured.

{ Warning

Children can be seriously injuredor strangled if a shoulder belt iswrapped around their neck. The

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

shoulder belt can tighten butcannot be loosened if it is locked.The shoulder belt locks when it ispulled all the way out of theretractor. It unlocks when theshoulder belt is allowed to go allthe way back into the retractor,but it cannot do this if it iswrapped around a child’s neck.If the shoulder belt is locked andtightened around a child’s neck,the only way to loosen the belt isto cut it.

Buckle any unused safety beltsbehind the child restraint sochildren cannot reach them. Pullthe shoulder belt all the way outof the retractor to set the lock,and tighten the belt behind thechild restraint after the childrestraint has been installed.



Caution

Do not let the LATCHattachments rub against thevehicle’s safety belts. This maydamage these parts. If necessary,move buckled safety belts toavoid rubbing the LATCHattachments.

Do not fold the rear seatbackwhen the seat is occupied. Do notfold the empty rear seat with asafety belt buckled. This coulddamage the safety belt or theseat. Unbuckle and return thesafety belt to its stowed position,before folding the seat.

If you need to secure more than onechild restraint in the rear seat, seeWhere to Put the Restraint 0 83.

This system is designed to makethe installation of child restraintseasier. When using lower anchors,do not use the vehicle's safety belts.Instead, use the vehicle's anchorsand child restraint attachments to

secure the restraints. Somerestraints also use another vehicleanchor to secure a top tether.

1. Attach and tighten the lowerattachments to the loweranchors. If the child restraintdoes not have lowerattachments or the desiredseating position does not havelower anchors, secure the childrestraint with the top tether andthe safety belts. Refer to yourchild restraint manufacturerinstructions and theinstructions in this manual.

1.1. Find the lower anchorsfor the desired seatingposition.

1.2. Put the child restraint onthe seat.

For rear outboard seatingpositions, if the headrestraint interferes withthe proper installation ofthe child restraint, thehead restraint may beremoved. See “Head

Restraint Removal andReinstallation” at the endof this section.

1.3. Attach and tighten thelower attachments on thechild restraint to the loweranchors.

2. If the child restraintmanufacturer recommends thatthe top tether be attached,attach and tighten the toptether to the top tether anchor,if equipped. Refer to the childrestraint instructions and thefollowing steps:

2.1. Find the top tetheranchor.

2.2. Open the cover,if equipped, to access thetop tether anchors.

2.3. For hatchback models,remove the cargo coverbefore installing the toptether. The cargo covershould remain off whilethe top tether is in use.



2.4. Route and tighten the toptether according to yourchild restraint instructionsand the followinginstructions:

If the position you areusing does not have aheadrest or head restraintand you are using asingle tether, route thetether over the seatback.

If the position you areusing does not have aheadrest or head restraintand you are using a dualtether, route the tetherover the seatback.

If the position you areusing has an adjustableheadrest or head restraintand you are using asingle tether, raise the

headrest or head restraintand route the tetherunder the headrest orhead restraint and inbetween the headrest orhead restraint posts.

If the position you areusing has an adjustableheadrest or head restraintand you are using a dualtether, raise the headrestor head restraint androute the tether under theheadrest or head restraintand around the headrestor head restraint posts.



3. Before placing a child in thechild restraint, make sure it issecurely held in place. Tocheck, grasp the child restraintat the LATCH path and attemptto move it side to side andback and forth. There shouldbe no more than 2.5 cm (1 in) ofmovement for properinstallation.

Head Restraint Removal andReinstallation

The rear outboard head restraintscan be removed if they interfere withthe proper installation of the childrestraint.

To remove the head restraint:

1. Partially fold the seatbackforward. See Rear Seats 0 57for additional information.

2. Press both buttons on the headrestraint posts at the sametime, and pull up on the headrestraint.

3. Store the head restraint in asecure place.

4. When the child restraint isremoved, reinstall the headrestraint before the seatingposition is used.

{ Warning

With head restraints that are notinstalled and adjusted properly,there is a greater chance thatoccupants will suffer a neck/spinal injury in a crash. Do notdrive until the head restraints forall occupants are installed andadjusted properly.

To reinstall the head restraint:



1. Insert the head restraint postsinto the holes in the top of theseatback. The notches on theposts must face the driver sideof the vehicle.

2. Push the head restraint down.

If necessary, press the heightadjustment release button tofurther lower the head restraint.See Rear Seats.

3. Try to move the head restraintto make sure that it is locked inplace.

Replacing LATCH SystemParts After a Crash

{ Warning

A crash can damage the LATCHsystem in the vehicle. A damagedLATCH system may not properlysecure the child restraint,resulting in serious injury or evendeath in a crash. To help makesure the LATCH system isworking properly after a crash,

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

see your dealer to have thesystem inspected and anynecessary replacements made assoon as possible.

If the vehicle has the LATCH systemand it was being used during acrash, new LATCH system partsmay be needed.

New parts and repairs may benecessary even if the LATCHsystem was not being used at thetime of the crash.

Securing Child Restraints(With the Safety Belt inthe Rear Seat)When securing a child restraint in arear seating position, study theinstructions that came with the childrestraint to make sure it iscompatible with this vehicle.

If the child restraint has the LATCHsystem, see Lower Anchors andTethers for Children (LATCH

System) 0 84 for how and where toinstall the child restraint usingLATCH. If a child restraint is securedin the vehicle using a safety beltand it uses a top tether, see LowerAnchors and Tethers for Children(LATCH System) 0 84 for top tetheranchor locations.

Do not secure a child seat in aposition without a top tether anchorif a national or local law requiresthat the top tether be anchored, or ifthe instructions that come with thechild restraint say that the top strapmust be anchored.

If the child restraint or vehicle seatposition does not have the LATCHsystem, you will be using the safetybelt to secure the child restraint.Be sure to follow the instructionsthat came with the child restraint.

If more than one child restraintneeds to be installed in the rearseat, be sure to read Where to Putthe Restraint 0 83.

1. Put the child restraint onthe seat.



2. Pick up the latch plate, and runthe lap and shoulder portionsof the vehicle’s safety beltthrough or around the restraint.The child restraint instructionswill show you how.


Position the release button onthe buckle, away from the childrestraint system, so that thesafety belt could be quicklyunbuckled if necessary.

4. Pull the shoulder belt all theway out of the retractor to setthe lock. When the retractorlock is set, the belt can betightened but not pulled out ofthe retractor.

5. To tighten the belt, push downon the child restraint, pull theshoulder portion of the belt totighten the lap portion of thebelt, and feed the shoulder beltback into the retractor. Wheninstalling a forward-facing childrestraint, it may be helpful touse your knee to push down onthe child restraint as youtighten the belt.

Try to pull the belt out of theretractor to make sure theretractor is locked. If theretractor is not locked, repeatSteps 4 and 5.



6. If the child restraint has a toptether, follow the child restraintmanufacturer's instructionsregarding the use of the toptether. See Lower Anchors andTethers for Children (LATCHSystem) 0 84.

7. Before placing a child in thechild restraint, make sure it issecurely held in place. Tocheck, grasp the child restraintat the safety belt path andattempt to move it side to sideand back and forth. When thechild restraint is properlyinstalled, there should be nomore than 2.5 cm (1 in) ofmovement.

To remove the child restraint,unbuckle the vehicle safety belt andlet it return to the stowed position.If the top tether is attached to a toptether anchor, disconnect it.

Securing Child Restraints(With the Safety Belt inthe Front Seat)This vehicle has airbags. A rearseat is a safer place to secure aforward-facing child restraint. SeeWhere to Put the Restraint 0 83.

In addition, the vehicle has apassenger sensing system which isdesigned to turn off the frontoutboard passenger frontal airbagand knee airbag under certainconditions. See Passenger SensingSystem 0 71 and Passenger AirbagStatus Indicator 0 111 for moreinformation on this, includingimportant safety information.

Never put a rear-facing child seat inthe front. This is because the risk tothe rear-facing child is so great,if the airbag deploys.

{ Warning

A child in a rear-facing childrestraint can be seriously injuredor killed if the front outboardpassenger frontal airbag inflates.This is because the back of therear-facing child restraint wouldbe very close to the inflatingairbag. A child in a forward-facingchild restraint can be seriouslyinjured or killed if the frontoutboard passenger frontal airbaginflates and the passenger seat isin a forward position.

Even if the passenger sensingsystem has turned off the frontoutboard passenger airbag(s), nosystem is fail-safe. No one canguarantee that an airbag will notdeploy under some unusualcircumstance, even though theairbag(s) are off.

Secure rear-facing child restraintsin a rear seat, even if theairbag(s) are off. If you secure a

(Continued)



Warning (Continued)

forward-facing child restraint inthe front outboard passengerseat, always move the seat as farback as it will go. It is better tosecure the child restraint in arear seat.

See Passenger Sensing System0 71 for additional information.

If the child restraint uses a toptether, see Lower Anchors andTethers for Children (LATCHSystem) 0 84 for top tether anchorlocations.

Do not secure a child seat in aposition without a top tether anchorif a national or local law requiresthat the top tether be anchored, or ifthe instructions that come with thechild restraint say that the top strapmust be anchored.

In Canada, the law requires thatforward-facing child restraints havea top tether, and that the tether beattached.

When using the lap-shoulder belt tosecure the child restraint in thisposition, follow the instructions thatcame with the child restraint and thefollowing instructions:

1. Move the seat as far back as itwill go before securing theforward-facing child restraint.Move the seat upward or theseatback to an upright position,if needed, to get a tightinstallation of the childrestraint.

When the passenger sensingsystem has turned off the frontoutboard passenger frontalairbag and knee airbag, the offindicator on the passengerairbag status indicator shouldlight and stay lit when you startthe vehicle. See PassengerAirbag Status Indicator 0 111.

2. Put the child restraint onthe seat.

3. Pick up the latch plate, and runthe lap and shoulder portionsof the vehicle's safety belt

through or around the restraint.The child restraint instructionswill show you how.

Tilt the latch plate to adjust thebelt if needed.




Position the release button onthe buckle, away from the childrestraint system, so that thesafety belt could be quicklyunbuckled if necessary.

5. Pull the shoulder belt all theway out of the retractor to setthe lock. When the retractorlock is set, the belt can betightened but not pulled out ofthe retractor.

6. To tighten the belt, push downon the child restraint, pull theshoulder portion of the belt totighten the lap portion of thebelt, and feed the shoulder beltback into the retractor. Wheninstalling a forward-facing childrestraint, it may be helpful touse your knee to push down onthe child restraint as youtighten the belt.

Try to pull the belt out of theretractor to make sure theretractor is locked. If theretractor is not locked, repeatSteps 5 and 6.



7. Before placing a child in thechild restraint, make sure it issecurely held in place. Tocheck, grasp the child restraintat the safety belt path andattempt to move it side to sideand back and forth. When thechild restraint is properlyinstalled, there should be nomore than 2.5 cm (1 in) ofmovement.

If the airbags are off, the offindicator in the passenger airbagstatus indicator will come on andstay on when the vehicle is started.

If a child restraint has been installedand the off symbol is not lit, see “Ifthe On Indicator Is Lit for a ChildRestraint” under Passenger SensingSystem 0 71.

To remove the child restraint,unbuckle the vehicle's safety beltand let it go back all the way.


Storage 97

Storage

Storage CompartmentsStorage Compartments . . . . . . . . 97Instrument Panel Storage . . . . . . 97Glove Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97

Luggage/Load LocationsLoad Compartment(Hatchback) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98

Additional Storage FeaturesCargo Cover (Hatchback) . . . . . . 98

StorageCompartments

{ Warning

Do not store heavy or sharpobjects in storage compartments.In a crash, these objects maycause the cover to open andcould result in injury.

Instrument Panel Storage

Lift up on the lever to open.

Card Holder

Store a card in the slot on theinstrument panel.

Glove BoxLift up on the glove box lever toopen it.


98 Storage

Luggage/LoadLocations

Load Compartment(Hatchback)

The load compartment cover can beused to conceal objects under it orremoved and placed on the bottomof the load compartment to carrylarger loads.

To remove the load compartmentcover:

1. Lift up on the loadcompartment cover andpull out.

2. Store the load compartmentcover on the bottom of the loadcompartment.

To install the load compartmentcover:

1. Align the front sides of the loadcompartment cover into theslots on both sides at the frontof the load compartment.

2. Lower the load compartmentcover onto the lip around theload compartment.

Additional StorageFeatures

Cargo Cover (Hatchback)

{ Warning

An unsecured cargo cover couldstrike people in a sudden stop orturn, or in a crash. Store thecargo cover securely or remove itfrom the vehicle.

{ Warning

Do not place objects on the cargocover. Sudden stops or turns cancause objects to be thrown in thevehicle. You or others could beinjured.


Storage 99

The cargo cover can be used tocover items in the rear of thevehicle.

To remove the cargo cover:

1. Remove both of the cords fromthe hooks at the top of theliftgate.

2. Push up on the underside ofthe cargo cover at both pins atthe front sides of the cargocover.

To install the cargo cover:

1. Align the clips on the undersideof the cargo cover over thepins on both sides of the cargoarea and push down.

2. Reconnect both of the cords tothe hooks at the top of theliftgate.


100 Instruments and Controls

Instruments andControls

ControlsSteering Wheel Adjustment . . . 101Steering Wheel Controls . . . . . . 101Heated Steering Wheel . . . . . . . 102Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102Windshield Wiper/Washer . . . . 102Rear Window Wiper/Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103

Compass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104Clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104Power Outlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105

Warning Lights, Gauges, andIndicatorsWarning Lights, Gauges, andIndicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106

Instrument Cluster . . . . . . . . . . . . 107Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109Trip Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109Tachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109Fuel Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109Safety Belt Reminders . . . . . . . . 110Airbag Readiness Light . . . . . . . 110Passenger Airbag StatusIndicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111

Charging System Light . . . . . . . 112Malfunction Indicator Lamp(Check Engine Light) . . . . . . . . 112

Service Vehicle Soon Light . . . 114Owner Manual Indicator . . . . . . 114Brake System WarningLight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114

Antilock Brake System (ABS)Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115

Operate Pedal Light . . . . . . . . . . 115Up-Shift Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115Power Steering WarningLight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115

Lane Departure Warning(LDW) Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116

Forward Collision Alert (FCA)Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116

Vehicle Ahead Indicator . . . . . . . 116Ultrasonic Parking SensorLight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116

Traction Off Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117StabiliTrak® OFF Light . . . . . . . . 117Traction Control System (TCS)/StabiliTrak® Light . . . . . . . . . . . . 117

Engine Coolant TemperatureWarning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118

Tire Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . 118Engine Oil Pressure Light . . . . . 118Low Fuel Warning Light . . . . . . . 119Immobilizer Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119

Reduced Engine PowerLight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120

High-Beam On Light . . . . . . . . . . 120Front Fog Lamp Light . . . . . . . . . 120Lamps On Reminder . . . . . . . . . 120Cruise Control Light . . . . . . . . . . 120Door Ajar Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121Trunk Ajar Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121

Information DisplaysDriver InformationCenter (DIC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121

Vehicle MessagesVehicle Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . 126Engine Oil Messages . . . . . . . . . 127Tire Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127

Vehicle PersonalizationVehicle Personalization . . . . . . . 127


Instruments and Controls 101

Controls

Steering WheelAdjustment

To adjust the steering wheel:

1. Pull the lever down.

2. Move the steering wheel up,down, forward, and backward.

3. Pull the lever up to lock thesteering wheel in place.

Do not adjust the steering wheelwhile driving.


For vehicles with audio steeringwheel controls, some audio controlscan be adjusted at the steeringwheel.

b / g (Push to Talk) : For vehicleswith a Bluetooth, OnStar,or navigation system, press tointeract with those systems. SeeBluetooth (Overview) 0 155 orBluetooth (Infotainment Controls)0 157, OnStar Overview 0 321,or the infotainment manual.

$ /i (Mute/End Call) : Press tosilence the vehicle speakers only.Press again to turn the sound on.

For vehicles with OnStar orBluetooth systems, press to rejectan incoming call, or end acurrent call.

_ SRC ^ (Source/Favorite) : Pressto select a source or turn to changefavorite stations.

Press _ or ^ to select AM, FM, CD,or MP3 track.

Turn _ or ^ to select the next orprevious saved favorite radiostations.

+ x − (Volume) : Press + toincrease the volume. Press − todecrease the volume.



Heated Steering Wheel

( : If equipped, press to turn theheated steering wheel on or off.A light next to the button displayswhen the feature is turned on.

The steering wheel takes aboutthree minutes to be fully heated.

Horn

Pressa on the steering wheel padto sound the horn.

Windshield Wiper/Washer

Sedan

Hatchback

The windshield wiper/washer leveris on the right side of the steeringcolumn.

Move the lever to one of thefollowing positions:

HI : Use for fast wipes.

LO : Use for slow wipes.

Hatchback Shown, Sedan Similar

INT : Move the lever up to INT forintermittent wipes, then turn thexINT band up for more frequentwipes or down for less frequentwipes.

OFF : Use to turn the wipers off.

1X : For a single wipe, briefly movethe wiper lever down. For severalwipes, hold the wiper lever down.

Wiper Parking

If the ignition is put in OFF while thewipers are on LO, HI, or INT, theywill immediately stop.

If the windshield wiper lever is thenmoved to OFF before the driverdoor is opened or within 10 minutes,the wipers will restart and move tothe base of the windshield.



If the ignition is put in OFF while thewipers are performing wipes due towindshield washing, the wiperscontinue to run until they reach thebase of the windshield.

nL : Pull the windshield wiperlever toward you to spray windshieldwasher fluid and activate the wipers.The wipers will continue until thelever is released or the maximumwash time is reached. When thewindshield wiper lever is released,additional wipes may occurdepending on how long thewindshield washer had beenactivated. See Washer Fluid 0 231for information on filling thewindshield washer fluid reservoir.

{ Warning

In freezing weather, do not usethe washer until the windshield iswarmed. Otherwise the washerfluid can form ice on thewindshield, blocking your vision.

Clear snow and ice from the wiperblades before using them. If frozento the windshield, carefully loosen orthaw them. Damaged wiper bladesshould be replaced. See WiperBlade Replacement 0 236.

Heavy snow or ice can overload thewiper motor. A circuit breaker willstop the motor until it cools down.

Rear Window Wiper/WasherIf equipped with the rear wiper/washer, the controls are on the endof the windshield wiper lever.

ON : Press the upper portion of thebutton for continuous rear windowwipes.

OFF : The rear wiper turns off whenthe button is returned to the middleposition.

INT : Press the lower portion of thebutton for a delay between wipes.

a : Push the windshield wiper leverforward to spray washer fluid on therear window. The lever returns to itsstarting position when released.

Rear Wiper Arm AssemblyProtection

When using an automatic car wash,move the rear wiper control to OFFto disable the rear wiper. In somevehicles, if the transmission is inN (Neutral) and the vehicle speed isvery slow, the rear wiper willautomatically park under the rearspoiler.

The wiper operations return tonormal when the transmission is nolonger in N (Neutral) or the vehiclespeed has increased.

Auto Wipe in Reverse Gear

If the rear wiper control is off, therear wiper will automatically operatecontinuously when the shift lever is



in R (Reverse), and the frontwindshield wiper is performing lowor high speed wipes. If the rearwiper control is off, the shift lever isin R (Reverse), and the frontwindshield wiper is performinginterval wipes, then the rear wiperautomatically performs intervalwipes.

This feature can be changed. SeeVehicle Personalization 0 127.

The windshield washer reservoir isused for the windshield and the rearwindow. Check the fluid level in thereservoir if either washer is notworking. See Washer Fluid 0 231.

CompassThe vehicle may have a compassdisplay in the Driver InformationCenter (DIC). The compass receivesits heading and other informationfrom the Global PositioningSystem (GPS) antenna, StabiliTrak,and vehicle speed information.

Avoid covering the GPS antenna,located on the roof, for long periodsof time with objects that mayinterfere with the antenna's ability to

receive a satellite signal. Thecompass system is designed tooperate for a certain number ofmiles or degrees of turn beforeneeding a signal from the GPSsatellites. When the compassdisplay shows CAL, drive thevehicle for a short distance in anopen area where it can receive aGPS signal. The compass systemwill automatically determine whenthe GPS signal is restored andprovide a heading again.

ClockThe infotainment system controlsare used to access the time anddate settings through the menusystem. See Operation 0 144 onhow to use the menu system.

Setting the Time and Date

When Auto Set is enabled the timecannot be manually set.

1. Press {, then touchSETTINGS.

2. Touch Time and Date, then SetTime or Set Date.

3. Touch + or − to adjust thevalue.

4. Touch R or Q to adjust AM orPM for 12 hour format.

5. Touch0.

Using Auto Set

Auto Set requires an OnStarsubscription.


2. Touch Time and Date, thenAuto Set.

3. Select from the availableselections.

4. Touch0.

Setting the 12/24 Hour Format


2. Touch Time and Date, then SetTime Format.

3. Select 12h or 24h format.

4. Touch0.



Setting the Month and DayFormat


2. Touch Time and Date, then SetDate Format.

3. Select DD/MM/YYYY (day/month/year), MM/DD/YYYY(month/day/year), or YYYY/MM/DD (year/month/day)format.

4. Touch0.

Power OutletsThe accessory power outlets can beused to plug in electrical equipment,such as a cell phone or MP3 player.

The vehicle has an accessorypower outlet behind the cupholderson the center floor console.

Remove the cover to access andreplace when not in use.

{ Warning

Power is always supplied to theoutlets. Do not leave electricalequipment plugged in when thevehicle is not in use because thevehicle could catch fire and causeinjury or death.

Caution

Leaving electrical equipmentplugged in for an extended periodof time while the vehicle is off willdrain the battery. Always unplugelectrical equipment when not inuse and do not plug in equipmentthat exceeds the maximum20 amp rating.

Certain accessory power plugs maynot be compatible with theaccessory power outlet and couldoverload vehicle or adapter fuses.If a problem is experienced, seeyour dealer.

When adding electrical equipment,be sure to follow the properinstallation instructions included withthe equipment. See Add-OnElectrical Equipment 0 211.

Caution

Hanging heavy equipment fromthe power outlet can causedamage not covered by thevehicle warranty. The poweroutlets are designed foraccessory power plugs only, suchas cell phone charge cords.



Warning Lights,Gauges, andIndicatorsWarning lights and gauges cansignal that something is wrongbefore it becomes serious enoughto cause an expensive repair orreplacement. Paying attention to thewarning lights and gauges couldprevent injury.

Some warning lights come on brieflywhen the engine is started toindicate they are working. Whenone of the warning lights comes onand stays on while driving, or whenone of the gauges shows there maybe a problem, check the section thatexplains what to do. Waiting to dorepairs can be costly and evendangerous.



Instrument Cluster

Cluster with Base Level DIC (English Shown, Metric Similar)



Cluster with Uplevel DIC (English Shown, Metric Similar)



SpeedometerThe speedometer shows thevehicle's speed in either kilometersper hour (km/h) or miles perhour (mph).

OdometerThe odometer shows how far thevehicle has been driven, in eitherkilometers or miles.

Trip OdometerThe trip odometer shows how farthe vehicle has been driven sincethe trip odometer was last reset.

The trip odometer is accessed andreset through the Driver InformationCenter (DIC). See DriverInformation Center (DIC) 0 121.

TachometerThe tachometer displays the enginespeed in revolutions perminute (rpm).

Caution

If the engine is operated with therpm’s in the warning area at thehigh end of the tachometer, thevehicle could be damaged, andthe damage would not be coveredby the vehicle warranty. Do notoperate the engine with the rpm’sin the warning area.

Fuel Gauge

When the ignition is on, the fuelgauge shows how much fuel is leftin the fuel tank. When the indicator

nears empty, a fuel warning light willcome on. See Low Fuel WarningLight 0 119. The vehicle still has alittle fuel left, but the vehicle shouldbe fueled soon. An arrow on the fuelgauge indicates the side of thevehicle the fuel door is on.

Here are four things that someowners ask about. These arenormal and do not indicate aproblem with the fuel gauge:

. At the service station, the gaspump shuts off before the gaugereads full.

. It takes a little more or less fuelto fill up than the gaugeindicated. For example, thegauge may have indicated thefuel tank was half full, but itactually took a little more or lessthan half the fuel tank's capacityto fill it.

. The indicator moves a little whileturning a corner or speeding up.

. The gauge goes back to emptywhen the ignition is turned off.



Safety Belt Reminders

Driver Safety Belt ReminderLight

There is a driver safety beltreminder light on the instrumentcluster.

When the vehicle is started, thislight flashes and a chime may comeon to remind the driver to fastentheir safety belt. Then the light stayson solid until the belt is buckled.This cycle may continue severaltimes if the driver remains orbecomes unbuckled while thevehicle is moving.

If the driver safety belt is buckled,neither the light nor the chimecomes on.

Passenger Safety BeltReminder Light

There is a passenger safety beltreminder light near the passengerairbag status indicator. SeePassenger Sensing System 0 71.

When the vehicle is started, thislight flashes and a chime may comeon to remind passengers to fastentheir safety belt. Then the light stayson solid until the belt is buckled.This cycle continues several times ifthe passenger remains or becomesunbuckled while the vehicle ismoving.

If the passenger safety belt isbuckled, neither the chime nor thelight comes on.

The front passenger safety beltreminder light and chime may turnon if an object is put on the seatsuch as a briefcase, handbag,

grocery bag, laptop, or otherelectronic device. To turn off thereminder light and/or chime, removethe object from the seat or bucklethe safety belt.

Airbag Readiness LightThis light shows if there is anelectrical problem with the airbagsystem. The system check includesthe airbag sensor(s), passengersensing system, the pretensioners(if equipped), the airbag modules,the wiring, and the crash sensingand diagnostic module. For moreinformation on the airbag system,see Airbag System 0 65.

The airbag readiness light comes onfor several seconds when thevehicle is started. If the light doesnot come on then, have it fixedimmediately.



{ Warning

If the airbag readiness light stayson after the vehicle is started orcomes on while driving, it meansthe airbag system might not beworking properly. The airbags inthe vehicle might not inflate in acrash, or they could even inflatewithout a crash. To help avoidinjury, have the vehicle servicedright away.

Passenger Airbag StatusIndicatorThe vehicle has a passengersensing system. See PassengerSensing System 0 71 for importantsafety information. The instrumentpanel has a passenger airbag statusindicator.

United States

Canada

When the vehicle is started, thepassenger airbag status indicatorwill light ON and OFF, or the symbolfor on and off, for several secondsas a system check. Then, afterseveral seconds, the statusindicator will light either ON or OFF,or the on or off symbol to let youknow the status of the frontoutboard passenger frontal airbagand knee airbag.

If the word ON or the on symbol islit on the passenger airbag statusindicator, it means that the front

outboard passenger frontal airbagand knee airbag are allowed toinflate.

If the word OFF or the off symbol islit on the passenger airbag statusindicator, it means that thepassenger sensing system hasturned off the front outboardpassenger frontal airbag and kneeairbag.

If, after several seconds, both statusindicator lights remain on, or if thereare no lights at all, there may be aproblem with the lights or thepassenger sensing system. Seeyour dealer for service.

{ Warning

If the airbag readiness light evercomes on and stays on, it meansthat something may be wrongwith the airbag system. To helpavoid injury to yourself or others,have the vehicle serviced rightaway. See Airbag ReadinessLight 0 110 for more information,including important safetyinformation.



Charging System Light

This light will come on briefly whenthe ignition is turned on, and theengine is not running, as a check toshow it is working.

It should go out when the engine isstarted. If it stays on, or comes onwhile driving, there may be aproblem with the electrical chargingsystem. Have it checked by yourdealer. Driving while this light is oncould drain the battery. If a shortdistance must be driven with thelight on, turn off all accessories,such as the radio and airconditioner, to help reduce the drainon the battery.

Malfunction IndicatorLamp (Check EngineLight)This light is part of the vehicle’semission control on-boarddiagnostic system. If this light is onwhile the engine is running, amalfunction has been detected andthe vehicle may require service. Thelight should come on to show that itis working when the ignition is inON/RUN with the engine notrunning. See Ignition Positions (KeyAccess) 0 182 or Ignition Positions(Keyless Access) 0 183.

Malfunctions are often indicated bythe system before any problem isnoticeable. Being aware of the lightand seeking service promptly whenit comes on may prevent damage.

Caution

If the vehicle is driven continuallywith this light on, the emissioncontrol system may not work aswell, the fuel economy may belower, and the vehicle may notrun smoothly. This could lead tocostly repairs that might not becovered by the vehicle warranty.

Caution

Modifications to the engine,transmission, exhaust, intake,or fuel system, or the use ofreplacement tires that do notmeet the original tirespecifications, can cause this lightto come on. This could lead tocostly repairs not covered by thevehicle warranty. This could alsoaffect the vehicle’s ability to passan Emissions Inspection/Maintenance test. SeeAccessories andModifications 0 214.



If the light is flashing : Amalfunction has been detected thatcould damage the emission controlsystem and increase vehicleemissions. Diagnosis and servicemay be required.

To help prevent damage, reducevehicle speed and avoid hardaccelerations and uphill grades.

If the light continues to flash, find asafe place to park. Turn the vehicleoff and wait at least 10 secondsbefore restarting the engine. If thelight is still flashing, follow theprevious guidelines and see yourdealer for service as soon aspossible.

If the light is on steady : Amalfunction has been detected.Diagnosis and service may berequired.

Check the following:

. A loose or missing fuel cap maycause the light to come on. SeeFilling the Tank 0 209. A fewdriving trips with the capproperly installed may turn thelight off.

. Poor fuel quality can causeinefficient engine operation andpoor driveability, which may goaway once the engine is warmedup. If this occurs, change thefuel brand. It may require atleast one full tank of the properfuel to turn the light off. SeeFuel 0 207.

If the light remains on, see yourdealer.

Emissions Inspection andMaintenance Programs

If the vehicle requires an EmissionsInspection/Maintenance test, thetest equipment will likely connect tothe vehicle's Data LinkConnector (DLC).

The DLC is under the instrumentpanel to the left of the steeringwheel. Connecting devices that are

not used to perform an EmissionsInspection/Maintenance test or toservice the vehicle may affectvehicle operation. See Add-OnElectrical Equipment 0 211. Seeyour dealer if assistance is needed.

The vehicle may not passinspection if:

. The light is on when the engineis running.

. The light does not come onwhen the ignition is in ON/RUNwith the engine not running.

. Critical emission control systemshave not been completelydiagnosed. If this happens, thevehicle would not be ready forinspection and might requireseveral days of routine drivingbefore the system is ready forinspection. This can happen ifthe 12-volt battery has recentlybeen replaced or run down, or ifthe vehicle has been recentlyserviced.

See your dealer if the vehicle willnot pass or cannot be made readyfor the test.



Service Vehicle SoonLight

For vehicles with this light, it comeson if a condition exists that mayrequire the vehicle to be taken in forservice.

If the light comes on, take thevehicle to your dealer for service assoon as possible.

Owner Manual Indicator

This symbol is shown when youneed to see the owner manual foradditional instructions orinformation.

Brake System WarningLightThe vehicle brake system consistsof two hydraulic circuits. If onecircuit is not working, the remainingcircuit can still work to stop thevehicle. For normal brakingperformance, both circuits need tobe working

If the warning light comes on, thereis a brake problem. Have the brakesystem inspected right away.

{ Warning

The brake system might not beworking properly if the brakesystem warning light is on.Driving with the brake systemwarning light on can lead to acrash. If the light is still on afterthe vehicle has been pulled offthe road and carefully stopped,have the vehicle towed forservice.

Metric English

This light should come on brieflywhen the engine is started. If it doesnot come on then, have it fixed so itwill be ready to warn you if there isa problem.

When the ignition is on, the brakesystem warning light will also comeon when the parking brake is set.The light will stay on if the parkingbrake does not fully release. If itstays on after the parking brake isfully released, it means there is abrake problem.

If the light comes on while driving,carefully pull off the road and stop.The pedal may be harder to push ormay go closer to the floor. It maytake longer to stop. If the light is stillon, have the vehicle towed forservice. See Towing theVehicle 0 277.



Antilock Brake System(ABS) Warning Light

This light comes on briefly when theengine is started.

If the light stays on, turn the ignitionto LOCK/OFF or if the light comeson, stop as soon as possible andturn the ignition off. Then start theengine again to reset the system.If the light still stays on, or comeson again while driving, the vehicleneeds service. See your dealer.If the regular brake system warninglight is not on, the brakes will stillwork, but the antilock brakes will notwork. If the regular brake systemwarning light is also on, the antilockbrakes will not work and there is aproblem with the regular brakes.See Brake System WarningLight 0 114.

The ABS warning light will come onbriefly when the ignition is turned toON/RUN. This is normal. If the lightdoes not come on then, have it fixedso it will be ready to warn if there isa problem.

Operate Pedal Light

This light comes on when the clutchor brake pedal needs to be appliedto start the vehicle.

Up-Shift Light

For manual transmission vehicles,there is an up-shift light that comeson in the lower DIC area. It showswhen to shift to the next higher gearfor best fuel economy.

See Manual Transmission 0 193.

Power Steering WarningLight

This light comes on briefly when theignition is turned to ON/RUN as acheck to show it is working.

If it does not come on have thevehicle serviced by your dealer.

If this light stays on, or comes onwhile driving, the system may not beworking. If this happens, see yourdealer for service.



Lane Departure Warning(LDW) Light

If equipped, this light, located in thecenter of the instrument panel,comes on briefly while starting thevehicle.

If it does not come on, have thevehicle serviced.

This light is green if LDW is on andready to operate.

This light changes to amber andflashes to indicate that the lanemarking has been crossed withoutusing a turn signal in that direction.

See Lane Departure Warning(LDW) 0 206.

Forward Collision Alert(FCA) Warning LightIf equipped, this light is on thecenter of the instrument panel.

The red forward collision alertcomes on and flashes when avehicle is being approached toorapidly.

The forward collision alert stays onwhen following a vehicle much tooclosely.


Vehicle Ahead IndicatorThis light is on the center of theinstrument panel.

If equipped, this indicator willdisplay green when a vehicle isdetected ahead


Ultrasonic ParkingSensor Light

If equipped, this light comes onbriefly while starting the vehicle. If itdoes not come on, have the vehicleserviced.

This light indicates a malfunction inthe system. See your dealer forservice.



See Parking Assist 0 203.

Traction Off Light

This light comes on briefly whilestarting the engine. If it does not,have the vehicle serviced by yourdealer. If the system is workingnormally, the indicator light thenturns off.

The traction off light comes on whenthe Traction Control System (TCS)has been turned off by pressing andreleasing the TCS/StabiliTrakbutton.

This light and the StabiliTrak OFFlight come on when StabiliTrak isturned off.

If the TCS is off, wheel spin is notlimited. Adjust driving accordingly.


StabiliTrak® OFF Light

This light comes on briefly whilestarting the engine. If it does not,have the vehicle serviced by yourdealer.

This light comes on when theStabiliTrak system is turned off.If StabiliTrak is off, the TractionControl System (TCS) is also off.

If StabiliTrak and TCS are off, thesystem does not assist in controllingthe vehicle. Turn on the TCS andthe StabiliTrak systems, and thewarning light turns off.


Traction Control System(TCS)/StabiliTrak® Light

The StabiliTrak or Traction ControlSystem (TCS) indicator/warninglight comes on briefly when theengine is started.

If the light does not come on, havethe vehicle serviced by your dealer.If the system is working normally,the indicator light turns off.

If the light is on and not flashing, theTCS, and potentially the StabiliTraksystem have been disabled.

If the indicator/warning light is onand flashing, the TCS and/or theStabiliTrak system is activelyworking.




Engine CoolantTemperature WarningLight

This light comes on briefly whilestarting the vehicle.

If it does not, have the vehicleserviced by your dealer. If thesystem is working normally theindicator light goes off.

Caution

The engine coolant temperaturewarning light indicates that thevehicle has overheated. Drivingwith this light on can damage theengine and it may not be coveredby the vehicle warranty. SeeEngine Overheating 0 230.

The engine coolant temperaturewarning light comes on when theengine has overheated.

If this happens, pull over and turnoff the engine as soon as possible.See Engine Overheating 0 230.

Tire Pressure Light

For vehicles with the Tire PressureMonitor System (TPMS), this lightcomes on briefly when the engine isstarted. It provides informationabout tire pressures and the TPMS.

When the Light Is On Steady

This indicates that one or more ofthe tires are significantlyunderinflated.

Stop as soon as possible, andinflate the tires to the pressure valueshown on the Tire and LoadingInformation label. See TirePressure 0 256.

When the Light Flashes First andThen Is On Steady

If the light flashes for about a minuteand then stays on, there may be aproblem with the TPMS. If theproblem is not corrected, the lightwill come on at every ignition cycle.See Tire Pressure MonitorOperation 0 258.

Engine Oil Pressure Light

Caution

Lack of proper engine oilmaintenance can damage theengine. Driving with the engine oillow can also damage the engine.The repairs would not be coveredby the vehicle warranty. Checkthe oil level as soon as possible.Add oil if required, but if the oil

(Continued)



Caution (Continued)

level is within the operating rangeand the oil pressure is still low,have the vehicle serviced. Alwaysfollow the maintenance schedulefor changing engine oil.

This light should come on briefly asthe engine is started. If it does notcome on, have the vehicle servicedby your dealer.

If the light comes on and stays on, itmeans that oil is not flowing throughthe engine properly. The vehiclecould be low on oil and might havesome other system problem. Seeyour dealer.

Low Fuel Warning Light

This light comes on for a fewseconds when the ignition is turnedon as a check to indicate it isworking. If it does not come on,have it fixed.

This light comes on when thevehicle is low on fuel.

The low fuel warning light comes onwhen there are approximately 6.0 L(1.7 gal) of fuel remaining inthe tank.

To turn the light off, add fuel to thefuel tank. See Filling theTank 0 209.

Immobilizer Light

The immobilizer light should comeon briefly as the engine is started.If it does not come on, have thevehicle serviced by your dealer.If the system is working normally,the indicator light turns off.

If the light stays on and the enginedoes not start, there could be aproblem with the immobilizersystem. See ImmobilizerOperation 0 45.



Reduced Engine PowerLight

The reduced engine power lightshould come on briefly as theengine is started. If it does not comeon, have the vehicle serviced byyour dealer.

This light, along with the malfunctionindicator lamp, displays when anoticeable reduction in the vehicle'sperformance occurs.

The vehicle can be driven at areduced speed when the reducedengine power light is on butacceleration and speed might bereduced. If this light stays on, seeyour dealer as soon as possible fordiagnosis and repair.

High-Beam On Light

This light comes on when thehigh-beam headlamps are in use.

See Headlamp High/Low-BeamChanger 0 134.

Front Fog Lamp Light

For vehicles with fog lamps, thislight comes on when the fog lampsare on.

The light goes out when the foglamps are turned off. See FogLamps 0 137 for more information.

Lamps On Reminder

This light comes on when theexterior lamps are in use. SeeExterior Lamp Controls 0 134.

Cruise Control Light

For vehicles with cruise control, thecruise control light is white when thecruise control is on and ready, andturns green when the cruise controlis set and active.

The light turns off when the cruisecontrol is turned off. See CruiseControl 0 199.



Door Ajar Light

This light comes on when a door isopen or not securely latched. Beforedriving, check that all doors areproperly closed.

Trunk Ajar Light

This light comes on when the trunkis ajar.

Information Displays

Driver InformationCenter (DIC)The DIC displays information aboutthe vehicle. It also displays warningmessages if a system problem isdetected. See Vehicle Messages0 126. All messages appear in theDIC display in the instrument panelcluster.

DIC Operation and Displays

On some models, the trip odometerreset stem is used to operate theDIC. On other models, the controlsfor the DIC are on the turn signallever.

DIC Buttons

1. SET/CLR: Press to set or clearthe menu item displayed.

2. w /x: Turn the band toscroll through the menus.

3. MENU: Press to display theTrip/Fuel menu and the VehicleInformation menu. This buttonis also used to return to or exitthe last screen displayed onthe DIC.

Vehicle Information MenuItems (Base Level DIC)

Press MENU to view the DIC menu.Some items display in the upperdisplay area, some in the lowerdisplay area, and others use boththe upper and lower display areas.Usew /x to scroll through themenu items. Not all items areavailable on every vehicle. Thefollowing is a list of possible menuitems:

. Remaining Oil Life

. Units

. Tire Learn



Remaining Oil Life

This menu is not available while thevehicle is moving. This displayshows an estimate of the oil'sremaining useful life. If 99: % isdisplayed, that means 99% of thecurrent oil life remains.

When the remaining oil life is low,the: % CHANGE message willappear on the display. The oilshould changed as soon aspossible. See Engine Oil 0 220. Inaddition to the engine oil life systemmonitoring the oil life, additionalmaintenance is recommended in theMaintenance Schedule. SeeMaintenance Schedule 0 290.

Remember, the Oil Life display mustbe reset after each oil change. It willnot reset itself. Also, be careful notto reset the Oil Life displayaccidentally at any time other thanwhen the oil has just been changed.It cannot be reset accurately untilthe next oil change. To reset theengine oil life system, press SET/CLR while the Oil Life display isactive. See Engine Oil LifeSystem 0 222.

Units

This menu is not available while thevehicle is moving. Press SET/CLRwhile the unit display is active andmovew /x to change units whenUNIT SET is displayed. Press SET/CLR to confirm the setting. Select 1,2, or 3 for the unit display. 1 ismetric units, 2 is Imperial units, and3 is US units. This will change thedisplays on the cluster and DIC tothe type of measurements selected.

Tire Learn

This display allows for matching ofthe TPMS sensors. The display willshow a vehicle with the approximatepressures of all four tires. Tirepressure is displayed in eitherkilopascal (kPa) or pounds persquare inch (psi). See Tire PressureMonitor System 0 257 and TirePressure Monitor Operation 0 258.

Trip/Fuel Menu Items (BaseLevel DIC)

Press MENU until the Trip/Fuelmenu is displayed. Usew /x toscroll through the menu items. On

some models, use the trip odometerreset stem to scroll through themenu. Not all items are available onevery vehicle. The following is a listof possible menu items:

. Trip Odometer

. Fuel Range

. Average Vehicle Speed

. Instantaneous Fuel Economy

. Average Fuel Economy

. Timer

Trip Odometer

This display shows the currentdistance traveled, in eitherkilometers (km) or miles (mi), sincethe last reset for the trip odometer.The trip odometer can be reset tozero by pressing SET/CLR orpressing and holding the tripodometer reset stem while the tripodometer display is showing.

Fuel Range

This display shows the approximatedistance the vehicle can be drivenwithout refueling. The fuel rangeestimate is based on an average of



the vehicle's fuel economy overrecent driving history and theamount of fuel remaining in the fueltank. Fuel range cannot be reset.

Average Vehicle Speed

This display shows the averagespeed of the vehicle in kilometersper hour (km/h) or miles perhour (mph). This average iscalculated based on the variousvehicle speeds recorded since thelast reset of this value. The averagespeed can be reset by pressingSET/CLR or pressing and holdingthe trip odometer reset stem whilethe Average Vehicle Speed displayis showing.

Instantaneous Fuel Economy

The instantaneous fuel economydisplay shows the current fueleconomy in liters per 100 kilometers(L/100 km) or miles pergallon (mpg). This number reflectsonly the approximate fuel economythat the vehicle has right now andchanges frequently as drivingconditions change. This displaycannot be reset.

Average Fuel Economy

This display shows the approximateaverage liters per 100 kilometers(L/100 km) or miles pergallon (mpg). This number iscalculated based on the number ofL/100 km (mpg) recorded since thelast time this menu item was reset.This number reflects only theapproximate average fuel economythat the vehicle has right now, andwill change as driving conditionschange. The fuel economy can bereset by pressing SET/CLR orpressing and holding the tripodometer reset stem while theAverage Fuel Economy display isshowing.

Timer

Available on some vehicles, thisdisplay can be used as a timer. Tostart the timer, press SET/CLR whileTimer is displayed. The display willshow the amount of time that haspassed since the timer was lastreset, not including time the ignitionis off. Time will continue to becounted as long as the ignition ison, even if another display is being

shown on the DIC. The timer willrecord up to 9 hours, 59 minutes,and 59 seconds (9:59:59) afterwhich the display will return to zero.To stop the timer, press SET/CLRbriefly while Timer is displayed. Toreset the timer to zero, press andhold SET/CLR.

Trip/Fuel Menu Items(Uplevel DIC)

Press MENU until the Trip/Fuelmenu is displayed. Usew /x toscroll through the menu items. Notall items are available on everyvehicle. The following is a list ofpossible menu items:

. Digital Speedometer

. Trip 1

. Trip 2

. Fuel Range

. Instantaneous Fuel Economy

. Average Fuel Economy

. Average Vehicle Speed

. Timer

. Navigation



Digital Speedometer

The digital speedometer, availableon some vehicles, shows how fastthe vehicle is moving in eitherkilometers per hour (km/h) or milesper hour (mph). The speedometercannot be reset.

Trip 1 and Trip 2

This display shows the currentdistance traveled, in eitherkilometers (km) or miles (mi), sincethe last reset for the trip odometer.The trip odometer can be reset tozero by pressing SET/CLR while thetrip odometer display is showing.

Fuel Range

This display shows the approximatedistance the vehicle can be drivenwithout refueling. The fuel rangeestimate is based on an average ofthe vehicle's fuel economy overrecent driving history and theamount of fuel remaining in the fueltank. Fuel range cannot be reset.

Instantaneous Fuel Economy

The instantaneous fuel economydisplay shows the current fueleconomy in liters per 100 kilometers(L/100 km) or miles pergallon (mpg). This number reflectsonly the approximate fuel economythat the vehicle has right now andchanges frequently as drivingconditions change. Unlike averageeconomy, this display cannot bereset.

Average Fuel Economy

This display shows the approximateaverage liters per 100 kilometers (L/100 km) or miles per gallon (mpg).This number is calculated based onthe number of L/100 km (mpg)recorded since the last time thismenu item was reset. This numberreflects only the approximateaverage fuel economy that thevehicle has right now, and willchange as driving conditionschange. The fuel economy can bereset by pressing SET/CLR whilethe Average Fuel Economy displayis showing.

Average Vehicle Speed

This display shows the averagespeed of the vehicle in kilometersper hour (km/h) or miles perhour (mph). This average iscalculated based on the variousvehicle speeds recorded since thelast reset of this value. The averagespeed can be reset by pressingSET/CLR while the Average VehicleSpeed display is showing.

Timer

Available on some vehicles, thisdisplay can be used as a timer. Tostart the timer, press SET/CLR whileTimer is displayed. The display willshow the amount of time that haspassed since the timer was lastreset, not including time the ignitionis off. Time will continue to becounted as long as the ignition ison, even if another display is beingshown on the DIC. The timer willrecord up to 99 hours, 59 minutes,and 59 seconds (99:59:59) afterwhich the display will return to zero.To stop the timer, press SET/CLR



briefly while Timer is displayed. Toreset the timer to zero, press andhold SET/CLR.

Navigation

This display is used for theTurn-by-Turn navigation,if equipped.

Vehicle Information MenuItems (Uplevel DIC)

Press MENU on the turn signallever until Vehicle Information menuis displayed. Usew /x to scrollthrough the following possible menuitems:

. Display Units

. Tire Pressure

. Remaining Oil Life

Display Units

Movew /x to switch betweenmetric or US when the Unit displayis active. Press SET/CLR to confirmthe setting. This will change thedisplays on the cluster and DIC toeither metric or English (US)measurements.

Tire Pressure

The display will show a vehicle withthe approximate pressures of allfour tires. Tire pressure is displayedin either kilopascal (kPa) or poundsper square inch (psi). See TirePressure Monitor System 0 257 andTire Pressure MonitorOperation 0 258.

Remaining Oil Life

This menu is not available while thevehicle is moving. This displayshows an estimate of the oil'sremaining useful life. If REMAININGOIL LIFE 99 % is displayed, thatmeans 99% of the current oil liferemains.

When the remaining oil life is low,the CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOONmessage will appear on the display.The oil should changed as soon aspossible. See Engine Oil 0 220. Inaddition to the engine oil life systemmonitoring the oil life, additionalmaintenance is recommended in theMaintenance Schedule. SeeMaintenance Schedule 0 290.

Remember, the Oil Life display mustbe reset after each oil change. It willnot reset itself. Also, be careful notto reset the Oil Life displayaccidentally at any time other thanwhen the oil has just been changed.It cannot be reset accurately untilthe next oil change. To reset theengine oil life system, press SET/CLR while the Oil Life display isactive. See Engine Oil LifeSystem 0 222.



Vehicle MessagesMessages displayed on the DICindicate the status of the vehicle orsome action that may be needed tocorrect a condition. Multiplemessages appear one after another.All messages should be takenseriously.

Base Level Cluster

On the base level cluster, vehiclemessages appear as code numbers.Some of these codes may appearwith the Service Vehicle Soon lightin the DIC display.

2 : No Remote Detected. PressClutch to Restart

4 : A/C Off Due to HighEngine Temp

5 : Steering Column Is Locked

7 : Turn Steering Wheel, Turn KeyOff, Then On

9 : Turn Steering Wheel, StartVehicle Again

10 : Brakes Overheated

15 : Check High MountedBrake Lamp

16 : Check Brake Lamps

18 : Left Low Beam Failure

20 : Right Low Beam Failure

21 : Check Left Position Lamp

22 : Check Right Position Lamp

23 : Reversing Lamp Failure

24 : License Plate Lamp Failure

25 : Left Front Turn Indicator Failure

26 : Left Rear Turn Indicator Failure

27 : Right Front Turn IndicatorFailure

28 : Right Rear Turn Signal Failure

35 : Replace Battery In Remote Key

49 : Lane Departure WarningUnavailable

52 : Change Timing Belt

53 : Tighten Gas Cap

59 : Open, Then Close DriverWindow

65 : Theft Attempted

66 : Service Theft Alarm

67 : Service Steering Column Lock

68 : Service Power Steering, Drivewith Care

77 : Service Front Camera System

79 : Engine Oil Low – Add Oil

81 : Service Transmission

84 : Engine Power Is Reduced

88 : Use Transmitter Pocket to Start

89 : Service Vehicle Soon

91 : No Remote Detected

92 : No Remote Detected, PressBrake To Restart

93 : Press Button Again To TurnEngine Off

94 : Shift to Park

95 : Service Airbag

174 : Low Battery

258 : Park Assist Off

Uplevel Cluster

Messages that do not requireimmediate action can beacknowledged and cleared bypressing SET/CLR.



Messages that require immediateaction cannot be cleared until thataction is performed. Clearingmessages does not correct theproblem.

Engine Oil Messages

: % CHANGE

This message displays when theengine oil needs to be changed.When changing the engine oil, besure to reset the Oil Life System.See Engine Oil Life System 0 222,Engine Oil 0 220, and MaintenanceSchedule 0 290.

Tire Messages

LF XX, RF XX, LR XX,or RR XX

A message displays when the tirepressure is low. It shows thelocation of the low tire and theapproximate pressure of the low tire.

If a tire pressure message appears,stop as soon as you can. Inflate thetires by adding air until the tirepressure is equal to the valuesshown on the Tire and LoadingInformation label. See Tires 0 248,Vehicle Load Limits 0 178, and TirePressure 0 256.

VehiclePersonalizationUse the audio system controls toaccess the personalization menusfor customizing vehicle features.

The following are all possiblepersonalization features. Dependingon the vehicle, some may not beavailable.

Radio Audio System Controls

1. Touch the desired feature todisplay a list of availableoptions.

2. Touch to select the desiredfeature setting.

3. Press o BACK on the

faceplate or touch 0 to returnto the previous menu or exit.

Turn the vehicle to ON/RUN toaccess the Settings menu, thenselect SETTINGS from the HomePage on the infotainment systemdisplay.



Personalization Menus

The following list of menu items maybe available:

. Time and Date

. Language

. Valet Mode

. Radio

. Vehicle

. Bluetooth

. Apple CarPlay

. Android Auto

. USB Auto Launch

. Turn Display Off

. Rear Camera

. Return to Factory Settings

. Software Information

Detailed information for each menufollows.

Time and Date

Manually set the time and date. SeeClock 0 104.

Language

Select Language, then select fromthe available language(s).

The selected language will displayon the system, and voicerecognition will reflect the selectedlanguage.

Valet Mode (If Equipped)

This will lock the infotainmentsystem and steering wheel controls.It may also limit access to vehiclestorage locations (if equipped).

To enable valet mode:

1. Enter a four-digit code on thekeypad.

2. Select Enter to go to theconfirmation screen.

3. Re-enter the four-digit code.

Touch LOCK or UNLOCK to lock orunlock the system. Touch Back togo back to the previous menu.

Radio

Press and the following maydisplay:

. Manage Favorites

. Number of Favorites Shown

. Audible Touch Feedback

. Text Scroll

. Tone Settings

. Auto Volume

. Maximum Startup Volume

. Audio Cue Volume

Manage Favorites

This allows favorites to be edited.See “Storing a Station as aFavorite” in AM-FM Radio 0 145.

Number of Favorites Shown

Press to set the number of favoritesto display.

Select the desired number or selectAuto and the infotainment systemwill automatically adjust the numberof favorites shown.

Audible Touch Feedback

This allows Audible TouchFeedback to be turned on or off.

Select Off or On.



Text Scroll

Select to see text scroll on thescreen.

Select Off or On.

Tone Settings

Select to adjust the radio tone. SeeOperation 0 144.

Auto Volume

This feature adjusts the volumebased on vehicle speed andambient noise.

Select Off, Low, Medium-Low,Medium, Medium-High, or High.

Maximum Startup Volume

This feature sets the maximumstartup volume. If the vehicle isstarted and the volume is greaterthan this level, the volume isadjusted to this level. To set themaximum startup volume, turn theMENU knob or press + or − toincrease or decrease.

Audio Cue Volume

This feature sets the volume ofaudio files played at system startupand shutdown.

Select On, then press + or − toincrease or decrease the volume.

Vehicle

Select and the following maydisplay:

. Collision/Detection Systems

. Comfort and Convenience

. Lighting

. Power Door Locks

. Remote Lock, Unlock, Start

Collision/Detection Systems


. Park Assist

Park Assist

If equipped, this feature can assistin backing up and parking thevehicle. See Parking Assist 0 203.

Select On or Off.

Comfort and Convenience


. Chime Volume

. Auto Wipe in Reverse Gear

Chime Volume

This allows the selection of thechime volume level.

Turn the MENU knob, touch + or −to adjust the volume, or selectNormal or High.

Auto Wipe in Reverse Gear

When on and the front wiper is on,the rear wiper will automaticallyactivate when the vehicle is shiftedto R (Reverse).

Select Off or On.

Lighting


. Vehicle Locator Lights

. Exit Lighting



Vehicle Locator Lights

This feature will flash the exteriorlamps and allows some of theexterior lamps and most of theinterior lamps to turn on briefly whenK on the Remote Keyless Entry(RKE) transmitter is pressed tolocate the vehicle.

Select Off or On.

Exit Lighting

This allows the selection of howlong the exterior lamps stay onwhen leaving the vehicle when it isdark outside.

Select Off, 30 Seconds, 60Seconds, or 120 Seconds.

Power Door Locks


. Unlocked Door Anti Lock Out

. Auto Door Unlock

. Delayed Door Lock

Unlocked Door Anti Lock Out

When on, this feature will keep thedriver door from locking until thedoor is closed. If this feature isturned on, the Delayed Door Lockmenu will not be available.

Select Off or On.

Auto Door Unlock

This allows selection of which of thedoors will automatically unlock whenthe vehicle is shifted into P with anautomatic transmission or when thevehicle is turned off with a manualtransmission.

Select Off, All Doors, or Driver Door.

Delayed Door Lock

When on, this feature will delay thelocking of the doors. To override thedelay, press the power door lockswitch on the door.

Select Off or On.

Remote Lock, Unlock, Start


. Remote Unlock Light Feedback

. Remote Lock Feedback

. Remote Door Unlock

. Remote Start Auto Heat Seats

. Passive Door Unlock

. Passive Door Lock

. Remote Left in Vehicle Alert

Remote Unlock Light Feedback

When on, the exterior lamps willflash when unlocking the vehiclewith the RKE transmitter.

Select Off or Flash Lights.

Remote Lock Feedback

This allows selection of what type offeedback is given when locking thevehicle with the RKE transmitter.

Select Off, Lights and Horn, LightsOnly, or Horn Only.

Remote Door Unlock

This allows selection of which doorswill unlock when pressing K on theRKE transmitter.

Select All Doors or Driver Door.



Remote Start Auto Heat Seats

If equipped and turned on, thisfeature will turn the heated seats onwhen using remote start oncold days.

Select Off or On.

Passive Door Unlock

This allows the selection of whatdoors will unlock when using thebutton on the driver door to unlockthe vehicle.

Select All Doors or Driver Door.

Passive Door Lock

This feature can be turned on, off,or on with feedback. See RemoteKeyless Entry (RKE) SystemOperation (Keyless Access) 0 31 orRemote Keyless Entry (RKE)System Operation (KeyAccess) 0 29.

Select Off, On with HornChirp, or On.

Remote Left in Vehicle Alert

This feature sounds an alert whenthe RKE transmitter is left in thevehicle.

Select Off or On.

Bluetooth


. Device Information

. Discoverable

. Device Management

. Change Pairing PIN

. Ringtones

. Sort Order

. Voice Mail Numbers

. Text Message Alerts

Device Information

See information about the devicename, address, and PIN code.

Discoverable

This allows the system to find adevice.

Select Off or On.

Device Management

Select to connect to a differentphone source, disconnect a phone,or delete a phone.

Change Pairing PIN

Select to change the PIN of adevice.

Ringtones

Press to change the ring tone forthe specific phone. The phone doesnot need to be connected to changethe ring tones.

Sort Order

Select to change the order of thecontacts list.

Select First/Last or Last/First.

Voice Mail Numbers

This feature displays the voice mailnumber for all connected phones.To change the voice mail number,select EDIT. Type a new number,then select SAVE.

Text Message Alerts

This allows the feature to be turnedon or off.

Select Off or On.



Apple CarPlay™


. Apple CarPlay

. Manage Apple CarPlay Devices

Apple CarPlay

This feature allows Apple devices tobe connected to the infotainmentsystem through a USB port.

Select Off or On.

Manage Apple CarPlay Devices

Select to manage Apple devices.Apple CarPlay must be on for thisfeature to be accessed.

Android Auto™


. Android Auto

. Manage Android Auto Devices

Android Auto

This feature allows Android devicesto be connected to the infotainmentsystem through a USB port.

Select Off or On.

Manage Android Auto Devices

Select to manage Android devices.Android Auto must be on for thisfeature to be accessed.

USB Auto Launch

This allows Android and AppleCarPlay devices to automaticallyconnect when plugged into theUSB port.

Select Off or On.

Turn Display Off

Select to turn the display off. Pressanywhere on the display area or anyfaceplate button to turn thedisplay on.

Calibrate Touchscreen

Select to calibrate the touchscreen,then follow the prompts.

Turn Display Off

Select to turn the display off. Pressanywhere on the display area or anyfaceplate button to turn thedisplay on.

Rear Camera


. Guidance Lines

. Rear Park Assist Symbols

Guidance Lines

Select to turn Off or On. See RearVision Camera (RVC) 0 201.

Rear Park Assist Symbols

Select to turn Off or On. SeeParking Assist 0 203.

Return to Factory Settings


. Reset Vehicle Settings

. Clear All Private Data

. Restore Radio Settings

Reset Vehicle Settings

This allows selection of restoringvehicle settings.

Select Continue or Cancel.



Clear All Private Data

Select to clear all private informationfrom the vehicle.


Restore Radio Settings

This allows selection to restoreradio settings.


Software Information

Select to view the infotainmentsystem current software information.


134 Lighting

Lighting

Exterior LightingExterior Lamp Controls . . . . . . . 134Headlamp High/Low-BeamChanger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134

Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135Daytime RunningLamps (DRL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135

Automatic HeadlampSystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135

Hazard Warning Flashers . . . . . 136Turn and Lane-ChangeSignals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136

Fog Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137

Interior LightingInstrument Panel IlluminationControl . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137

Courtesy Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138Dome Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138Reading Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138

Lighting FeaturesEntry Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138Exit Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138Battery Load Management . . . 139Battery Power Protection . . . . . 139Exterior Lighting BatterySaver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139

Exterior Lighting

Exterior Lamp Controls

The exterior lamp control is on theinstrument panel to the outboardside of the steering column.

There are four positions:

O : Briefly turn to this position toturn the automatic light control off oron again.

AUTO : Turns the headlamps onautomatically at normal brightness,together with the following:

. Parking Lamps

. Taillamps

. License Plate Lamps

. Instrument Panel Lights

. Sidemarker Lamps

; : Turns on the parking lampsincluding all lamps except theheadlamps.

5 : Turns the headlamps ontogether with the parking lamps andinstrument panel lights. A warningchime sounds if the driver door isopened when the ignition switch isoff and the headlamps are on.

# : If equipped with fog lamps,press to turn the lamps on or off.

See Fog Lamps 0 137.

When the lights are on,; will belit. See Lamps On Reminder 0 120.

Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer


Lighting 135

3 : Push the turn signal lever awayfrom you to turn the high beams on.

Push the lever again or pull thelever toward you to return to lowbeams.

This indicator light turns on in theinstrument cluster when thehigh-beam headlamps are on.

Flash-to-PassTo flash the high beams, pull theturn signal lever all the way towardyou. Then release it.

Daytime RunningLamps (DRL)DRL can make it easier for others tosee the front of your vehicle duringthe day. Fully functional DRL arerequired on all vehicles first sold inCanada.

The DRL system makes thelow-beam headlamps come on at areduced brightness when thefollowing conditions are met:

. The ignition is in the ON/RUN mode.

. The exterior lamp control isin AUTO.

. The engine is running.

When the DRL are on, only thelow-beam headlamps, at a reducedlevel of brightness, will be on. Thetaillamps, sidemarker, instrumentpanel, and other lamps will notbe on.

The headlamps automaticallychange from DRL to the regularheadlamps depending on thedarkness of the surroundings. Theother lamps that come on with theheadlamps will also come on.

When it is bright enough outside,the headlamps go off and the DRLcome on.

To turn the DRL lamps off or onagain, turn the exterior lamp controlto O and then release. For vehicles

first sold in Canada, the DRL canonly be turned off when thetransmission is in P (Park).

Automatic HeadlampSystemWhen it is dark enough outside andthe exterior lamp control is in theautomatic position, the headlampscome on automatically. See ExteriorLamp Controls 0 134.

The vehicle has a light sensor ontop of the instrument panel. Makesure it is not covered, or theheadlamps will be on when they arenot needed.

The system may also turn on theheadlamps when driving through aparking garage or tunnel.


136 Lighting

Lights On with Wipers

If the windshield wipers areactivated in daylight with the engineon, and the exterior lamp control isin AUTO, the headlamps, parkinglamps, and other exterior lampscome on. The transition time for thelamps coming on varies based onwiper speed. When the wipers arenot operating, these lamps turn off.Move the exterior lamp control toPor; to disable this feature.

Hazard Warning Flashers

| : Press and momentarily holdthis button to make the front andrear turn signal lamps flash on andoff. This warns others that you arehaving trouble. Press andmomentarily hold again to turn theflashers off.

Turn and Lane-ChangeSignals

Move the lever all the way up ordown to signal a turn.

An arrow on the instrument clusterwill flash in the direction of the turnor lane change.

Raise or lower the lever until thearrow starts to flash to signal a lanechange. Hold it there until the lane

change is completed. If the lever isbriefly pressed and released, theturn signal flashes three times.

The lever returns to its neutralposition when it is released.

If after signaling a turn or lanechange the arrow flashes rapidly ordoes not come on, a signal bulbmay be burned out. Replace anyburned out bulbs. If a bulb is notburned out, check the fuse. SeeFuses and Circuit Breakers 0 242 orBulb Replacement 0 238.

Turn Signal On Chime

If the turn signal is left on for morethan 1.2 km (0.75 mi), a chime willsound at each flash of the turnsignal. To turn the chime off, movethe turn signal lever to the neutralposition.


Lighting 137

Fog Lamps

If equipped with front fog lamps, thebutton is on the outboard side of theinstrument panel.

The ignition must be on to turn onthe fog lamps.

# : Press to turn the fog lamps onor off. An indicator light on theinstrument cluster comes on whenthe fog lamps are on.

The fog lamps come on togetherwith the parking lamps.

If the high-beam headlamps areturned on, the fog lamps will turn off.If the high-beam headlamps areturned off, the fog lamps will turnback on again.

Some localities have laws thatrequire the headlamps to be onalong with the fog lamps.

Interior Lighting

Instrument PanelIllumination Control

This feature controls the brightnessof the instrument panel controls andinfotainment display screen. Thethumbwheel is to the left of thesteering column on the instrumentpanel.

D : Move the thumbwheel up ordown and hold, to brighten or dimthe instrument panel controls andinfotainment display screen.


138 Lighting

Courtesy LampsThe courtesy lamps come onautomatically when any door isopened and the dome lamp is in thedoor position.

Dome Lamps

The dome lamp controls are in theheadliner above the rear seats.

9 : Press to turn the lamps off,even when a door is open.

H : When the button is returned tothe middle position, the lamps turnon automatically when a door isopened.

R : Press to turn on the dome lamps.

Reading Lamps

For vehicles with front readinglamps, they are in the overheadconsole.

# or$ (Reading Lamps) : Pressto turn each lamp on or off.

Lighting Features

Entry LightingSome exterior lamps and interiorlamps turn on briefly at night, or inareas with limited lighting, when Kis pressed on the Remote KeylessEntry (RKE) transmitter. When adoor is opened, the interior lampscome on if the dome lamp control isin the Door position. They stay onfor about 20 seconds. When all ofthe doors have been closed or theignition is turned to ON/RUN, theygradually fade out.

This feature can be changed. See“Vehicle Locator Lights” underVehicle Personalization 0 127.

Exit LightingSome exterior lamps and interiorlamps come on at night, or in areaswith limited lighting, when the key isremoved from the ignition. Theexterior lamps and dome lampremain on for a set amount of time,then automatically turn off.


Lighting 139

If equipped with Keyless Access,the exterior lamps automatically turnon when a door is opened after theignition is changed to the OFFposition. The dome lamps alsocome on after the ignition ischanged to the OFF position. SeeIgnition Positions (Key Access)0 182 or Ignition Positions (KeylessAccess) 0 183.

The exterior lamps turn offimmediately by turning the exteriorlamps control off.

This feature can be changed. SeeVehicle Personalization 0 127.

Battery LoadManagementThe vehicle has Electric PowerManagement (EPM) that estimatesthe battery's temperature and stateof charge. It then adjusts the voltagefor best performance and extendedlife of the battery.

When the battery's state of chargeis low, the voltage is raised slightlyto quickly bring the charge back up.When the state of charge is high,

the voltage is lowered slightly toprevent overcharging. If the vehiclehas a voltmeter gauge or a voltagedisplay on the Driver InformationCenter (DIC), you may see thevoltage move up or down. This isnormal. If there is a problem, analert will be displayed.

The battery can be discharged atidle if the electrical loads are veryhigh. This is true for all vehicles.This is because the generator(alternator) may not be spinning fastenough at idle to produce all thepower needed for very highelectrical loads.

A high electrical load occurs whenseveral of the following are on, suchas: headlamps, high beams, foglamps, rear window defogger,climate control fan at high speed,heated seats, engine cooling fans,trailer loads, and loads plugged intoaccessory power outlets.

EPM works to prevent excessivedischarge of the battery. It does thisby balancing the generator's outputand the vehicle's electrical needs.It can increase engine idle speed to

generate more power, wheneverneeded. It can temporarily reducethe power demands of someaccessories.

Normally, these actions occur insteps or levels, without beingnoticeable. In rare cases at thehighest levels of corrective action,this action may be noticeable to thedriver.

Battery Power ProtectionThe battery saver feature isdesigned to protect the vehicle'sbattery.

If some interior lamps are left onand the ignition is turned off, thebattery rundown protection systemautomatically turns the lamp off aftersome time.

Exterior Lighting BatterySaverThe exterior lamps turn off about10 minutes after the ignition isturned off, if the parking lamps orheadlamps have been manually lefton. This protects against draining


140 Lighting

the battery. To restart the 10-minutetimer, turn the exterior lamp controlto the off position and then back tothe parking lamp or headlampposition.

To keep the lamps on for more than10 minutes, the ignition must be inthe ACC/ACCESSORY or ON/RUNposition.


Infotainment System 141

InfotainmentSystem

IntroductionInfotainment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141Theft-Deterrent Feature . . . . . . 142Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143Home Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144

RadioAM-FM Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145Satellite Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146Radio Reception . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148Multi-Band Antenna . . . . . . . . . . 148

Audio PlayersAvoiding Untrusted MediaDevices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149

USB Port . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149Auxiliary Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155

PhoneBluetooth (Overview) . . . . . . . . . 155Bluetooth (InfotainmentControls) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157

Apple CarPlay andAndroid Auto . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161

Hands-Free Phone . . . . . . . . . . . 161

Trademarks and LicenseAgreementsTrademarks and LicenseAgreements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164

Introduction

InfotainmentRead the following pages tobecome familiar with the features.

{ Warning

Taking your eyes off the road fortoo long or too often while usingany infotainment feature cancause a crash. You or otherscould be injured or killed. Do notgive extended attention toinfotainment tasks while driving.Limit your glances at the vehicledisplays and focus your attentionon driving. Use voice commandswhenever possible.

The infotainment system has built-infeatures intended to help avoiddistraction by disabling somefunctions when driving. Thesefunctions may gray out when theyare unavailable. Many infotainment


142 Infotainment System

features are also available throughthe instrument cluster and steeringwheel controls.

Before driving:

. Become familiar with theoperation, faceplate buttons, andscreen buttons.

. Set up the audio by presettingfavorite stations, setting thetone, and adjusting thespeakers.

. Set up phone numbers inadvance so they can be calledeasily by pressing a singlebutton or by using a single voicecommand if equipped withBluetooth phone capability.

See Defensive Driving 0 172.

To play the infotainment system withthe ignition off, see RetainedAccessory Power (RAP) 0 187.

Theft-Deterrent FeatureThe infotainment system has anelectronic security system installedto prevent theft.

The infotainment system only worksin the vehicle in which it was firstinstalled, and cannot be used inanother vehicle.



Overview 1. {. Press to go to the Home

Page. See HomePage 0 144.

2. g. Radio: Press and release to

fast seek the strongestprevious station or channel.

. USB/Music/Pictures: Pressto go to the previouscontent. Press and hold tofast rewind.

3. O. Press to turn the power on.

. Press and hold to turn thepower off.

. Press to mute/unmute thesystem when on.

. Turn to decrease orincrease the volume.

4. d. Radio: Press and release to

fast seek the next strongeststation or channel.



. USB/Music/Pictures: Pressto go to the next content.Press and hold to fastforward.

5. 5. Press and release to

access the phone screen,answer an incoming call,or access the device homescreen.

Home Page

Touchscreen Buttons

Touchscreen buttons show on thescreen when available. When afunction is unavailable, the buttonmay gray out. When a function isselected, the button may highlight.

Home Page Features

Press { to go to the Home Page.

Audio : Touch to select AM, FM,SiriusXM® (if equipped), USB/iPod/Bluetooth Audio, or AUX (ifequipped).

Gallery : Touch to view a picture ormovie.

Phone : Touch to activate thephone features (if equipped). SeeBluetooth (Overview) 0 155 orBluetooth (InfotainmentControls) 0 157.

Projection : Touch to accesssupported devices when connected.See USB Port 0 149.

Settings : Touch to access thePersonalization menu. See VehiclePersonalization 0 127.

OnStar : If equipped, touch toaccess the OnStar menu. SeeOnStar Overview 0 321.

Operation

Radio Controls

The infotainment system is operatedby using the pushbuttons, menusshown on the display, and steeringwheel controls.

Turning the System On or Off

O : Press to turn the radio on.Press and hold to turn the radio off.

Automatic Switch-Off

If the infotainment system has beenturned on after the ignition is turnedoff, the system will turn offautomatically after 10 minutes.

Volume Control

O : Turn to increase or decrease.Press when the system is on tomute and unmute the system.



System Settings

Auto Volume

This feature automatically adjuststhe radio volume to compensate forroad and wind noise.

The level of volume compensationcan be selected, or the feature canbe turned off.

Tone Settings

The tone settings can be set foreach radio band and each audioplayer source.

Custom Tone Settings

1. Touch SETTINGS from thehome screen.

2. Select Radio.

3. Select Tone Settings.

. Bass, Midrange, or Treble:Touch − or +.

. Fader or Balance: Adjustthe front/rear or left/rightspeakers by dragging thedot in the vehicle image onthe screen.

4. Touch3 to go back to thesource screen.

Radio

AM-FM Radio

Playing the Radio

Audio Source Menu

{ : Press to go to the Home Page.

O : Press to turn on, mute,or unmute the system. Press andhold to turn off the system.

Selecting a Band

1. Press {.

2. Touch AUDIO.

3. Touch Source.

4. Select AM, FM, or SXM (ifequipped).

The last station that was playingstarts playing again.

Selecting a Station

Seek Tuning

If the radio station is not known:

Pressg ord to automaticallysearch for available radio stations.



Direct Tune

From the AM or FM menu:

1. Touch Tune.

2. Enter the station number.

3. Touch Go.

Favorites

1. Touch S or T to scroll throughthe favorite pages.

2. Touch the station to select it.

Update Station List

. From the AM or FM menu, touchMenu, then touch Update StationList. The broadcasting listupdating will begin.

. During the AM or FMbroadcasting list update, touchCancel to stop the updates.

Station List

1. From the AM or FM menu,touch Menu.

2. Select Station List.

3. Touch Q or R to scroll throughthe list. Touch the station toselect it.

Menu

Touch to choose between availablemenus for the current source.

Storing a Station as a Favorite

Stations from all bands can bestored in any order in the favoritepages.

Up to 25 stations can be stored.

Storing Stations

To store the station to a position inthe list, touch the correspondingbutton 1−5 until a beep is heard.

1. Select the desired station.

2. Touch S or T to select thedesired page of savedfavorites.

3. Touch and hold any of thepreset buttons to save thecurrent radio station to thatbutton of the selectedfavorites page.

To change a preset button, tune tothe new desired radio station andtouch and hold the preset button.

Satellite RadioIf equipped, vehicles with anSiriusXM® Satellite Radio tuner anda valid SiriusXM Satellite Radiosubscription can receive SiriusXMprogramming.

SiriusXM Satellite RadioService

SiriusXM is a satellite radio servicebased in the 48 contiguous UnitedStates and 10 Canadian provinces.SiriusXM Satellite Radio has a widevariety of programming andcommercial-free music, coast tocoast, and in digital-quality sound.During your trial or when yousubscribe, you will get unlimitedaccess to SiriusXM Radio Online forwhen you are not in the vehicle.A service fee is required to receivethe SiriusXM service. If SiriusXMservice needs to be reactivated, theradio will display "No SubscriptionPlease Renew" on channel SXM1.For more information, contactSiriusXM at www.siriusxm.com or1-888-601-6296 (U.S.), andwww.siriusxm.ca or 1-877-438-9677(Canada).



Listening to SiriusXM Radio

1. Press {.

2. Touch AUDIO.

3. Touch Source.

4. Touch SXM and the mostrecent listened to SiriusXMchannel will display.

Selecting a Category

From Menu, touch Categories, thentouch the desired category or fromCategories, touch Q or R to find thedesired channel. Touch the channelto select it.

Selecting a Channel

Pressg ord to seek the previousor next channel.

Using the Preset Buttons

Up to five favorites pages can besaved, and each page can store upto five channels.

To change a preset button, tune tothe new desired channel and holdthe button.

Listening to Preset Channels

1. Touch S or T repeatedly toselect the desiredfavorites page.

2. Touch the preset button tolisten to the channel.

Using the SiriusXM Menu

Operation

1. Touch MENU on the SXM radioscreen.

2. Touch the menu to select thedesired item or to display thedetail menu item.

3. Touch0 to return to theprevious menu.

Channel List

1. Touch Channel List from theSXM menu. The channel list isdisplayed.

2. Touch Q or R to find thedesired channel. Touch thechannel to select it.

Tone Settings

1. Touch Tone Settings. See“Tone Settings” underOperation 0 144.

2. Touch0.

Auto Volume

1. Touch Auto Volume. See “AutoVolume” underOperation 0 144.

2. Touch0.

Categories

1. Touch Categories.

2. Touch Q or R to find thedesired category. Touch thecategory to select it.

Explicit Content Filter

When on, only a filtered list ofchannels will be received. When off,all regular SXM programmingsubscribed to will be received.

1. Touch SXM Explicit Filter.

2. Select to enable or disable.



Radio ReceptionFrequency interference and staticcan occur during normal radioreception if items such as mobilephone chargers, vehicleconvenience accessories, andexternal electronic devices areplugged into the accessory poweroutlet. If there is interference orstatic, unplug the item from theaccessory power outlet.

FM

FM signals only reach about 16 to65 km (10 to 40 mi). Although theradio has a built-in electronic circuitthat automatically works to reduceinterference, some static can occur,especially around tall buildings orhills, causing the sound to fade inand out.

AM

The range for most AM stations isgreater than for FM, especially atnight. The longer range can causestation frequencies to interfere witheach other. Static can occur whenthings like storms and power lines

interfere with radio reception. Whenthis happens, try reducing the trebleon the radio.

SiriusXM® Satellite RadioService

SiriusXM Satellite Radio Servicegives digital radio reception fromcoast to coast in the 48 contiguousUnited States, and in Canada. Justas with FM, tall buildings or hills caninterfere with satellite radio signals,causing the sound to fade in andout. In addition, traveling or standingunder heavy foliage, bridges,garages, or tunnels may cause lossof the SiriusXM signal for a periodof time.

Cell Phone Usage

Cell phone usage, such as makingor receiving phone calls, charging,or just having the phone on maycause static interference in theradio. Unplug the phone or turn it offif this happens.

Multi-Band AntennaThe multi-band antenna is on theroof of the vehicle. The antenna isused for OnStar, the SiriusXMSatellite Radio Service System, andGPS (Global Positioning System),if the vehicle has these features.Keep the antenna clear ofobstructions for clear reception.

If the vehicle has a sunroof, and it isopen, reception can also beaffected.



Audio Players

Avoiding Untrusted MediaDevicesWhen using media devices such asCDs, DVDs, Blu-ray Discs®, SDcards, USB drives, and mobiledevices, consider the source.Untrusted media devices couldcontain files that affect systemoperation or performance. Avoid useif the content or origin cannot betrusted.

USB Port

Using the USB Port

The infotainment system can playmusic by connecting an auxiliarydevice to the USB port.

USB Support

The vehicle is equipped with eithera single USB port or dual USB portslocated in the center stack for dataand charging, and uses theUSB 2.1A standard.

USB Supported Devices

. USB Flash Drives

. iPods/iPhones

. Portable USB Hard Drives

Not all iPods and USB drives arecompatible with the USB port.

Make sure the iPod has the latestfirmware from Apple® for properoperation. iPod firmware can beupdated using the latest iTunes®

application. See www.apple.com/itunes.

For help with identifying your iPod,go to www.apple.com/support.

The USB port can play both lowerand upper case .mp3, .wma, .ogg,and .wav files stored on a USBstorage device.

Supported Apple® Devices

To view supported devices in theU.S., see www.my.chevrolet.com\learned.

To view supported devices inCanada, seewww.chevroletowner.ca.

To view supported devices inMexico, see your dealer.

USB Supported File and FolderStructure

The infotainment system supports:

. FAT16.

. FAT32.

. exFAT.

Connecting a USB StorageDevice or iPod/iPhone

To connect a USB storage device,connect the device to the USB port.

To connect an iPod/iPhone, connectone end of the device’s cable to theiPod/iPhone and the other end tothe USB port.

The iPod/iPhone charges while it isconnected to the vehicle if thevehicle is in ACC/ACCESSORY orON/RUN. See Ignition Positions(Key Access) 0 182 or IgnitionPositions (Keyless Access) 0 183.When the vehicle is turned off, theiPod/iPhone automatically powersoff and will not charge or drawpower from the vehicle's battery.



For more information on USBusage, see “Audio SystemInformation” following.

Audio System Information

The infotainment system can playthe music files contained in the USBstorage device or iPod/iPhoneproducts.

Using MP3/WMA/OGG/WAV Files

. Music files with .mp3, .wma,.ogg, and .wav file nameextensions can be played.

. MP3 files that can be played: Bitrate: 8 kbps to 320 kbps.Sampling frequency: 48 kHz,44.1 kHz, 32 kHz, 24 kHz, 22.05kHz, and 16 kHz.

. Files with a bit rate above128 kbps will result in higherquality sound.

. ID3 Tag information for MP3files, such as the album nameand the artist, can be played.

. To display album title, track title,and artist information, the fileshould be compatible with theID3 Tag V1 and V2 formats.

Using USB Storage Devices andiPod/iPhone

. Use a USB or flash memory typestorage device. Do not connectusing a USB adaptor.

. Do not connect and reconnectthe USB device repeatedly in ashort time, as this may causestatic electricity and problemsusing the device.

. Use a USB device with a metalconnecting terminal.

. Connection with i-Stick TypeUSB storage devices may befaulty due to vehicle vibration.

. Do not touch the USBconnecting terminal.

. Only USB storage devicesformatted in FAT16/32 or exFATfile systems are recognized.NTFS and other file systems arenot recognized.

. The time it takes to process fileswill depend on the USB storagedevice type and capacity, andthe type of files stored.

. Some USB storage device filesmay not be compatible.

. Up to two USB devices and oneiPod can be played through aUSB hub. All devices may not besupported, depending on theperformance of the USB hub.If there is not enough powersupply, it may not operatenormally.

. Do not disconnect the USBstorage device while it is playing.This may cause damage to theproduct or affect theperformance of the USB device.

. Disconnect the USB storagedevice when the ignition isturned off. If the ignition is turnedon while the USB device isconnected, the USB device maybe damaged or may not operatenormally.

. USB storage devices can onlybe connected for playing music,viewing photo files,or upgrading.



. Do not use the USB terminal tocharge USB accessoryequipment. The heat generatedmay cause performance issuesor damage.

. Music files to which Digital RightManagement (DRM) is appliedcannot be played.

. USB storage device that has acapacity limit of no more than5,000 files, such as music,photo, video, 15 levels of folderstructure. Normal usage cannotbe guaranteed for a storagedevice that exceeds this limit.The iPod/iPhone can play allmusic files that are supported.The music file lists will onlydisplay up to 5,000 files on thescreen. These files are sorted inalphabetical order.

. Some iPod/iPhone productmodels may not support theconnectivity or functionality ofthis product.

. Only connect the iPod/iPhonewith connection cablessupported by iPod/iPhoneproducts. Other connectioncables cannot be used.

. The iPod/iPhone may bedamaged if it is connected to thevehicle with the ignition on.When not in use, disconnect theiPod/iPhone.

. When the iPod/iPhone isconnected to the USB port byusing the iPod/iPhone cable, theBluetooth music is notsupported.

. The iPod/iPhone playbackfunctions and the informationdisplayed may be different whenplayed on the infotainmentsystem.

. Refer to the table for theclassification items related to thesearch function provided by theiPod/iPhone.

USB Player

Playing Music from a USB Device

. Connect the USB device to theUSB port.

. Play will start automatically afterthe system has finished readingthe USB device.

. If a non-readable USB device isconnected, an error messagedisplays and the system willswitch to the previous audiofunction.



If the USB device is alreadyconnected:

1. Press {.

2. Touch AUDIO.

3. Touch Source.

4. Touch USB.

To stop the USB device and selectanother media source, touchSource, then select the othersource.

To remove the USB device, selectanother function, then remove theUSB device.

Pause

. Touch j to pause.

. Touch r to resume.

Changing to Next/Previous Files

. Touchl to change to thenext file.

. Touchg within five seconds ofthe playback time to play theprevious file.

Returning to the Beginning of theCurrent File

Touchg after five seconds of theplayback time.

Scanning Forward or Backward

Touch and holdg orl duringplayback to rewind or fast forward.Release the button to resumeplayback at normal speed.

Playing Files Randomly

TouchZ during playback.

. ON: Plays all files randomly.

. OFF: Returns to normalplayback.

Using the USB Music Menu

. Touch Menu during playback.

. Touch the desired menu.

. Applicable audio extensions areasx, m3u, .pls, .wpl, b4s,and .xspf.

Browse Music

1. Touch Browse Music.

2. Touch the desired music.

Tone Settings

Touch Tone Settings. The ToneSettings menu is displayed. See“Tone Settings” under “RadioControls” in Operation 0 144 To stopthe device and select another mediasource, touch Source, then selectthe other source.



Auto Volume

Touch Auto Volume. The AutoVolume menu is displayed. See“Auto Volume” under “RadioControls” in Operation 0 144

Traffic Program (If Equipped)

Touch On or Off.

MTP (Media Transfer Protocol)

. Connect an MTP supporteddevice.

. Play will start automatically afterthe system has finished readingthe MTP device.

. If a non-readable MTP device isconnected, an error messagedisplays and the system willswitch to the previous audiofunction.

iPod/iPhone Player

This feature is limited to modelssupporting the iPod/iPhoneconnection.

Playing Music Files

. Connect the iPod/iPhone to theUSB port.

. Play will start from the previouslyplayed point after the systemhas finished reading the USBdevice.

. If a non-readable USB device isconnected, an error messagedisplays and the system willswitch to the previous audiofunction.

If the iPod/iPhone is alreadyconnected:

1. Press {.

2. Touch AUDIO.

3. Touch Source.

4. Touch iPod.

To stop the device and selectanother media source, touchSource, then select the othersource.

To remove the device, selectanother function, then remove thedevice.

Pause

. Touch j to pause.

. Touch r to resume.

Changing to Next/Previous Song

. Touchl to change to thenext song.

. Touchg within two seconds ofthe playback time to play theprevious file.

Returning to the Beginning of theCurrent File

Touchg after two seconds of theplayback time.

Scanning Forward or Backward

Touch and holdg orl duringplayback to rewind or fast forward.Release the button to resumeplayback at normal speed.

Playing Files Randomly

TouchZ during playback.

. ON: Plays all files randomly.

. OFF: Returns to normalplayback.

Using the iPod Menu

. Touch Menu during playback.

. Touch the appropriateplay mode.



Browse Music

1. Touch Browse Music.

2. Touch the desired music.

Tone Settings

Touch Tone Settings. The ToneSettings menu is displayed. See“Tone Settings” under “RadioControls” in Operation 0 144

Auto Volume

Touch Auto Volume. The AutoVolume menu is displayed. See“Auto Volume” under “RadioControls” in Operation 0 144.

Picture System Information

The infotainment system can viewpicture files stored on a USBstorage device and devices thatsupport Media TransferProtocol (MTP).

. Supported file extensions: .jpg,.bmp, .png, .gif.

. Animated GIF files are notsupported.

. Some files may not operate dueto a different recording format orthe condition of the file.

Viewing Pictures

1. Connect the USB device to theUSB port.

2. Touch the screen to open to fullscreen. Touch the screen againto return to the previousscreen.

If the USB device is alreadyconnected:

1. Press {.

2. Touch GALLERY.

Some features are disabled whilethe vehicle is in motion.

Viewing a Slide Show

1. Touchz from the picturescreen.

2. Touch the screen to cancel theslide show during the slideshow playback.

Viewing a Previous or NextPicture

Touch S or T from the picturescreen.

Rotating a Picture

Touch w from the picture screen.

Enlarging a Picture

Touchx from the picture screen.

Using the USB Picture Menu

1. Touch MENU from the picturescreen.

2. Touch the appropriate menu:

. Slide Show Time: Allowsselection of the slide showinterval.

. Clock, Temp. Display:Allows selection of On orOff to show the clock andtemperature on the fullscreen.

. Display Settings: Adjustsfor Brightness and Contrast.

3. Touch0 to exit.



Auxiliary Devices

Using the Auxiliary Input Jack

Settings menus and functions mayvary depending on vehicle options.

If equipped, the auxiliary input jackcan be used to connect externalaudio devices such as an iPod®,iPhone®, MP3 player, CD player,and other supported devices for useas another source for audiolistening. This input jack is not anaudio output; do not plugheadphones into the front auxiliaryinput jack.

If equipped, the auxiliary input jackis located on the center consolebelow the climate controls. Theinfotainment system can play musicconnected by the auxiliary device.

Play will begin when the system hasfinished reading the information onthe device.

Playing Music

To play music from the device, if thedevice is already connected:

1. Press {.

2. Touch AUDIO.

3. Touch Source.

4. Touch AUX.

5. Touch0.

To adjust the tone settings, See“Tone Settings” under “RadioControls” in Operation 0 144.

Phone

Bluetooth (Overview)For vehicles equipped withBluetooth capability, the system caninteract with many cell phones,allowing:

. Placement and receipt of calls ina hands-free mode.

. Sharing of the cell phone’saddress book or contact list withthe vehicle.

To minimize driver distraction,before driving, and with the vehicleparked:

. Become familiar with thefeatures of the cell phone.Organize the phone book andcontact lists clearly and deleteduplicate or rarely used entries.If possible, program speed dialor other shortcuts.

. Review the controls andoperation of the infotainmentsystem.



. Pair cell phone(s) to the vehicle.The system may not work withall cell phones. See “Pairing” inthis section.

. If the cell phone has voicedialing capability, learn to usethat feature to access theaddress book or contact list. See“Voice Pass-Thru” in thissection.

. See “Storing and Deleting PhoneNumbers” in this section.

{ Warning

When using a cell phone, it canbe distracting to look too long ortoo often at the screen of thephone or the infotainment system.Taking your eyes off the road toolong or too often could cause acrash resulting in injury or death.Focus your attention on driving.

Vehicles with a Bluetooth systemcan use a Bluetooth-capable cellphone with a Hands-Free Profile tomake and receive phone calls. Theinfotainment system and voice

recognition are used to control thesystem. The system can be usedwhile in ON/RUN or ACC/ACCESSORY. The range of theBluetooth system can be up to 9.1 m(30 ft). Not all phones support allfunctions and not all phones workwith the Bluetooth system. Seewww.gm.com/bluetooth for moreinformation about compatiblephones.

Bluetooth Controls

Use the buttons located on theinfotainment system and thesteering wheel to operate theBluetooth system.


b / g : Press to answer incomingcalls, confirm system information,and start voice recognition.

$ /i : Press to end a call, rejecta call, or cancel an operation.

Infotainment System Controls

If equipped, the infotainment systemallows certain controls to beselected on the infotainment display.See OnStar Overview 0 321.

For information about how tonavigate the menu system using theinfotainment controls. SeeOperation 0 144.

5 \ > : Press to enter the Phonemain menu. Press to mute the audiosystem.

Voice Recognition

The voice recognition system usescommands to control the systemand dial phone numbers.

Noise : The system may notrecognize voice commands if thereis too much background noise.

When to Speak : A tone sounds toindicate that the system is ready fora voice command. Wait for the toneand then speak.

How to Speak : Speak clearly in acalm and natural voice.

Audio System

When using the Bluetooth system,sound comes through the vehicle'sfront audio system speakers andoverrides the audio system. Use theVOL/ O knob during a call to



change the volume level. Theadjusted volume level remains inmemory for later calls. The systemmaintains a minimum volume level.

Other Information

See Radio FrequencyStatement 0 317.

Bluetooth (InfotainmentControls)To use infotainment controls toaccess the menu system, seeOverview 0 143.

Pairing

A Bluetooth-enabled cell phonemust be paired to the Bluetoothsystem and then connected to thevehicle before it can be used. Seeyour cell phone manufacturer's userguide for Bluetooth functions beforepairing the cell phone. If a Bluetoothphone is not connected, calls will bemade using OnStar Hands-FreeCalling, if available. See OnStarOverview 0 321.

Pairing Information

. A Bluetooth phone with MP3capability cannot be paired tothe vehicle as a phone and anMP3 player at the same time.

. Up to 10 cell phones can bepaired to the Bluetooth system.

. The pairing process is disabledwhen the vehicle is moving.

. Pairing only needs to becompleted once, unless thepairing information on the cellphone changes or the cell phoneis deleted from the system.

. Only one paired cell phone canbe connected to the Bluetoothsystem at a time.

. If multiple paired cell phones arewithin range of the system, thesystem connects to the firstavailable paired cell phone in theorder that they were first paired.

When the Bluetooth device andinfotainment system aresuccessfully paired, the phone bookis downloaded automatically. This isdependent on the type of phonepaired. If the automatic download

does not occur, proceed with thephone book download on thephone.

Pairing a Phone – SSP and NoPaired Device

When there is no paired device onthe infotainment system and SimpleSecure Pairing (SSP) is supported:

1. Press {.

2. Touch PHONE, press 5 on the

faceplate, or press g on thesteering wheel without OnStar.

3. Touch Search Device.

4. Touch the desired device topair on the searched listscreen.

5. Touch Yes on the pop-upscreen of the Bluetooth deviceand infotainment system.

6. When the Bluetooth device andinfotainment system aresuccessfully paired, the phonescreen is displayed on theinfotainment system.



Pairing a Phone – SSP and PairedDevice

When a paired device is on theinfotainment system and SSP issupported:

1. Press {.

2. Touch SETTINGS.

3. Touch Bluetooth, then DeviceManagement.

4. Touch the desired device topair. When the Bluetoothdevice and infotainment systemare successfully paired, Z / 5is displayed on the pair devicescreen. If no desired device isavailable go to Step 5.

5. Touch Search Device to searchfor the desired device.


7. Touch Yes on the pop-upscreen of the Bluetooth deviceand infotainment system.

. The connected phone ishighlighted by 5.

. Z / 5 indicates the hands-freeand phone music functions areenabled.

. 5 indicates only the hands-freefunction is enabled.

. Z indicates only Bluetoothmusic is enabled.

Pairing a Phone – No SSP and NoPaired Device

When there is no paired device onthe infotainment system and SSP isnot supported:

1. Press {.

2. Touch PHONE, press 5 on the

faceplate, or press g on thesteering wheel without OnStar.

3. Touch Search Device.


5. Input the PersonalIdentification Number (PIN)code (default: 1234) to theBluetooth device. When theBluetooth device and

infotainment system aresuccessfully paired, thePHONE screen is displayed onthe infotainment system.

When the connection fails, a failuremessage is displayed on theinfotainment system.

If a Bluetooth device was previouslyconnected, the infotainment systemexecutes the auto connection.However, if the Bluetooth setting onthe Bluetooth device is turned off, afailure message is displayed on theinfotainment system.

Pairing a Phone – No SSP andPaired Device

When a paired device is on theinfotainment system and SSP is notsupported:

1. Press {.

2. Touch SETTINGS.


4. Touch the desired device topair. When the Bluetoothdevice and infotainment system



are successfully paired, Z / 5is displayed on the pair devicescreen. If no desired device isavailable go to Step 5.

5. Touch Search Device to searchfor the desired device.


7. Input the PersonalIdentification Number (PIN)code (default: 1234) to theBluetooth device. When theBluetooth device andinfotainment system aresuccessfully paired, Z / 5 isdisplayed on the pair devicescreen.

. The connected phone ishighlighted by 5.

. Z / 5 indicates the hands-freeand phone music functions areenabled.

. 5 indicates only the hands-freefunction is enabled.

. Z indicates only Bluetoothmusic is enabled.

Connecting a Paired BluetoothDevice

1. Press {.

2. Touch SETTINGS.


4. Touch the device to beconnected.

Checking the BluetoothConnection

1. Press {.

2. Touch SETTINGS.


4. The paired device will show.

Disconnecting a Bluetooth Device

1. Press {.

2. Touch SETTINGS.


4. Touch the name of the deviceto be disconnected.

5. Touch Disconnect.

Deleting a Bluetooth Device

1. Press {.

2. Touch SETTINGS.


4. Touch the device to delete.

5. Touch Y.

6. Touch Delete.

Bluetooth Music

Before playing Bluetooth music,read the following information:

. A cell phone or Bluetooth devicethat supports Advanced AudioDistribution Profile (A2DP)versions over 1.2 must beregistered and connected to theproduct.

. From the cell phone or Bluetoothdevice, find the Bluetooth devicetype to set/connect the item as astereo headset.



. e will appear on the screen ifthe stereo headset issuccessfully connected.

. The sound played by theBluetooth device is deliveredthrough the infotainment system.

. Bluetooth music can be playedonly when a Bluetooth devicehas been connected. To playBluetooth music, connect theBluetooth phone to theinfotainment system.

. If the Bluetooth device isdisconnected while playingphone music, the music isdiscontinued. The audiostreaming function may not besupported in some Bluetoothphones. Only one function canbe used at a time between theBluetooth hands-free or Phonemusic function. For example,if you convert to Bluetoothhands-free while playing Phonemusic, the music isdiscontinued. Playing music fromthe car is not possible whenthere are no music files stored inthe cell phone.

Playing Bluetooth Music

1. Press {.

2. Touch AUDIO.

3. Touch Source.

4. Touch Bluetooth.

Pause

Touch j to pause.

Touch r to resume.

Playing the Next Song

Touchl.

Playing the Previous Song

Touchg within two seconds ofplayback time to play theprevious song.

Returning to the Beginning of theCurrent Song

Touchg after two seconds ofplayback time.

Search

Touch and holdg orl to rewindor fast forward.

Playing Music Randomly

TouchZ during playback. Touchagain to return to normal play.

This function may not be supporteddepending on the Bluetooth device.

Do not change the track too quicklywhen playing Bluetooth music.

Conditions that may occur whenplaying Bluetooth music:

. It takes time to transmit datafrom the Bluetooth device to theinfotainment system.

. If the cell phone or Bluetoothdevice is not in the waitingscreen mode, it may notautomatically play.

. The infotainment systemtransmits the order to play fromthe Bluetooth device in theBluetooth music play mode.If this is done in a differentmode, then the device transmitsthe order to stop. Depending onthe Bluetooth device options,this order to play/stop may taketime to activate.



. If the Bluetooth music playbackis not functioning, then check tosee if the Bluetooth device is inthe waiting screen mode.

. Sounds may be cut off duringthe Bluetooth music playback.

. The infotainment system outputsthe audio from the cell phone orBluetooth device as it istransmitted.

Apple CarPlay andAndroid AutoIf equipped, Android Auto™ and/orApple CarPlay™ capability may beavailable through a compatiblesmartphone. If available, aPROJECTION icon will appear asAndroid Auto or Car Play on theHome Page of the infotainmentdisplay.

To use Android Auto and/or AppleCarPlay:

1. Download the Android Autoapp to your phone from theGoogle™ Play store. There is

no app required for AppleCarPlay. Use the latestavailable operation system.

2. Connect your Android phone orApple iPhone by using thecompatible phone USB cableand plugging into a USB dataport. For best performance, usethe device’s factory-providedUSB cable. Aftermarket orthird-party cables maynot work.

The PROJECTION icon on theHome Page will change to AndroidAuto or Apple CarPlay dependingon the phone. Android Auto and/orApple CarPlay may automaticallylaunch upon USB connection. If not,touch the ANDROID AUTO and/orAPPLE CARPLAY icon on theHome Page to launch.

For further information on how to setup Android Auto and Apple CarPlayin the vehicle, seewww.my.chevrolet.com for the U.S.and www.chevroletowner.ca forCanada only or CustomerAssistance Offices 0 309.

Android Auto is provided by Googleand is subject to Google’s termsand privacy policy. CarPlay isprovided by Apple and is subject toApple’s terms and privacy policy.For Android Auto support seehttps://support.google.com/androidauto or Apple CarPlaysupport at https://www.apple.com/ios/carplay/. Apple or Google maychange or suspend availability atany time. Android Auto is atrademark of Google Inc.; AppleCarPlay is a trademark of Apple Inc.

Hands-Free Phone

General Information

Vehicles with a Hands-Free Phonesystem can use a Bluetooth-capablecell phone with a hands-free profileto make and receive phone calls.The infotainment system and voicecontrol are used to operate thesystem. Not all phones support allfunctions and not all phones workwith the Hands-Free Phone system.



Hands-Free Phone Controls

Use the buttons on the infotainmentsystem and the steering wheel tooperate the Hands-Free Phonesystem.


Steering wheel controls can beused to:

. Answer incoming calls.

. Confirm system information.

. End a call.

. Decline a call.

. Cancel an operation.

. Make outgoing calls using thecall list.

g : Press to answer incoming calls.

i : Press to end a call, decline acall, or cancel an operation.

Making a Call by Entering a PhoneNumber

. Press 5 on the faceplate.

. Press {, then touch PHONE onthe screen.

. Press g on the steering wheel.

If a wrong number is entered, touch} to delete the number one digit ata time, or touch and hold } todelete all digits of the number.

Switching a Call to the Cell Phone(Private Mode)

To switch the call from the cellphone to hands-free:

1. Touch0.

2. Touch0 again to switch backto hands-free.

Turning the Microphone Onand Off

Touch3 to turn the microphone onor off.

Calling by Redial

To call by using redial:

. Pressi on the steering wheelcontrols to display the redialguidance screen.

. Touch 5 on the screen.

Redialing is not possible when thereis no call history.

Taking Calls

When a phone call comes throughthe connected Bluetooth cell phone,the audio system will be muted orpaused and the phone will ring withthe relevant information displayed.

Pressi on the steering wheel

controls, touch 5 on the screen,

or press 5 on the faceplate.

To decline the call, pressi on thesteering wheel controls or touchReject on the screen.

Using the Contacts Menu

1. Touch contacts on the phonescreen.

2. Touch Q or R to scroll throughthe list.

3. Touch the phone book entryto call.

4. If there is more than onenumber associated with thename, touch the numberto dial.



Searching for Contacts Entries

1. Touch contacts on the phonescreen.

2. Touch 9 on the contactsscreen.

3. Use the keypad to input thename to search. For details,see “Searching for a Name”following.

4. Touch the phone book entryto call.

5. If there is more than onenumber associated with thename, touch the numberto dial.

When the Bluetooth device andinfotainment system aresuccessfully paired, the phone bookwill download. Some phones maynot download automatically. If thishappens, connect it again orproceed with the phone bookdownload on the phone.

Searching for a Name

Select characters by using thekeypad on the phone book screen.As characters are selected, the

names that include those characterswill display on the phone bookscreen. As more characters of thename are entered, the list ofpossible names is shortened.

To search for the name Alex:

1. Touch (abc) to select the firstcharacter.

2. Touch (jkl) three times to selectthe second character.

3. Touch (def) two times to selectthe third character.

4. Touch (wxy) two times to selectthe fourth character.

Making a Call from Call History

1. Touch Call History on thephone screen.

2. Touch one of the following for:

. W All calls history.

. [ Dialed calls.

. Y Missed calls.

. X Received calls.

3. Select the contact entry to call.

Making a Call with Speed DialNumbers

Touch and hold the speed dialnumber using the keypad on thephone screen.

Only speed dial numbers alreadystored on the cell phone can beused for speed dial calls. Up totwo-digit speed dial numbers aresupported.

For two-digit speed dial numbers,touch and hold the second digit tomake a call to the speed dialnumber.



Trademarks andLicense AgreementsFCC Information


Bluetooth®

The Bluetooth word mark and logosare owned by the Bluetooth® SIG,Inc. and any use of such marks byGeneral Motors is under license.Other trademarks and trade namesare those of their respective owners.

DivX Certified® to play DivX® video,including premium content.

Covered by one or more of thefollowing U.S. patents: 7,295,673;7,460,668; 7,515,710; 7,519,274.

DivX®, DivX Certified® andassociated logos are trademarks ofRovi Corporation or its subsidiariesand are used under license.

“Made for iPod” and “Made foriPhone” mean that an electronicaccessory has been designed toconnect specifically to iPod oriPhone and has been certified bythe developer to meet Appleperformance standards.

iPod and iPhone are trademarks ofApple Computer, Inc., registered inthe U.S. and other countries.

Fees and Taxes: Subscription fee,taxes, one time activation fee, andother fees may apply. Subscriptionfee is consumer only. All fees andprogramming subject to change.Subscriptions subject to CustomerAgreement available atwww.siriusxm.com orwww.siriusxm.ca. SiriusXM® serviceonly available in the 48 contiguousUnited States and Canada.

In Canada: Some deterioration ofservice may occur in extremenorthern latitudes. This is beyondthe control of SiriusXM® SatelliteRadio.

It is prohibited to copy, decompile,disassemble, reverse engineer,hack, manipulate, or otherwisemake available any technology orsoftware incorporated in receiverscompatible with the SiriusXMSatellite Radio System or thatsupport the SiriusXM website, theOnline Service or any of its content.Furthermore, the AMBER voicecompression software included inthis product is protected byintellectual property rights including



patent rights, copyrights, and tradesecrets of Digital VoiceSystems, Inc.

General Requirements:

1. A License Agreement fromSiriusXM is required for anyproduct that incorporatesSiriusXM Technology and/or foruse of any of the SiriusXMmarks to be manufactured,distributed, or marketed in theSiriusXM Service Area.

2. For products to be distributed,marketed, and/or sold inCanada, a separate agreementis required with CanadianSatellite Radio Inc. (operatingas SiriusXM Canada).

FreeType 2

Portions of this software arecopyright

®2007-2012 The

FreeType Project(www.freetype.org). All rightsreserved.

Libjpeg

The navigation software is based inpart on the work of the independentJPEG Group.


166 Climate Controls

Climate Controls

Climate Control SystemsClimate Control Systems . . . . . 166

Air VentsAir Vents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168

MaintenanceAir Intake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169Passenger Compartment AirFilter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169

Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169

Climate ControlSystemsThese climate control systemscontrol the heating, cooling, andventilation for the vehicle.

Climate Control System withHeater and Air Conditioning


2. Fan Control


4. Driver and Passenger HeatedSeats (If Equipped)

5. Recirculation


7. Air Conditioning

Climate Control System withHeater Only


2. Fan Control



Temperature Control : Turnclockwise or counterclockwise toincrease or decrease thetemperature.

A : Turn clockwise orcounterclockwise to increase ordecrease the fan speed. Turning the


Climate Controls 167

fan control to 0 turns the fan off. Thefan must be turned on to run the airconditioning compressor.

Air Delivery Mode Control : Turnclockwise or counterclockwise tochange the current airflow mode.

Select from the following air deliverymodes:

Y : Air is directed to the instrumentpanel outlets.

\ : Air is divided between theinstrument panel and floor outlets.

[ : Air is directed to the flooroutlets, with some air directed to therear outlets.

W : This mode clears the windowsof fog or moisture. Air is directed tothe floor, windshield, and sidewindow outlets.

1 : This mode clears thewindshield of fog or frost morequickly. Air is directed to thewindshield and side window outlets.

Do not drive the vehicle until allwindows are clear.

In defrost or defog mode, excessiveair conditioning use can cause thewindows to fog. If this happens,change the air delivery mode toYand reduce the fan speed.

# : If equipped with airconditioning, follow these steps touse the system. TurnA to thedesired speed. The air conditioningdoes not operate when the fancontrol knob is in the off position.Press# to turn the air conditioning

on and off. When# is pressed, anindicator light comes on to showthat the air conditioning is on.

For quick cool down on hot days:

1. Open the windows to let hot airescape.

2. PressM.

3. Press#.

4. Select the coolest temperature.

5. Select the highestA speed.

Using these settings together forlong periods of time may cause theair inside the vehicle to become too

dry. To prevent this from happening,after the air in the vehicle hascooled, turn the recirculationmode off.

M : This mode recirculates andhelps to quickly cool the air insidethe vehicle. It can be used to reducethe entry of outside air and odors.

Press the button to turn therecirculation mode on. An indicatorlight comes on to show that therecirculation is on. Press the buttonagain to return to outside air mode.

Using the recirculation mode forextended periods may cause thewindows to fog. If this happens,select the defrost mode.

Max# is available when the airconditioning is selected and thetemperature is set to the coolestsetting while the outside airtemperature is warm. When Max#is activated, the air inside thevehicle is automatically recirculated,which helps to quickly cool thevehicle. The recirculation indicatorwill not be lit.



To allow outside air to enter in theseconditions, press the recirculationbutton twice. The recirculationindicator will not be lit.

M or L : If equipped, press to heatthe driver or passenger seat. SeeHeated Front Seats 0 56.

Rear Window and OutsideMirror Defogger

1 : Press to turn the rear windowand outside mirror defogger on oroff. An indicator light comes on toshow that the feature is on.

The rear window defogger can beturned off by pressing1 again orby turning the ignition to ACC/ACCESSORY or LOCK/OFF.

If equipped with heated outsiderearview mirrors, they turn on withthe rear window defogger and helpto clear fog or frost from the surfaceof the mirror. See HeatedMirrors 0 47.

Caution

Using a razor blade or sharpobject on the inside rear windowcan damage the antenna ordefogger. Repairs would not becovered by the vehicle warranty.Do not stick anything to the rearwindow.

Air VentsUse the air vents located in thecenter and on the side of theinstrument panel to direct theairflow. Move the slats on the centerair vents to direct airflow.

Turn the knobs on the side air ventscounterclockwise or clockwise toopen or close off the airflow.

Operation Tips

. Clear away any ice, snow,or leaves from the air inlets atthe base of the windshield thatmay block the flow of air into thevehicle.

. Use of non-GM approved hooddeflectors may adversely affectthe performance of the system.

. Keep the path under the frontseats clear of objects to helpcirculate the air inside thevehicle more effectively.


Climate Controls 169

Maintenance

Air IntakeClear away any ice, snow, or leavesfrom the air intake at the base of thewindshield that can block the flow ofair into the vehicle.

Passenger CompartmentAir FilterThe filter removes dust, pollen, andother airborne irritants from outsideair that is pulled into the vehicle.

The filter should be replaced as partof routine scheduled maintenance.See Maintenance Schedule 0 290.To find out what type of filter to use,see Maintenance ReplacementParts 0 301.

1. Open the glove box completelyand pull it to remove.

2. Remove the filter cover byunscrewing both sides of thecover.

3. Install the new air filter.

4. Reinstall the air filter cover andglove box in reverse order.

See your dealer if additionalassistance is needed.

ServiceAll vehicles have a label underhoodthat identifies the refrigerant used inthe vehicle. The refrigerant systemshould only be serviced by trainedand certified technicians. The airconditioning evaporator shouldnever be repaired or replaced byone from a salvage vehicle.



It should only be replaced by a newevaporator to ensure proper andsafe operation.

During service, all refrigerantsshould be reclaimed with properequipment. Venting refrigerantsdirectly to the atmosphere is harmfulto the environment and may alsocreate unsafe conditions based oninhalation, combustion, frostbite,or other health-based concerns.


Driving and Operating 171

Driving andOperating

Driving InformationDistracted Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . 172Defensive Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172Drunk Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172Control of a Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . 173Braking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173Off-Road Recovery . . . . . . . . . . . 174Loss of Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174Driving on Wet Roads . . . . . . . . 175Hill and Mountain Roads . . . . . 176Winter Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176If the Vehicle Is Stuck . . . . . . . . 178Vehicle Load Limits . . . . . . . . . . . 178

Starting and OperatingNew Vehicle Break-In . . . . . . . . . 181Ignition Positions (KeyAccess) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182

Ignition Positions (KeylessAccess) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183

Starting the Engine . . . . . . . . . . . 185Engine Heater . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186Retained AccessoryPower (RAP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187

Shifting Into Park (AutomaticTransmission) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187

Shifting out of Park (AutomaticTransmission) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188

Parking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189Parking over ThingsThat Burn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189

Extended Parking . . . . . . . . . . . . 189

Engine ExhaustEngine Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190Running the Vehicle WhileParked . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190

Automatic TransmissionAutomatic Transmission . . . . . . 191Manual Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192

Manual TransmissionManual Transmission . . . . . . . . . 193

BrakesAntilock BrakeSystem (ABS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195

Parking Brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196Brake Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196Hill Start Assist (HSA) . . . . . . . . 197

Ride Control SystemsTraction Control/ElectronicStability Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197

Cruise ControlCruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199

Driver Assistance SystemsRear Vision Camera (RVC) . . . 201Parking Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203Forward Collision Alert (FCA)System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204

Lane DepartureWarning (LDW) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206

FuelFuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207California FuelRequirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208

Fuels in Foreign Countries . . . 208Fuel Additives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208Filling the Tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209Filling a Portable FuelContainer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210

Trailer TowingGeneral Towing Information . . . 211

Conversions and Add-OnsAdd-On ElectricalEquipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211


172 Driving and Operating

Driving Information

Distracted DrivingDistraction comes in many formsand can take your focus from thetask of driving. Exercise goodjudgment and do not let otheractivities divert your attention awayfrom the road. Many localgovernments have enacted lawsregarding driver distraction. Becomefamiliar with the local laws inyour area.

To avoid distracted driving, keepyour eyes on the road, keep yourhands on the steering wheel, andfocus your attention on driving.

. Do not use a phone indemanding driving situations.Use a hands-free method toplace or receive necessaryphone calls.

. Watch the road. Do not read,take notes, or look upinformation on phones or otherelectronic devices.

. Designate a front seatpassenger to handle potentialdistractions.

. Become familiar with vehiclefeatures before driving, such asprogramming favorite radiostations and adjusting climatecontrol and seat settings.Program all trip information intoany navigation device prior todriving.

. Wait until the vehicle is parkedto retrieve items that have fallento the floor.

. Stop or park the vehicle to tendto children.

. Keep pets in an appropriatecarrier or restraint.

. Avoid stressful conversationswhile driving, whether with apassenger or on a cell phone.

{ Warning

Taking your eyes off the road toolong or too often could cause acrash resulting in injury or death.Focus your attention on driving.

Refer to the Infotainment section formore information on using thatsystem, including pairing and usinga cell phone.

Defensive DrivingDefensive driving means “alwaysexpect the unexpected.” The firststep in driving defensively is to wearthe safety belt. See SafetyBelts 0 59.

. Assume that other road users(pedestrians, bicyclists, andother drivers) are going to becareless and make mistakes.Anticipate what they might doand be ready.

. Allow enough following distancebetween you and the driver infront of you.

. Focus on the task of driving.

Drunk DrivingDeath and injury associated withdrinking and driving is a globaltragedy.



{ Warning

Drinking and then driving is verydangerous. Your reflexes,perceptions, attentiveness, andjudgment can be affected by evena small amount of alcohol. Youcan have a serious — or evenfatal — collision if you drive afterdrinking.

Do not drink and drive or ride witha driver who has been drinking.Ride home in a cab; or if you arewith a group, designate a driverwho will not drink.

Control of a VehicleBraking, steering, and acceleratingare important factors in helping tocontrol a vehicle while driving.

BrakingBraking action involves perceptiontime and reaction time. Deciding topush the brake pedal is perceptiontime. Actually doing it isreaction time.

Average driver reaction time isabout three-quarters of a second. Inthat time, a vehicle moving at100 km/h (60 mph) travels 20 m(66 ft), which could be a lot ofdistance in an emergency.

Helpful braking tips to keep in mindinclude:

. Keep enough distance betweenyou and the vehicle in frontof you.

. Avoid needless heavy braking.

. Keep pace with traffic.

If the engine ever stops while thevehicle is being driven, brakenormally but do not pump thebrakes. Doing so could make thepedal harder to push down. If theengine stops, there will be somepower brake assist but it will beused when the brake is applied.Once the power assist is used up, itcan take longer to stop and thebrake pedal will be harder to push.

Steering

Electric Power Steering

The vehicle has electric powersteering. It does not have powersteering fluid. Regular maintenanceis not required.

If power steering assist is lost dueto a system malfunction, the vehiclecan be steered, but may requireincreased effort. See your dealer ifthere is a problem.

If the steering wheel is turned until itreaches the end of its travel and isheld against that position for anextended period of time, powersteering assist may be reduced.

If the steering assist is used for anextended period of time, powerassist may be reduced.

Normal use of the power steeringassist should return when thesystem cools down.

See your dealer if there is aproblem.



Curve Tips. Take curves at a reasonable

speed.

. Reduce speed before entering acurve.

. Maintain a reasonable steadyspeed through the curve.

. Wait until the vehicle is out ofthe curve before acceleratinggently into the straightaway.

Steering in Emergencies. There are some situations when

steering around a problem maybe more effective than braking.

. Holding both sides of thesteering wheel allows you to turn180 degrees without removinga hand.

. The Antilock Brake System(ABS) allows steering whilebraking.

Off-Road Recovery

The vehicle's right wheels can dropoff the edge of a road onto theshoulder while driving. Followthese tips:

1. Ease off the accelerator andthen, if there is nothing in theway, steer the vehicle so that itstraddles the edge of thepavement.

2. Turn the steering wheel aboutone-eighth of a turn, until theright front tire contacts thepavement edge.

3. Turn the steering wheel to gostraight down the roadway.

Loss of Control

Skidding

There are three types of skids thatcorrespond to the vehicle's threecontrol systems:

. Braking Skid — wheels are notrolling.

. Steering or Cornering Skid —too much speed or steering in acurve causes tires to slip andlose cornering force.

. Acceleration Skid — too muchthrottle causes the drivingwheels to spin.

Defensive drivers avoid most skidsby taking reasonable care suited toexisting conditions, and by notoverdriving those conditions. Butskids are always possible.

If the vehicle starts to slide, followthese suggestions:

. Ease your foot off theaccelerator pedal and steer theway you want the vehicle to go.



The vehicle may straighten out.Be ready for a second skid if itoccurs.

. Slow down and adjust yourdriving according to weatherconditions. Stopping distancecan be longer and vehiclecontrol can be affected whentraction is reduced by water,snow, ice, gravel, or othermaterial on the road. Learn torecognize warning clues — suchas enough water, ice, or packedsnow on the road to make amirrored surface — and slowdown when you have any doubt.

. Try to avoid sudden steering,acceleration, or braking,including reducing vehicle speedby shifting to a lower gear. Anysudden changes could causethe tires to slide.

Remember: Antilock brakes helpavoid only the braking skid.

Driving on Wet RoadsRain and wet roads can reducevehicle traction and affect yourability to stop and accelerate.

Always drive slower in these typesof driving conditions and avoiddriving through large puddles anddeep-standing or flowing water.

{ Warning

Wet brakes can cause crashes.They might not work as well in aquick stop and could causepulling to one side. You couldlose control of the vehicle.

After driving through a largepuddle of water or a car/vehiclewash, lightly apply the brakepedal until the brakes worknormally.

Flowing or rushing water createsstrong forces. Driving throughflowing water could cause thevehicle to be carried away. If thishappens, you and other vehicleoccupants could drown. Do notignore police warnings and bevery cautious about trying to drivethrough flowing water.

Hydroplaning

Hydroplaning is dangerous. Watercan build up under the vehicle'stires so they actually ride on thewater. This can happen if the road iswet enough and you are going fastenough. When the vehicle ishydroplaning, it has little or nocontact with the road.

There is no hard and fast rule abouthydroplaning. The best advice is toslow down when the road is wet.

Other Rainy Weather Tips

Besides slowing down, other wetweather driving tips include:

. Allow extra following distance.

. Pass with caution.

. Keep windshield wipingequipment in good shape.

. Keep the windshield washer fluidreservoir filled.

. Have good tires with propertread depth. See Tires 0 248.

. Turn off cruise control.



Hill and Mountain RoadsDriving on steep hills or throughmountains is different than drivingon flat or rolling terrain. Tips include:

. Keep the vehicle serviced and ingood shape.

. Check all fluid levels and brakes,tires, cooling system, andtransmission.

. Shift to a lower gear when goingdown steep or long hills.

{ Warning

Using the brakes to slow thevehicle on a long downhill slopecan cause brake overheating, canreduce brake performance, andcould result in a loss of braking.Shift the transmission to a lowergear to let the engine assist thebrakes on a steep downhill slope.

{ Warning

Coasting downhill in N (Neutral)or with the ignition off isdangerous. This can causeoverheating of the brakes andloss of steering. Always have theengine running and the vehiclein gear.

. Drive at speeds that keep thevehicle in its own lane. Do notswing wide or cross thecenter line.

. Be alert on top of hills;something could be in your lane(e.g., stalled car, accident).

. Pay attention to special roadsigns (e.g., falling rocks area,winding roads, long grades,passing or no-passing zones)and take appropriate action.

Winter Driving

Driving on Snow or Ice

Snow or ice between the tires andthe road creates less traction orgrip, so drive carefully. Wet ice canoccur at about 0 °C (32 °F) whenfreezing rain begins to fall. Avoiddriving on wet ice or in freezing rainuntil roads can be treated.

For Slippery Road Driving:

. Accelerate gently. Acceleratingtoo quickly causes the wheels tospin and makes the surfaceunder the tires slick.

. Turn on Traction Control. SeeTraction Control/ElectronicStability Control 0 197.

. The Antilock Brake System(ABS) improves vehicle stabilityduring hard stops, but thebrakes should be applied soonerthan when on dry pavement.See Antilock Brake System(ABS) 0 195.

. Allow greater following distanceand watch for slippery spots. Icypatches can occur on otherwise



clear roads in shaded areas.The surface of a curve or anoverpass can remain icy whenthe surrounding roads are clear.Avoid sudden steeringmaneuvers and braking whileon ice.

. Turn off cruise control.

Blizzard Conditions

Stop the vehicle in a safe place andsignal for help. Stay with the vehicleunless there is help nearby.If possible, use RoadsideAssistance. See RoadsideAssistance Program 0 311. To gethelp and keep everyone in thevehicle safe:


. Tie a red cloth to an outsidemirror.

{ Warning

Snow can trap engine exhaustunder the vehicle. This maycause exhaust gases to getinside. Engine exhaust containscarbon monoxide (CO), whichcannot be seen or smelled. It cancause unconsciousness and evendeath.

If the vehicle is stuck in snow:

. Clear snow from the base ofthe vehicle, especially anyblocking the exhaust pipe.

. Open a window about 5 cm(2 in) on the vehicle sidethat is away from the wind,to bring in fresh air.


. Adjust the climate controlsystem to circulate the airinside the vehicle and set

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

the fan speed to the highestsetting. See “ClimateControl Systems.”

For more information about CO,see Engine Exhaust 0 190.

To save fuel, run the engine forshort periods to warm the vehicleand then shut the engine off andpartially close the window. Movingabout to keep warm also helps.

If it takes time for help to arrive,when running the engine, push theaccelerator pedal slightly so theengine runs faster than the idlespeed. This keeps the batterycharged to restart the vehicle and tosignal for help with the headlamps.Do this as little as possible, tosave fuel.



If the Vehicle Is StuckSlowly and cautiously spin thewheels to free the vehicle whenstuck in sand, mud, ice, or snow.

If stuck too severely for the tractionsystem to free the vehicle, turn thetraction system off and use therocking method. See TractionControl/Electronic StabilityControl 0 197.

{ Warning

If the vehicle's tires spin at highspeed, they can explode, and youor others could be injured. Thevehicle can overheat, causing anengine compartment fire or otherdamage. Spin the wheels as littleas possible and avoid goingabove 56 km/h (35 mph).

Rocking the Vehicle to Getit Out

Turn the steering wheel left andright to clear the area around thefront wheels. Turn off any tractionsystem. Shift back and forth

between R (Reverse) and a lowforward gear, spinning the wheelsas little as possible. To preventtransmission wear, wait until thewheels stop spinning before shiftinggears. Release the acceleratorpedal while shifting, and presslightly on the accelerator pedalwhen the transmission is in gear.Slowly spinning the wheels in theforward and reverse directionscauses a rocking motion that couldfree the vehicle. If that does not getthe vehicle out after a few tries, itmight need to be towed out. If thevehicle does need to be towed out,see Towing the Vehicle 0 277.

Vehicle Load LimitsIt is very important to know howmuch weight the vehicle cancarry. This weight is called thevehicle capacity weight andincludes the weight of alloccupants, cargo, and allnonfactory-installed options.Two labels on the vehicle mayshow how much weight it may

properly carry: the Tire andLoading Information label andthe Certification label.

{ Warning

Do not load the vehicle anyheavier than the GrossVehicle Weight Rating(GVWR), or either themaximum front or rear GrossAxle Weight Rating (GAWR).This can cause systems tobreak and change the way thevehicle handles. This couldcause loss of control and acrash. Overloading can alsoreduce stopping distance,damage the tires, and shortenthe life of the vehicle.



Tire and Loading InformationLabel

Label Example

A vehicle-specific Tire andLoading Information label isattached to the vehicle's centerpillar (B-pillar). The Tire andLoading Information label showsthe number of occupant seatingpositions (1), and the maximumvehicle capacity weight (2) inkilograms and pounds.

The Tire and LoadingInformation label also shows thetire size of the original

equipment tires (3) and therecommended cold tire inflationpressures (4). For moreinformation on tires and inflationsee Tires 0 248 and TirePressure 0 256.

There is also important loadinginformation on the Certificationlabel. It may show the GrossVehicle Weight Rating (GVWR)and the Gross Axle WeightRating (GAWR) for the front andrear axle. See “CertificationLabel” later in this section.

“Steps for Determining CorrectLoad Limit–1. Locate the statement "The

combined weight ofoccupants and cargo shouldnever exceed XXX kg orXXX lbs." on your vehicle’splacard.

2. Determine the combinedweight of the driver andpassengers that will beriding in your vehicle.

3. Subtract the combinedweight of the driver andpassengers from XXX kg orXXX lbs.

4. The resulting figure equalsthe available amount ofcargo and luggage loadcapacity. For example, if the"XXX" amount equals1400 lbs. and there will befive 150 lb passengers inyour vehicle, the amount ofavailable cargo and luggageload capacity is 650 lbs.(1400-750 (5 x 150) =650 lbs.)

5. Determine the combinedweight of luggage and cargobeing loaded on the vehicle.That weight may not safelyexceed the available cargoand luggage load capacitycalculated in Step 4.

6. If your vehicle will be towinga trailer, load from yourtrailer will be transferred to



your vehicle. Consult thismanual to determine howthis reduces the availablecargo and luggage loadcapacity of your vehicle.”

This vehicle is neither designednor intended to tow a trailer.

Example 1

1. Vehicle Capacity Weightfor Example 1 = 453 kg(1,000 lbs).

2. Subtract OccupantWeight @ 68 kg (150 lbs)× 2 = 136 kg (300 lbs).

3. Available Occupant andCargo Weight = 317 kg(700 lbs).

Example 2


2. Subtract OccupantWeight @ 68 kg (150 lbs)× 5 = 340 kg (750 lbs).

3. Available Cargo Weight= 113 kg (250 lbs).

Example 3


2. Subtract OccupantWeight @ 91 kg(200 lbs) × 5 = 453 kg(1,000 lbs).

3. Available Cargo Weight= 0 kg (0 lbs).

Refer to the vehicle's Tire andLoading Information label forspecific information about thevehicle's capacity weight andseating positions. The combined



weight of the driver, passengers,and cargo should never exceedthe vehicle's capacity weight.

Certification Label

Label Example

A vehicle-specific Certificationlabel is attached to the vehicle'scenter pillar (B-pillar). The labelmay show the gross weightcapacity of the vehicle, calledthe Gross Vehicle Weight Rating(GVWR). The GVWR includesthe weight of the vehicle, alloccupants, fuel, and cargo.

{ Warning

Things inside the vehicle canstrike and injure people in asudden stop or turn, or in acrash.

. Put things in the cargoarea of the vehicle. In thecargo area, put them asfar forward as possible.Try to spread the weightevenly.

. Never stack heavierthings, like suitcases,inside the vehicle so thatsome of them are abovethe tops of the seats.

. Do not leave anunsecured child restraintin the vehicle.

. Secure loose items in thevehicle.

. Do not leave a seatfolded down unlessneeded.

Starting andOperating

New Vehicle Break-In

Caution

The vehicle does not need anelaborate break-in. But it willperform better in the long run ifyou follow these guidelines:

. Do not drive at any oneconstant speed, fast or slow,for the first 805 km (500 mi).Do not make full-throttlestarts. Avoid downshifting tobrake or slow the vehicle.

. Avoid making hard stops forthe first 322 km (200mi) orso. During this time the newbrake linings are not yetbroken in. Hard stops withnew linings can meanpremature wear and earlierreplacement. Follow this

(Continued)



Caution (Continued)

breaking-in guideline everytime you get new brakelinings.

Following break-in, engine speedand load can be graduallyincreased.

Ignition Positions (KeyAccess)

The ignition switch has four differentpositions.

To shift out of P (Park), the ignitionmust be in ON/RUN and the regularbrake pedal applied.

0 (STOPPING THE ENGINE/LOCK/OFF) : When the vehicle is stopped,turn the ignition switch to LOCK/OFF to turn the engine off.

This position locks the ignition andtransmission. The steering wheelmay also lock, if equipped.

Do not turn the engine off when thevehicle is moving. This will cause aloss of power assist in the brakeand steering systems and disablethe airbags.

If the vehicle must be shut off in anemergency:

1. Brake using a firm and steadypressure. Do not pump thebrakes repeatedly. This maydeplete power assist, requiringincreased brake pedal force.

2. Shift the vehicle to N (Neutral).This can be done while thevehicle is moving. After shiftingto N (Neutral), firmly apply thebrakes and steer the vehicle toa safe location.

3. Come to a complete stop. Shiftto P (Park) with an automatictransmission, or Neutral with amanual transmission. Turn theignition to LOCK/OFF.

4. Set the parking brake. SeeParking Brake 0 196.

{ Warning

Turning off the vehicle whilemoving may cause loss of powerassist in the brake and steeringsystems and disable the airbags.While driving, only shut thevehicle off in an emergency.

If the vehicle cannot be pulled over,and must be shut off while driving,turn the ignition to ACC/ACCESSORY.



Caution

Using a tool to force the key toturn in the ignition could causedamage to the switch or break thekey. Use the correct key, makesure it is all the way in, and turn itonly with your hand. If the keycannot be turned by hand, seeyour dealer.

1 (ACC/ACCESSORY) : This is theposition in which things like theradio and the windshield wipers canbe operated when the engine is off.

2 (ON/RUN) : This position can beused to operate the electricalaccessories and to display someinstrument cluster warning andindicator lights. This position canalso be used for service anddiagnostics, and to verify the properoperation of the malfunctionindicator lamp as may be requiredfor emission inspection purposes.The switch stays in this positionwhen the engine is running.

If you leave the key in the ACC/ACCESSORY or ON/RUN positionwith the engine off, the battery couldbe drained. You may not be able tostart the vehicle if the battery isallowed to drain for an extendedperiod of time.

3 (START) : This is the position thatstarts the engine. When the enginestarts, release the key. The ignitionswitch returns to ON/RUN fordriving.

A warning tone will sound when thedriver door is opened, the ignition isin ACC/ACCESSORY or LOCK/OFF, and the key is in the ignition.If the ignition becomes difficult toturn, see Keys 0 26.

Ignition Positions(Keyless Access)

The vehicle may be equipped withan electronic keyless ignition withpushbutton start.

Pressing the button cycles it throughthree modes: ACC/ACCESSORY,ON/RUN/START, and Stopping theEngine/OFF.

The transmitter must be in thevehicle for the system to operate.If the pushbutton start is notworking, the vehicle may be near astrong radio antenna signal causinginterference to the Keyless Access



system. See Remote Keyless Entry(RKE) System Operation (KeylessAccess) 0 31 or Remote KeylessEntry (RKE) System Operation (KeyAccess) 0 29.

To shift out of P (Park), the vehiclemust be in ACC/ACCESSORY orON/RUN and the brake pedal mustbe applied.

Stopping the Engine/OFF (NoIndicator Lights) : When thevehicle is stopped, press ENGINESTART/STOP once to turn theengine off.

If the vehicle is in P (Park), theignition will turn off, and RetainedAccessory Power (RAP) will remainactive. See Retained AccessoryPower (RAP) 0 187.

If the vehicle is not in P (Park), theignition will return to ACC/ACCESSORY and the DriverInformation Center (DIC) will displaythe message SHIFT TO PARK. SeeVehicle Messages 0 126. When thevehicle is shifted into P (Park), theignition system will switch to OFF.

Do not turn the engine off when thevehicle is moving. This will cause aloss of power assist in the brakeand steering systems and disablethe airbags.

If the vehicle must be shut off in anemergency:

1. Brake using a firm and steadypressure. Do not pump thebrakes repeatedly. This maydeplete power assist, requiringincreased brake pedal force.

2. Shift the vehicle to N (Neutral).This can be done while thevehicle is moving. After shiftingto N (Neutral), firmly apply thebrakes and steer the vehicle toa safe location.

3. Come to a complete stop. Shiftto P (Park) with an automatictransmission, or Neutral with amanual transmission. Turn theignition to LOCK/OFF.

4. Set the parking brake. SeeParking Brake 0 196.

{ Warning

Turning off the vehicle whilemoving may cause loss of powerassist in the brake and steeringsystems and disable the airbags.While driving, only shut thevehicle off in an emergency.

If the vehicle cannot be pulled over,and must be shut off while driving,press and hold ENGINE START/STOP for longer than two seconds,or press twice in five seconds.

ACC/ACCESSORY (AmberIndicator Light) : This mode allowsyou to use some electricalaccessories when the engine is off.

With the ignition off, pressing thebutton one time without the brakepedal applied will place the ignitionsystem in ACC/ACCESSORY.

The ignition will switch from ACC/ACCESSORY to OFF afterfive minutes to prevent batteryrundown.



ON/RUN/START (Green IndicatorLight) : This mode is for driving andstarting. With the ignition off and thebrake pedal applied, pressingENGINE START/STOP once willplace the ignition system in ON/RUN/START. Once engine crankingbegins, release the button. Enginecranking will continue until theengine starts. See Starting theEngine 0 185. The ignition will thenremain in ON/RUN.

Service Only Mode

This power mode is available forservice and diagnostics, and toverify the proper operation of themalfunction indicator lamp as maybe required for emission inspectionpurposes. With the vehicle off, andthe brake pedal not applied,pressing and holding ENGINESTART/STOP for more thanfive seconds will place the vehicle inService Only Mode. The instrumentsand audio systems will operate asthey do in ON/RUN, but the vehiclewill not be able to be driven. Theengine will not start in Service OnlyMode. Press ENGINE START/STOPagain to turn the vehicle off.

Starting the Engine

Automatic Transmission

Move the shift lever to P (Park) orN (Neutral). To restart the enginewhen the vehicle is already moving,use N (Neutral) only.

Caution

Do not try to shift to P (Park) if thevehicle is moving. If you do, youcould damage the transmission.Shift to P (Park) only when thevehicle is stopped.

Caution

If you add electrical parts oraccessories, you could changethe way the engine operates. Anyresulting damage would not becovered by the vehicle warranty.See Add-On ElectricalEquipment 0 211.

Manual Transmission

The shift lever should be in Neutraland the parking brake engaged.Hold the clutch pedal to the floorand start the engine.

Starting Procedure

1. With your foot off theaccelerator pedal, turn theignition to START. When theengine cranks, let go of thekey. The idle speed will godown as the engine gets warm.

Caution

Holding the key in START forlonger than 15 seconds at a timewill cause the battery to bedrained much sooner. And theexcessive heat can damage thestarter motor. Wait about15 seconds between each try tohelp avoid draining the battery ordamaging the starter.



2. If the engine does not start,wait about 15 seconds and tryagain. Wait about 15 secondsbetween each try.

When the engine has run about10 seconds to warm up, thevehicle is ready to be driven.Do not run the engine at highspeed when it is cold.

If the weather is below freezing(0 °C or 32 °F), let the enginerun for a fewminutes towarm up.

3. If the engine still will not start,or starts but then stops, it couldbe flooded with too muchgasoline. Try pushing theaccelerator pedal all the way tothe floor and holding it there asyou hold the key in START forabout three seconds. If thevehicle starts briefly but thenstops again, do the same thing,but this time keep the pedaldown for five or six seconds.This clears the extra gasolinefrom the engine.

Engine HeaterThe engine heater can provideeasier starting and better fueleconomy during engine warm-up incold weather conditions at or below−18 °C (0 °F). Vehicles with anengine heater should be plugged inat least four hours before starting.

1. Turn off the engine.

2. Open the hood and unwrap theelectrical cord. The cord islocated in the driver side of theengine compartment, near thebattery. It is shipped from thefactory with a tie holding it in

place. Use care in removingthe tie so that the cord is notdamaged.

Check the heater cord fordamage. If it is damaged, donot use it. See your dealer fora replacement. Inspect thecord for damage yearly.

3. Plug it into a normal, grounded110-volt AC outlet.

{ Warning

Improper use of the heater cordor an extension cord can damagethe cord and may result inoverheating and fire.

. Plug the cord into athree-prong electrical utilityreceptacle that is protectedby a ground fault detectionfunction. An ungroundedoutlet could cause anelectric shock.

. Use a weatherproof,heavy-duty, 15 amp-ratedextension cord if needed.

(Continued)



Warning (Continued)

Failure to use therecommended extensioncord in good operatingcondition, or using adamaged heater orextension cord, could makeit overheat and cause a fire,property damage, electricshock, and injury.

. Do not operate the vehiclewith the heater cordpermanently attached to thevehicle. Possible heatercord and thermostatdamage could occur.

. While in use, do not let theheater cord touch vehicleparts or sharp edges. Neverclose the hood on theheater cord.

. Before starting the vehicle,unplug the cord, reattachthe cover to the plug, andsecurely fasten the cord.Keep the cord away fromany moving parts.

4. Before starting the engine, besure to unplug and store thecord as it was before to keep itaway from moving engineparts. If you do not it could bedamaged.

The length of time the heater shouldremain plugged in depends onseveral factors. Ask a dealer in thearea where you will be parking thevehicle for the best advice on this.

Retained AccessoryPower (RAP)These vehicle accessories may beused for up to 10 minutes after theengine is turned off:

. Audio System

. Power Windows

. Sunroof

The power windows and sunroof willcontinue to work for up to10 minutes or until any door isopened.

The radio will work when the key isin ON/RUN or ACC/ACCESSORY.Once the ignition is turned from on

to off, the radio will continue to workfor 10 minutes after the last input(button press, knob turn) to theradio is detected.

It is possible to turn the radio backon at any time after it has timed outusing the Power knob. The radio willbe functional for 10 minutes after thelast input (button press, knob turn)to the radio is detected.

Shifting Into Park(Automatic Transmission)1. Hold the brake pedal down and

set the parking brake. SeeParking Brake 0 196.

2. Move the shift lever intoP (Park) by pressing the buttonon the shift lever and pushingthe lever all the way toward thefront of the vehicle.

3. Turn the ignition key toLOCK/OFF.

4. Remove the key and take itwith you. If you can leave thevehicle with the ignition key inyour hand, the vehicle is inP (Park).



Leaving the Vehicle with theEngine Running (AutomaticTransmission)

{ Warning

It can be dangerous to leave thevehicle with the engine running.It could overheat and catch fire.

It is dangerous to get out of thevehicle if the shift lever is not fullyin P (Park) with the parking brakefirmly set. The vehicle can roll.

Do not leave the vehicle when theengine is running. If you have leftthe engine running, the vehiclecan move suddenly. You or otherscould be injured. To be sure thevehicle will not move, even whenyou are on fairly level ground,always set the parking brake andmove the shift lever to P (Park).See Shifting Into Park (AutomaticTransmission) 0 187.

If you have to leave the vehicle withthe engine running, be sure thevehicle is in P (Park) and the

parking brake is firmly set beforeyou leave it. After you have movedthe shift lever into P (Park), hold thebrake pedal down. Then see if youcan move the shift lever away fromP (Park) without first pushing thebutton on the shift lever. If you can,it means that the shift lever was notfully locked into P (Park).

Torque Lock (AutomaticTransmission)

If you are parking on a hill and youdo not shift the transmission intoP (Park) properly, the weight of thevehicle may put too much force onthe parking pawl in thetransmission. You may find it difficultto pull the shift lever out of P (Park).This is called “torque lock.”To prevent torque lock, set theparking brake and then shift intoP (Park) properly before you leavethe driver seat. To find out how, see“Shifting Into Park” previously in thissection.

When you are ready to drive, movethe shift lever out of P (Park) beforeyou release the parking brake.

If torque lock does occur, you mayneed to have another vehicle pushyours a little uphill to take some ofthe pressure from the parking pawlin the transmission, so you can pullthe shift lever out of P (Park).

Shifting out of Park(Automatic Transmission)This vehicle is equipped with a shiftlock control. The shift lock control isdesigned to:

. Prevent ignition key removalunless the shift lever is inP (Park) with the shift leverbutton fully released.

. Prevent movement of the shiftlever out of P (Park) unless theignition is in ON/RUN and thebrake pedal is applied.

The shift lock control is alwaysfunctional except in the case of anuncharged or low voltage (less than9-volt) battery.



If the vehicle has an unchargedbattery or a battery with low voltage,try charging or jump starting thebattery. See Jump Starting - NorthAmerica 0 275.

To shift out of P (Park):

1. Apply the brake pedal.

2. Turn the ignition to ON/RUN.

3. Press the shift lever button.

4. Move the shift lever to thedesired position.

If still unable to shift out of P (Park):

1. Fully release the shift leverbutton.

2. Hold the brake pedal down andpress the shift lever buttonagain.

3. Move the shift lever to thedesired position.

If you still cannot move the shiftlever from P (Park), consult yourdealer or a professional towingservice.

The doors may lock when shiftingfrom P (Park). See Automatic DoorLocks 0 40.

ParkingIf the vehicle has a manualtransmission, before getting out ofthe vehicle, move the shift lever intoR (Reverse) if parking on a downhillslope. On a level surface or anuphill slope, use 1 (First) gear.Firmly apply the parking brake. Turnthe wheels toward the curb for adownhill slope, or away from thecurb for an uphill slope. Once theshift lever has been placed into gearwith the clutch pedal pressed in,turn the ignition key to LOCK/OFF,remove the key, and release theclutch.

Parking over ThingsThat Burn

{ Warning

Things that can burn could touchhot exhaust parts under thevehicle and ignite. Do not parkover papers, leaves, dry grass,or other things that can burn.

Extended ParkingIt is better not to park with thevehicle running. If the vehicle is leftwhile running, follow the propersteps to be sure the vehicle will notmove and there is adequateventilation. See Shifting Into Park(Automatic Transmission) 0 187 andEngine Exhaust 0 190.

If the vehicle is left in P (Park) whilerunning and the Remote KeylessEntry (RKE) transmitter is outsidethe vehicle, the vehicle will turn offafter one hour.

If the vehicle is left in P (Park) whilerunning and the RKE transmitter isinside, the vehicle will run for twohours. At the end of the secondhour, the vehicle will turn off.

The timer will reset if the vehicle istaken out of P (Park) while it isrunning.



Engine Exhaust

{ Warning

Engine exhaust contains carbonmonoxide (CO), which cannot beseen or smelled. Exposure to COcan cause unconsciousness andeven death.

Exhaust may enter the vehicle if:

. The vehicle idles in areaswith poor ventilation(parking garages, tunnels,deep snow that may blockunderbody airflow or tailpipes).

. The exhaust smells orsounds strange or different.

. The exhaust system leaksdue to corrosion or damage.

. The vehicle exhaust systemhas been modified,damaged, or improperlyrepaired.

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

. There are holes or openingsin the vehicle body fromdamage or aftermarketmodifications that are notcompletely sealed.

If unusual fumes are detected orif it is suspected that exhaust iscoming into the vehicle:

. Drive it only with thewindows completely down.

. Have the vehicle repairedimmediately.

Never park the vehicle with theengine running in an enclosedarea such as a garage or abuilding that has no fresh airventilation.

Running the VehicleWhile ParkedIt is better not to park with theengine running.

If the vehicle is left with the enginerunning, follow the proper steps tobe sure the vehicle will not move.See Shifting Into Park (AutomaticTransmission) 0 187 and EngineExhaust 0 190. If the vehicle has amanual transmission, seeParking 0 189.



AutomaticTransmission

P : This position locks the frontwheels. It is the best position to usewhen you start the engine becausethe vehicle cannot move easily.

{ Warning

It is dangerous to get out of thevehicle if the shift lever is not fullyin P (Park) with the parking brakefirmly set. The vehicle can roll.

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

Do not leave the vehicle when theengine is running. If you have leftthe engine running, the vehiclecan move suddenly. You or otherscould be injured. To be sure thevehicle will not move, even whenyou are on fairly level ground,always set the parking brake andmove the shift lever to P (Park).See Shifting Into Park (AutomaticTransmission) 0 187.

Make sure the shift lever is fully inP (Park) before starting the engine.The vehicle has a shift lock control.You must fully apply the brake pedalthen press the shift lever buttonbefore you can shift from P (Park)while the ignition key is in ON/RUN.If you cannot shift out of P (Park),ease pressure on the shift lever andpush the shift lever all the way intoP (Park) as you maintain brakeapplication. Then move the shiftlever into another gear. See Shiftingout of Park (AutomaticTransmission) 0 188.

R : Use this gear to back up.

Caution

Shifting to R (Reverse) while thevehicle is moving forward coulddamage the transmission. Therepairs would not be covered bythe vehicle warranty. Shift toR (Reverse) only after the vehicleis stopped.

To rock the vehicle back and forth toget out of snow, ice, or sand withoutdamaging the transmission, see Ifthe Vehicle Is Stuck 0 178.

N : In this position, the engine doesnot connect with the wheels. Torestart the engine when the vehicleis already moving, use N (Neutral)only. Also, use N (Neutral) when thevehicle is being towed.



{ Warning

Shifting into a drive gear while theengine is running at high speed isdangerous. Unless your foot isfirmly on the brake pedal, thevehicle could move very rapidly.You could lose control and hitpeople or objects. Do not shiftinto a drive gear while the engineis running at high speed.

Caution

Shifting out of P (Park) orN (Neutral) with the enginerunning at high speed maydamage the transmission. Therepairs would not be covered bythe vehicle warranty. Be sure theengine is not running at highspeed when shifting the vehicle.

D : This position is for normaldriving. It provides the best fueleconomy. If you need more powerfor passing, and you are:

. Going less than 56 km/h(35 mph), push the acceleratorpedal about halfway down.

. Going about 56 km/h (35 mph) ormore, push the accelerator allthe way down.

M : This position allows you tochange gears similar to a manualtransmission. If equipped, see“Manual Mode” following.

Operating Modes

The transmission may operate in alower gear than normal to improvevehicle performance. The enginespeed may be higher and there maybe an increase in noise during thefollowing conditions:

. When climbing a grade.

. When driving downhill.

. When driving in hottemperatures or at high altitude.

Manual ModeTo use this feature, if equipped:

1. Move the shift lever fromD (Drive) rearward toM (Manual Mode).

While driving in manual mode,the transmission will remain inthe driver selected gear. Whencoming to a stop in the manualposition, the vehicle willautomatically shift into1 (First) gear.



2. Press the + (plus) end of thebutton on the side of the shiftlever to upshift, or press the −(minus) end of the button todownshift.

The Driver Information Center (DIC)in the instrument cluster will changefrom the currently displayedmessage to the letter M, for Manualposition, and a number indicatingthe requested gear.

While using manual mode, thetransmission will have firmer shiftingand sportier performance. You canuse this for sport driving or whenclimbing hills to stay in gear longeror to downshift for more power orengine braking.

The transmission will only allow youto shift into gears appropriate for thevehicle speed and enginerevolutions per minute (rpm):

. The transmission will notautomatically shift to the nexthigher gear if the vehicle speedor engine rpm is too low.

. The transmission will not allowshifting to the next lower gear ifthe vehicle speed or engine rpmis too high.

Manual Transmission

The vehicle may be equipped with a5-speed or 6-speed manualtransmission.

Caution

Shifting the vehicle initially intoany gear other than 1 (First) orR (Reverse) can damage theclutch. Shift the manualtransmission in the propersequence, and time the gear

(Continued)



Caution (Continued)

shifting with the accelerator toavoid revving the engine anddamaging the clutch.

1 (First) : Press the clutch pedaland shift into 1 (First). Then, slowlylet up on the clutch pedal as youpress the accelerator pedal.

You can shift into 1 (First) whengoing less than 32 km/h (20 mph).If you have come to a complete stopand it is hard to shift into 1 (First),put the shift lever in Neutral and letup on the clutch. Press the clutchpedal back down. Then shift into1 (First).

2 (Second) : Press the clutch pedalas you let up on the acceleratorpedal and shift into 2 (Second).Then, slowly let up on the clutchpedal as you press the acceleratorpedal.

3 (Third), 4 (Fourth), 5 (Fifth), and6 (Sixth) : Shift into 3 (Third),4 (Fourth), 5 (Fifth), and 6 (Sixth) (ifequipped) the same way as for

2 (Second). Slowly let up on theclutch pedal as you press theaccelerator pedal.

To stop, let up on the acceleratorpedal and press the brake pedal.Just before the vehicle stops, pressthe clutch pedal and the brakepedal, and shift to Neutral.

Neutral : Use this position whenyou start or idle the engine.

R (Reverse) : To back up, pressdown the clutch pedal, lift up thereverse lockout ring on the shift

lever, and shift into R (Reverse). Letup on the clutch pedal slowly whilepressing the accelerator pedal.

Caution

Shifting to R (Reverse) while thevehicle is moving forward coulddamage the transmission. Therepairs would not be covered bythe vehicle warranty. Shift toR (Reverse) only after the vehicleis stopped.

Shift Speeds

{ Warning

If you skip a gear whendownshifting, you could losecontrol of the vehicle. You couldinjure yourself or others. Do notshift down more than one gear ata time when downshifting.



Up-Shift Light

Vehicles equipped with a manualtransmission have an up-shift light.This light indicates when to shift tothe next higher gear for better fueleconomy.

For the best fuel economy,accelerate slowly and shift when thelight comes on, and if the weather,road, and traffic conditions allow.

It is normal for the light to go on andoff if the accelerator positionchanges quickly. Ignore the lightduring downshifts.

Brakes

Antilock BrakeSystem (ABS)This vehicle has an Antilock BrakeSystem (ABS), an advancedelectronic braking system that helpsprevent a braking skid.

When the vehicle begins to driveaway, ABS checks itself.A momentary motor or clicking noisemay be heard while this test is goingon, and it may even be noticed thatthe brake pedal moves a little. Thisis normal.

If there is a problem with ABS, thiswarning light stays on. See AntilockBrake System (ABS) WarningLight 0 115.

If driving safely on a wet road and itbecomes necessary to slam on thebrakes and continue braking toavoid a sudden obstacle, acomputer senses the wheels areslowing down. If one of the wheelsis about to stop rolling, the computerwill separately work the brakes ateach wheel.

ABS can change the brake pressureto each wheel, as required, fasterthan any driver could. This can helpyou steer around the obstacle whilebraking hard.

As the brakes are applied, thecomputer keeps receiving updateson wheel speed and controlsbraking pressure accordingly.

Remember: ABS does not changethe time needed to get a foot up tothe brake pedal or always decreasestopping distance. If you get tooclose to the vehicle in front of you,there will not be enough time toapply the brakes if that vehiclesuddenly slows or stops. Alwaysleave enough room up ahead tostop, even with ABS.



Using ABS

Do not pump the brakes. Just holdthe brake pedal down firmly and letABS work. You may hear the ABSpump or motor operating and feelthe brake pedal pulsate. This isnormal.

Braking in Emergencies

ABS allows you to steer and brakeat the same time. In manyemergencies, steering can helpmore than even the very bestbraking.

Parking Brake

To set the parking brake, hold thebrake pedal down and pull up on theparking brake lever. If the ignition ison, the brake system warning lightwill come on. See Brake SystemWarning Light 0 114.

To release the parking brake, holdthe brake pedal down. Pull theparking brake lever up until you canpress the release button. Hold therelease button in as you move thebrake lever all the way down.

Caution

Driving with the parking brake oncan overheat the brake systemand cause premature wear ordamage to brake system parts.Make sure that the parking brakeis fully released and the brakewarning light is off before driving.

Brake AssistThe Brake Assist feature isdesigned to assist the driver instopping or decreasing vehiclespeed in emergency drivingconditions. This feature uses thestability system hydraulic brakecontrol module to supplement thepower brake system underconditions where the driver hasquickly and forcefully applied thebrake pedal in an attempt to quicklystop or slow down the vehicle. Thestability system hydraulic brakecontrol module increases brakepressure at each corner of thevehicle until the ABS activates.Minor brake pedal pulsation orpedal movement during this time isnormal and the driver shouldcontinue to apply the brake pedal asthe driving situation dictates. TheBrake Assist feature willautomatically disengage when thebrake pedal is released or brakepedal pressure is quicklydecreased.



Hill Start Assist (HSA)This vehicle has a Hill Start Assist(HSA) feature, which may be usefulwhen the vehicle is stopped on agrade sufficient enough to activateHSA. This feature is designed toprevent the vehicle from rolling,either forward or rearward, duringvehicle drive off. After the drivercompletely stops and holds thevehicle in a complete standstill on agrade, HSA will be automaticallyactivated. During the transitionperiod between when the driverreleases the brake pedal and startsto accelerate to drive off on a grade,HSA holds the braking pressure fora maximum of two seconds toensure that there is no rolling. Thebrakes will automatically releasewhen the accelerator pedal isapplied within the two-secondwindow. It will not activate if thevehicle is in a drive gear and facingdownhill, or if the vehicle is facinguphill and in R (Reverse).

Ride Control Systems

Traction Control/Electronic StabilityControl

System Operation

The vehicle has a Traction ControlSystem (TCS) and StabiliTrak®, anelectronic stability control system.These systems help limit wheel slipand assist the driver in maintainingcontrol, especially on slippery roadconditions.

TCS activates if it senses that anyof the drive wheels are spinning orbeginning to lose traction. When thishappens, TCS applies the brakes tothe spinning wheels and reducesengine power to limit wheel spin.

StabiliTrak activates when thevehicle senses a difference betweenthe intended path and the directionthe vehicle is actually traveling.StabiliTrak selectively appliesbraking pressure to any one of the

vehicle wheel brakes to assist thedriver in keeping the vehicle on theintended path.

If cruise control is being used andtraction control or StabiliTrak beginsto limit wheel spin, cruise control willdisengage. Cruise control may beturned back on when roadconditions allow.

Both systems come onautomatically when the vehicle isstarted and begins to move. Thesystems may be heard or felt whilethey are operating or whileperforming diagnostic checks. Thisis normal and does not mean thereis a problem with the vehicle.

It is recommended to leave bothsystems on for normal drivingconditions, but it may be necessaryto turn TCS off if the vehicle getsstuck in sand, mud, ice, or snow.See If the Vehicle Is Stuck 0 178and “Turning the Systems Off andOn” later in this section.



The indicator light for both systemsis in the instrument cluster. Thislight will:

. Flash when TCS is limitingwheel spin.

. Flash when StabiliTrak isactivated.

. Turn on and stay on when eithersystem is not working.

If either system fails to turn on or toactivate, a message displays in theDriver Information Center (DIC), andd comes on and stays on toindicate that the system is inactiveand is not assisting the driver inmaintaining control. The vehicle issafe to drive, but driving should beadjusted accordingly.

If d comes on and stays on:

1. Stop the vehicle.

2. Turn the engine off and wait15 seconds.

3. Start the engine.

Drive the vehicle. If d comes onand stays on, the vehicle may needmore time to diagnose the problem.If the condition persists, see yourdealer.

Turning the Systems Offand On

Caution

Do not repeatedly brake oraccelerate heavily when TCS isoff. The vehicle driveline could bedamaged.

To turn off only TCS, press andrelease g. The traction off light idisplays in the instrument cluster.

To turn TCS on again, press andrelease g. The traction off light idisplayed in the instrument clusterwill turn off.

If TCS is limiting wheel spin when gis pressed, the system will not turnoff until the wheels stop spinning.

To turn off both TCS and StabiliTrak,press and hold g until the traction

off light i and StabiliTrak OFF lightg come on and stay on in theinstrument cluster.



To turn TCS and StabiliTrak onagain, press and release g. Thetraction off light i and StabiliTrak

OFF light g in the instrument clusterturn off.

Adding accessories can affect thevehicle performance. SeeAccessories andModifications 0 214.

Cruise ControlIf the vehicle is equipped with cruisecontrol, a speed of about 40 km/h(25 mph) or more can be maintainedwithout keeping your foot on theaccelerator. Cruise control does notwork at speeds below 40 km/h(25 mph).

{ Warning

Cruise control can be dangerouswhere you cannot drive safely ata steady speed. Do not usecruise control on winding roads orin heavy traffic.

Cruise control can be dangerouson slippery roads. On such roads,fast changes in tire traction cancause excessive wheel slip, andyou could lose control. Do not usecruise control on slippery roads.

If the vehicle's Traction ControlSystem (TCS) or StabiliTrak systembegins to limit wheel spin whileusing cruise control, the cruisecontrol will automatically disengage.

See Traction Control/ElectronicStability Control 0 197. If a collisionalert occurs when cruise control isactivated, cruise control isdisengaged. See Forward CollisionAlert (FCA) System 0 204. Whenroad conditions allow you to safelyuse it again, the cruise control canbe turned back on.

If the brakes are applied, cruisecontrol disengages.

5 : Press to turn the cruise controlsystem on and off. A white indicatorcomes on in the instrument clusterwhen cruise is turned on.



RES/+ : If there is a set speed inmemory, move the thumbwheel upbriefly to resume to that speed orhold upward to accelerate. If cruisecontrol is already active, use toincrease vehicle speed.

SET/− : Move the thumbwheel downbriefly to set the speed and activatecruise control. If cruise control isalready active, use to decreasespeed.

* : Press to disengage cruisecontrol without erasing the setspeed from memory.

Setting Cruise Control

If5 is on when not in use, SET/- orRES/+ could get bumped and gointo cruise when not desired. Keep5 off when cruise control is notbeing used.

To set cruise control:

1. Press5 to turn the cruisesystem on.

2. Get to the speed desired.

3. Move the thumbwheel down toSET/- and release it.

4. Take your foot off theaccelerator pedal.

The cruise control indicator on theinstrument cluster turns green aftercruise control has been set to thedesired speed. See InstrumentCluster 0 107.

Resuming a Set Speed

If the cruise control is set at adesired speed and then the brakesor clutch for manual transmissionsare applied or* is pressed, thecruise control is disengaged withouterasing the set speed from memory.

Once the vehicle reaches about40 km/h (25 mph) or more, move thethumbwheel up toward RES/+briefly. The vehicle returns to theprevious set speed.

Increasing Speed While UsingCruise Control

If the cruise control system isalready activated:

. Move the thumbwheel up towardRES/+ and hold it until thedesired speed is reached, thenrelease it.

. To increase the vehicle speed insmall increments, move thethumbwheel up toward RES/+briefly and then release it. Foreach press, the vehicle goesabout 1.6 km/h (1 mph) faster.

The speedometer reading can bedisplayed in either English or metricunits. See Driver Information Center(DIC) 0 121. The increment valueused depends on the unitsdisplayed.

Reducing Speed While UsingCruise Control

If the cruise control system isalready activated:

. Move the thumbwheel towardSET/− and hold until the desiredlower speed is reached, thenrelease it.

. To decrease the vehicle speed insmaller increments, move thethumbwheel toward SET/−briefly. For each press, thevehicle goes about 1.6 km/h(1 mph) slower.



The speedometer reading can bedisplayed in either English or metricunits. See Driver Information Center(DIC) 0 121. The increment valueused depends on the unitsdisplayed.

Passing Another Vehicle WhileUsing Cruise Control

Use the accelerator pedal toincrease the vehicle speed. Whenyou take your foot off the pedal, thevehicle slows down to the previousset cruise control speed. Whilepressing the accelerator pedal orshortly following the release tooverride cruise control, brieflymoving the thumbwheel towardSET/- will result in cruise control setto the current vehicle speed.

Using Cruise Control on Hills

How well cruise control works onhills depends on the vehicle speed,load, and the steepness of the hills.When going up steep hills, youmight have to step on theaccelerator pedal to maintain thevehicle speed. When goingdownhill, you might have to brake orshift to a lower gear to keep your

speed down. If the brake pedal isapplied, cruise control willdisengage.

Ending Cruise Control

There are four ways to end cruisecontrol:

. To disengage cruise control,step lightly on the brake pedal orclutch for manual transmission.

. Press*.

. Shift the transmission toN (Neutral).

. To turn off cruise control,press5.

Erasing Speed Memory

The cruise control set speed iserased from memory if 5 is pressedor if the ignition is turned off.

Driver AssistanceSystems

Rear VisionCamera (RVC)This vehicle may have the RVCsystem. Read this entire sectionbefore using it.

The RVC system can assist thedriver when backing up bydisplaying a view of the area behindthe vehicle.

{ Warning

The camera(s) do not displaychildren, pedestrians, bicyclists,crossing traffic, animals, or anyother object outside of thecameras’ field of view, below thebumper, or under the vehicle.Shown distances may be differentfrom actual distances. Do notdrive or park the vehicle usingonly these camera(s). Alwayscheck behind and around the

(Continued)



Warning (Continued)

vehicle before driving. Failure touse proper care may result ininjury, death, or vehicle damage.

An image appears on theinfotainment screen when thevehicle is shifted into R (Reverse).The infotainment screen goes to theprevious screen after approximatelyfour seconds once the vehicle isshifted out of R (Reverse).

To return to the previous screensooner, do one of the following:

. Shift into P (Park).

. Reach a vehicle speed of8 km/h (5 mph).

Guidelines

The RVC system has a guidelineoverlay that can help the driver alignthe vehicle when backing into aparking spot.

To turn the guidelines on or off:

1. Shift into P (Park).

2. From the home page on theinfotainment system, selectSettings.

3. Select Rear Camera Options.

4. Select Guidelines.

Rear Vision Camera ErrorMessages

SERVICE REAR VISION CAMERASYSTEM : This message candisplay when the system is notoperating properly.

If any other problem occurs or if aproblem persists, see your dealer.

Rear Vision Camera Location

The camera is above the licenseplate.

The area displayed by the camera islimited. It does not display objectsthat are close to either corner orunder the bumper and can varydepending on vehicle orientation orroad conditions. Displayed imagesmay be closer or farther than theyappear.

The following illustrations show thefield of view that the cameraprovides.

1. View displayed by thecamera.



1. View displayed by thecamera.

2. Corner of the rear bumper.

When the System Does NotSeem to Work Properly

The RVC system may not workproperly or display a clear image if:

. The RVC is turned off. See“Turning the Rear CameraSystem On or Off” earlier in thissection.

. It is dark.

. The sun or the beam ofheadlamps are shining directlyinto the camera lens.

. Ice, snow, mud, or anything elsebuilds up on the camera lens.Clean the lens, rinse it withwater, and wipe it with a softcloth.

. The back of the vehicle is in anaccident. The position andmounting angle of the cameracan change or the camera canbe affected. Be sure to have thecamera and its position andmounting angle checked at yourdealer.

Parking AssistIf equipped, Rear Parking Assist(RPA) assists the driver with parkingand avoiding objects while inR (Reverse). RPA operates atspeeds less than 8 km/h (5 mph).The sensors on the rear bumperdetect objects up to 1.5 m (4.9 ft)behind the vehicle, and at least20 cm (8 in) off the ground. Thedistance objects can be detectedmay be less during warmer or humidweather.

{ Warning

The parking assist system doesnot detect children, pedestrians,bicyclists, animals, or objectsbelow the bumper or that are tooclose or too far from the vehicle.It is not available at speedsgreater than 8 km/h (5 mph). Toprevent injury, death, or vehicledamage, even with parking assist,always check the area around thevehicle and check all mirrorsbefore backing.

How the System Works

RPA comes on automatically whenthe shift lever is moved intoR (Reverse). A single beep soundsto indicate the system is working.

RPA operates only at speeds lessthan 8 km/h (5 mph).

An obstacle is indicated by audiblebeeps. The time between the beepsbecomes shorter as the vehicle getscloser to the obstacle. When thedistance is less than 30 cm (12 in),the beeping is a continuous tone.



Turning the System On and Off

The RPA system can be turned onand off using the infotainmentsystem controls. See VehiclePersonalization 0 127.

When the system is off, PARKASSIST OFF displays on the DriverInformation Center (DIC). Themessage disappears after a shortperiod of time.

RPA defaults to the on setting eachtime the vehicle is started.

Turn off RPA when towing a trailer.

When the System Does NotSeem to Work Properly

The following messages may bedisplayed on the DIC:

SERVICE PARKING ASSIST : Ifthis message occurs, check thefollowing conditions:

. The sensors are not clean. Keepthe vehicle's rear bumper free ofmud, dirt, snow, ice, and slush.For cleaning instructions, seeExterior Care 0 280.

. The park assist sensors arecovered by frost or ice. Frost orice can form around and behindthe sensors and may not alwaysbe seen; this can occur afterwashing the vehicle in coldweather. The message may notclear until the frost or ice hasmelted.

If the above conditions do not exist,take the vehicle to your dealer torepair the system.

PARK ASSIST OFF : If the RPAsystem does not activate due to atemporary condition, the messagedisplays on the DIC. This can occurunder the following conditions:

. The driver has disabled thesystem.

. An object was hanging out of thetrunk during the last drive cycle.Once the object is removed,RPA will return to normaloperation.

. The bumper is damaged. Takethe vehicle to your dealer torepair the system.

. Other conditions, such asvibrations from a jackhammer orthe compression of air brakes ona very large truck, are affectingsystem performance.

Forward Collision Alert(FCA) SystemIf equipped, the FCA system mayhelp to avoid or reduce the harmcaused by front-end crashes. Whenapproaching a vehicle ahead tooquickly, FCA provides a red flashingalert on the windshield and rapidlybeeps.

FCA detects vehicles within adistance of approximately 60 m(197 ft) and operates at speedsabove 40 km/h (25 mph).

{ Warning

FCA is a warning system anddoes not apply the brakes. Whenapproaching a slower-moving orstopped vehicle ahead too rapidly,or when following a vehicle too

(Continued)



Warning (Continued)

closely, FCA may not provide awarning with enough time to helpavoid a crash. It also may notprovide any warning at all. FCAdoes not warn of pedestrians,animals, signs, guardrails,bridges, construction barrels,or other objects. Be ready to takeaction and apply the brakes. SeeDefensive Driving 0 172.

FCA can be disabled with the FCAsteering wheel control.

Detecting the Vehicle Ahead

FCA warnings will not occur unlessthe FCA system detects a vehicleahead. When a vehicle is detected,the vehicle ahead indicator willdisplay green. Vehicles may not be

detected on curves, highway exitramps, or hills, due to poor visibility;or if a vehicle ahead is partiallyblocked by pedestrians or otherobjects. FCA will not detect anothervehicle ahead until it is completelyin the driving lane.

{ Warning

FCA does not provide a warningto help avoid a crash, unless itdetects a vehicle. FCA may notdetect a vehicle ahead if the FCAsensor is blocked by dirt, snow,or ice, or if the windshield isdamaged. It may also not detect avehicle on winding or hilly roads,or in conditions that can limitvisibility such as fog, rain,or snow, or if the headlamps orwindshield are not cleaned or inproper condition. Keep thewindshield, headlamps, and FCAsensors clean and in good repair.

Collision Alert

When your vehicle approachesanother detected vehicle too rapidly,the red FCA display on top of theinstrument panel to the right of thesteering wheel will flash. Also,several rapid high-pitched beeps willsound from the front. When thisCollision Alert occurs, the brakesystem may prepare for driverbraking to occur more rapidly whichcan cause a brief, mild deceleration.Continue to apply the brake pedalas needed. Cruise control may bedisengaged when the Collision Alertoccurs.

Tailgating Alert

The red FCA display will staycontinuously illuminated when youare following a detected vehicleahead much too closely.



Selecting the Alert Timing

The Collision Alert control is on thesteering wheel. Press COLLISIONALERT to set the alert timing to far,medium, near or off. The first buttonpress shows the current controlsetting on the DIC. Additional buttonpresses will change this setting. Thechosen setting will remain until it ischanged and will affect both theCollision Alert and the TailgatingAlert features. The timing of bothalerts will vary based on vehiclespeed. The faster the vehicle speed,the farther away the alert will occur.Consider traffic and weatherconditions when selecting the alert

timing. The range of selectable alerttiming may not be appropriate for alldrivers and driving conditions.

Unnecessary Alerts

FCA may sometimes setunnecessary alerts to turningvehicles, vehicles in other lanes,objects that are not vehicles,or shadows. These alerts arenormal operation and the vehicledoes not need service.

Cleaning the System

If the FCA system does not seem tooperate properly, cleaning theoutside of the windshield in front ofthe rearview mirror may correct theissue.

Lane DepartureWarning (LDW)If equipped, LDW may help avoidcrashes due to unintentional lanedepartures. It may provide an alert ifthe vehicle is crossing a lanewithout using a turn signal in thatdirection. LDW uses a camera

sensor to detect the lane markingsat speeds of 56 km/h (35 mph) orgreater.

{ Warning

The LDW system does not steerthe vehicle. The LDW systemmay not:

. Provide enough time toavoid a crash.

. Detect lane markings underpoor weather or visibilityconditions. This can occur ifthe windshield orheadlamps are blocked bydirt, snow, or ice; if they arenot in proper condition; or ifthe sun shines directly intothe camera.

. Detect road edges.

. Detect lanes on winding orhilly roads.

If LDW only detects lanemarkings on one side of the road,it will only warn you when

(Continued)



Warning (Continued)

departing the lane on the sidewhere it has detected a lanemarking. Always keep yourattention on the road andmaintain proper vehicle positionwithin the lane, or vehicledamage, injury, or death couldoccur. Always keep thewindshield, headlamps, andcamera sensors clean and ingood repair. Do not use LDW inbad weather conditions.

How the System Works

The LDW camera sensor is on thewindshield ahead of the rearviewmirror.

To turn LDW on and off, press @ onthe center console. The controlindicator will light when LDW is on.

When LDW is on, @ is green ifLDW is available to warn of a lanedeparture. If the vehicle crosses adetected lane marking without usingthe turn signal in that direction, @

changes to amber and flashes.Additionally, there will be threebeeps on the right or left, dependingon the lane departure direction.

When the System Does NotSeem To Work Properly

The system may not detect lanes aswell when there are:

. Close vehicles ahead.

. Sudden lighting changes, suchas when driving through tunnels.

. Banked roads.

If the LDW system is not functioningproperly when lane markings areclearly visible, cleaning thewindshield may help.

LDW alerts may occur due to tarmarks, shadows, cracks in the road,temporary or construction lanemarkings, or other roadimperfections. This is normal systemoperation; the vehicle does not needservice. Turn LDW off if theseconditions continue.

FuelGM recommends the use of TOPTIER Detergent Gasoline® to keepthe engine cleaner and reduceengine deposits. Seewww.toptiergas.com for a list of TOPTIER Detergent Gasoline marketersand applicable countries.

Do not use any fuel labeled E85 orFlexFuel. Do not use gasoline withethanol levels greater than 15% byvolume.

Use regular unleaded gasolinemeeting ASTM specification D4814with a posted octane rating of 87 orhigher. Do not use gasoline with a



posted octane rating of less than 87,as this may cause engine knock andwill lower fuel economy.

Prohibited Fuels

Caution

Do not use fuels with any of thefollowing conditions; doing somay damage the vehicle and voidits warranty:

. For vehicles which are notFlexFuel, fuel labeledgreater than 15% ethanol byvolume, such as mid-levelethanol blends (16 – 50%ethanol), E85, or FlexFuel.

. Fuel with any amount ofmethanol, methylal, andaniline. These fuels cancorrode metal fuel systemparts or damage plastic andrubber parts.

. Fuel containing metals suchas methylcyclopentadienylmanganese tricarbonyl

(Continued)

Caution (Continued)

(MMT), which can damagethe emissions controlsystem and spark plugs.

. Fuel with a posted octanerating of less than therecommended fuel. Usingthis fuel will lower fueleconomy and performance,and may decrease the life ofthe emissions catalyst.

California FuelRequirementsIf the vehicle is certified to meetCalifornia Emissions Standards, it isdesigned to operate on fuels thatmeet California specifications. Seethe underhood emission controllabel. If this fuel is not available instates adopting California EmissionsStandards, the vehicle will operatesatisfactorily on fuels meetingfederal specifications, but emissioncontrol system performance may beaffected. The malfunction indicatorlamp could turn on and the vehicle

may not pass a smog-check test.See Malfunction Indicator Lamp(Check Engine Light) 0 112. If thisoccurs, return to your authorizeddealer for diagnosis. If it isdetermined that the condition iscaused by the type of fuel used,repairs may not be covered by thevehicle warranty.

Fuels in ForeignCountriesThe U.S., Canada, and Mexico postfuel octane ratings in anti-knockindex (AKI). For fuel not to use in aforeign country, see “ProhibitedFuels” in Fuel 0 207.

Fuel AdditivesTo keep fuel systems clean, TOPTIER Detergent Gasoline isrecommended. See Fuel 0 207.

If TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline isnot available, one bottle of GM FuelSystem Treatment Cleaner added tothe fuel tank at every engine oilchange, can help. GM Fuel SystemTreatment Cleaner is the only



gasoline additive recommended byGeneral Motors. It is available atyour dealer.

Filling the Tank

{ Warning

Fuel vapors and fuel fires burnviolently and can cause injury ordeath.

. To help avoid injuries to youand others, read and followall the instructions on thefuel pump island.

. Turn off the engine whenrefueling.

. Keep sparks, flames, andsmoking materials awayfrom fuel.

. Do not leave the fuel pumpunattended.

. Do not use a cell phonewhile refueling.

. Do not re-enter the vehiclewhile pumping fuel.

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

. Keep children away fromthe fuel pump and never letchildren pump fuel.

. Fuel can spray out if the fuelcap is opened too quickly.This spray can happen if thetank is nearly full, and ismore likely in hot weather.Open the fuel cap slowlyand wait for any hiss noiseto stop, then unscrew thecap all the way.

The fuel cap is behind a hinged fueldoor on the passenger side of thevehicle.

To remove the fuel cap, turn itslowly counterclockwise. The fuelcap has a spring in it; if the cap isreleased too soon, it will spring backto the right.

{ Warning

Overfilling the fuel tank by morethan three clicks of a standard fillnozzle may cause:

. Vehicle performance issues,including engine stalling anddamage to the fuel system.

. Fuel spills.

. Potential fuel fires.

Be careful not to spill fuel. Wait afew seconds after you have finishedpumping before removing thenozzle. Clean fuel from paintedsurfaces as soon as possible. SeeExterior Care 0 280.



When replacing the fuel cap, turn itclockwise until it clicks. Make surethe cap is fully installed. Thediagnostic system can determine ifthe fuel cap has been left off orimproperly installed. This wouldallow fuel to evaporate into theatmosphere. See MalfunctionIndicator Lamp (Check EngineLight) 0 112.

{ Warning

If a fire starts while you arerefueling, do not remove thenozzle. Shut off the flow of fuel byshutting off the pump or bynotifying the station attendant.Leave the area immediately.

Caution

If a new fuel cap is needed, besure to get the right type of capfrom your dealer. The wrong typeof fuel cap may not fit properly,may cause the malfunction

(Continued)

Caution (Continued)

indicator lamp to light, and coulddamage the fuel tank andemissions system. SeeMalfunction Indicator Lamp(Check Engine Light) 0 112.

Filling a Portable FuelContainer

{ Warning

Filling a portable fuel containerwhile it is in the vehicle can causefuel vapors that can ignite eitherby static electricity or othermeans. You or others could bebadly burned and the vehiclecould be damaged. Always:

. Use approved fuelcontainers.

. Remove the container fromthe vehicle, trunk, or pickupbed before filling.

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

. Place the container on theground.

. Place the nozzle inside thefill opening of the containerbefore dispensing fuel, andkeep it in contact with the fillopening until filling iscomplete.

. Fill the container no morethan 95% full to allow forexpansion.

. Do not smoke, lightmatches, or use lighterswhile pumping fuel.

. Avoid using cell phones orother electronic devices.



Trailer Towing

General TowingInformationThe vehicle is neither designed norintended to tow a trailer.

Conversions andAdd-Ons

Add-On ElectricalEquipment

{ Warning

The Data Link Connector (DLC) isused for vehicle service andEmission Inspection/Maintenancetesting. See Malfunction IndicatorLamp (Check Engine Light) 0 112.A device connected to the DLC —such as an aftermarket fleet ordriver-behavior tracking device —may interfere with vehiclesystems. This could affect vehicleoperation and cause a crash.Such devices may also accessinformation stored in the vehicle’ssystems.

Caution

Some electrical equipment candamage the vehicle or causecomponents to not work andwould not be covered by thevehicle warranty. Always checkwith your dealer before addingelectrical equipment.

Add-on equipment can drain thevehicle's 12-volt battery, even if thevehicle is not operating.

The vehicle has an airbag system.Before attempting to add anythingelectrical to the vehicle, seeServicing the Airbag-EquippedVehicle 0 75 and Adding Equipmentto the Airbag-EquippedVehicle 0 75.


212 Vehicle Care

Vehicle Care

General InformationGeneral Information . . . . . . . . . . 213California Proposition65 Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213

California PerchlorateMaterials Requirements . . . . . 213

Accessories andModifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214

Vehicle ChecksDoing Your OwnService Work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214

Hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215Engine CompartmentOverview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217

Engine Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220Engine Oil Life System . . . . . . . 222Automatic TransmissionFluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223

Manual Transmission Fluid . . . 224Hydraulic Clutch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224Engine Air Cleaner/Filter . . . . . . 224Cooling System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226Engine Coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227Engine Overheating . . . . . . . . . . 230Washer Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232Brake Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233

Battery - North America . . . . . . 234Starter Switch Check . . . . . . . . . 234Automatic Transmission ShiftLock Control FunctionCheck . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235

Ignition Transmission LockCheck . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235

Park Brake and P (Park)Mechanism Check . . . . . . . . . . 236

Wiper Blade Replacement . . . . 236

Headlamp AimingHeadlamp Aiming . . . . . . . . . . . . 237

Bulb ReplacementBulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . 238Halogen Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238Headlamps and Front TurnSignal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238

Fog Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239Taillamps, Turn Signal,Stoplamps, and Back-UpLamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240

License Plate Lamp . . . . . . . . . . 241Replacement Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . 241

Electrical SystemElectrical System Overload . . . 242Fuses and Circuit Breakers . . . 242Engine Compartment FuseBlock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243

Instrument Panel FuseBlock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246

Wheels and TiresTires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248All-Season Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249Winter Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249Summer Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250Tire Sidewall Labeling . . . . . . . . 250Tire Designations . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252Tire Terminology andDefinitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253

Tire Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256Tire Pressure MonitorSystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257

Tire Pressure MonitorOperation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258

Tire Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260Tire Rotation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261When It Is Time for NewTires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262

Buying New Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263Different Size Tires andWheels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 264

Uniform Tire QualityGrading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 264

Wheel Alignment and TireBalance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 266

Wheel Replacement . . . . . . . . . . 266Tire Chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 267If a Tire Goes Flat . . . . . . . . . . . . 267


Vehicle Care 213

Tire Changing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269Compact Spare Tire . . . . . . . . . . 274

Jump StartingJump Starting - NorthAmerica . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275

Towing the VehicleTowing the Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . 277Recreational VehicleTowing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 277

Appearance CareExterior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280Interior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 285Floor Mats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 288

General InformationFor service and parts needs, visityour dealer. You will receivegenuine GM parts and GM-trainedand supported service people.

Genuine GM parts have one ofthese marks:

California Proposition65 WarningWARNING: Most motor vehicles,including this one, as well as manyof its service parts and fluids,contain and/or emit chemicalsknown to the State of California to

cause cancer and birth defects orother reproductive harm. Engineexhaust, many parts and systems,many fluids, and some componentwear by-products contain and/oremit these chemicals.

See Battery - North America 0 234and Jump Starting - NorthAmerica 0 275.

California PerchlorateMaterials RequirementsCertain types of automotiveapplications, such as airbaginitiators, safety belt pretensioners,and lithium batteries contained inRemote Keyless Entry transmitters,may contain perchlorate materials.Special handling may be necessary.For additional information, seewww.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/perchlorate.


214 Vehicle Care

Accessories andModificationsAdding non-dealer accessories ormaking modifications to the vehiclecan affect vehicle performance andsafety, including such things asairbags, braking, stability, ride andhandling, emissions systems,aerodynamics, durability, andelectronic systems like antilockbrakes, traction control, and stabilitycontrol. These accessories ormodifications could even causemalfunction or damage not coveredby the vehicle warranty.

Damage to suspension componentscaused by modifying vehicle heightoutside of factory settings will not becovered by the vehicle warranty.

Damage to vehicle componentsresulting from modifications or theinstallation or use of non-GMcertified parts, including controlmodule or software modifications, isnot covered under the terms of thevehicle warranty and may affectremaining warranty coverage foraffected parts.

GM Accessories are designed tocomplement and function with othersystems on the vehicle. See yourdealer to accessorize the vehicleusing genuine GM Accessoriesinstalled by a dealer technician.

Also, see Adding Equipment to theAirbag-Equipped Vehicle 0 75.

Vehicle Checks

Doing Your OwnService Work

{ Warning

It can be dangerous to work onyour vehicle if you do not havethe proper knowledge, servicemanual, tools, or parts. Alwaysfollow owner manual proceduresand consult the service manualfor your vehicle before doing anyservice work.

If doing some of your own servicework, use the proper servicemanual. It tells you much moreabout how to service the vehiclethan this manual can. To order theproper service manual, see ServicePublications OrderingInformation 0 316.

This vehicle has an airbag system.Before attempting to do your ownservice work, see Servicing theAirbag-Equipped Vehicle 0 75.


Vehicle Care 215

Keep a record with all parts receiptsand list the mileage and the date ofany service work performed. SeeMaintenance Records 0 302.

Caution

Even small amounts ofcontamination can cause damageto vehicle systems. Do not allowcontaminants to contact the fluids,reservoir caps, or dipsticks.

HoodTo open the hood:

1. Pull the hood release handleinside the vehicle. It is locatedon the lower left side of theinstrument panel.

2. Go to the front of the vehicleand move the secondary hoodrelease lever toward the rightside of the vehicle.

3. Lift the hood and release thehood prop from its retainer,located in front of the enginecompartment. Securely placethe hood prop into the slot onthe underside of the hood.


216 Vehicle Care

To close the hood:

1. Before closing the hood, besure all filler caps are onproperly. Then, lift the hood torelieve pressure on the hoodprop. Remove the hood propfrom the slot in the undersideof the hood and return the propto its retainer. The prop rodmust click into place whenreturning it to the retainer toprevent hood damage.

2. Lower the hood 30 cm (12 in)above the vehicle and releaseit so it fully latches. Check tomake sure the hood is closedand repeat the process ifnecessary.


Vehicle Care 217

Engine Compartment Overview

1.4L L4 Engine


218 Vehicle Care

1. Engine Air Cleaner/Filter 0 224.

2. Engine Oil Dipstick. SeeEngine Oil 0 220.

3. Engine Cooling Fan (Out ofView). See CoolingSystem 0 226.

4. Engine Oil Fill Cap. SeeEngine Oil 0 220.

5. Engine Coolant Surge Tankand Pressure Cap. SeeCooling System 0 226.

6. Brake/Clutch Fluid Reservoir.See Brake Fluid 0 233 andHydraulic Clutch 0 224.

7. Battery - North America 0 234.

8. Windshield Washer FluidReservoir. See WasherFluid 0 231.

9. Engine Compartment FuseBlock 0 243.


Vehicle Care 219

1.8L L4 Engine


220 Vehicle Care

1. Engine Air Cleaner/Filter 0 224.

2. Engine Oil Dipstick. SeeEngine Oil 0 220.

3. Engine Cooling Fan (Out ofView). See CoolingSystem 0 226.

4. Engine Oil Fill Cap. SeeEngine Oil 0 220.

5. Engine Coolant Surge Tankand Pressure Cap. SeeCooling System 0 226.

6. Brake/Clutch Fluid Reservoir.See Brake Fluid 0 233 andHydraulic Clutch 0 224.

7. Battery - North America 0 234.

8. Engine Compartment FuseBlock 0 243.

9. Windshield Washer FluidReservoir. See WasherFluid 0 231.

Engine OilTo ensure proper engineperformance and long life, carefulattention must be paid to engine oil.

Following these simple, butimportant steps will help protectyour investment:

. Use engine oil approved to theproper specification and of theproper viscosity grade. See“Selecting the Right Engine Oil”in this section.

. Check the engine oil levelregularly and maintain theproper oil level. See “CheckingEngine Oil” and “When to AddEngine Oil” in this section.

. Change the engine oil at theappropriate time. See Engine OilLife System 0 222.

. Always dispose of engine oilproperly. See “What to Do withUsed Oil” in this section.

If the engine oil pressure lightcomes on, check the engine oil levelright away. The oil pressure light ison the instrument cluster. SeeEngine Oil Pressure Light 0 118.Check the engine oil level regularly;this is an added reminder.

Checking Engine Oil

Check the engine oil level regularly(every 650 km (400 mi), especiallyprior to a long trip. The engine oildipstick handle is a loop. SeeEngine Compartment Overview0 217 for the location.

{ Warning

The engine oil dipstick handlemay be hot; it could burn you.Use a towel or glove to touch thedipstick handle.

If a low oil Driver Information Center(DIC) message displays, check theoil level.


Vehicle Care 221

Follow these guidelines:

. To get an accurate reading, parkthe vehicle on level ground.Check the engine oil level afterthe engine has been off for atleast two hours. Checking theengine oil level on steep gradesor too soon after engine shutoffcan result in incorrect readings.Accuracy improves whenchecking a cold engine prior tostarting. Remove the dipstickand check the level.

. If unable to wait two hours, theengine must be off for at least15 minutes if the engine iswarm, or at least 30 minutes ifthe engine is not warm. Pull outthe dipstick, wipe it with a cleanpaper towel or cloth, then push itback in all the way. Remove itagain, keeping the tip down, andcheck the level.

When to Add Engine Oil

1.4L Shown, 1.8L Similar

If the oil is below the cross-hatchedarea at the tip of the dipstick andthe engine has been off for at least15 minutes, add 1 L (1 qt) of therecommended oil and then recheckthe level. See “Selecting the RightEngine Oil” later in this section foran explanation of what kind of oil touse. For engine oil crankcasecapacity, see Capacities andSpecifications 0 304.

Caution

Do not add too much oil. Oillevels above or below theacceptable operating rangeshown on the dipstick are harmfulto the engine. If you find that you

(Continued)

Caution (Continued)

have an oil level above theoperating range, i.e., the enginehas so much oil that the oil levelgets above the upper mark thatshows the proper operatingrange, the engine could bedamaged. You should drain outthe excess oil or limit driving ofthe vehicle and seek a serviceprofessional to remove theexcess amount of oil.

See Engine Compartment Overview0 217 for the location of the engineoil fill cap.

Add enough oil to put the levelsomewhere in the proper operatingrange. Push the dipstick all the wayback in when through.

Selecting the Right Engine Oil

Selecting the right engine oildepends on both the proper oilspecification and viscosity grade.See Recommended Fluids andLubricants 0 300.


222 Vehicle Care

Specification

Ask for and use engine oils thatmeet the dexos1™ specification.

Engine oils that have beenapproved by GM as meeting thedexos1 specification are markedwith the dexos1 approved logo. Seewww.gmdexos.com.

Caution

Failure to use the recommendedengine oil or equivalent can resultin engine damage not covered bythe vehicle warranty.

Viscosity Grade

Use SAE 5W-30 viscosity gradeengine oil.

Cold Temperature Operation: In anarea of extreme cold, where thetemperature falls below −29 °C(−20 °F), an SAE 0W-30 oil may beused. An oil of this viscosity gradewill provide easier cold starting forthe engine at extremely lowtemperatures. When selecting an oilof the appropriate viscosity grade, itis recommended to select an oil ofthe correct specification. See“Specification” earlier in this section.

Engine Oil Additives/EngineOil Flushes

Do not add anything to the oil. Therecommended oils meeting thedexos1 specification are all that isneeded for good performance andengine protection.

Engine oil system flushes are notrecommended and could causeengine damage not covered by thevehicle warranty.

What to Do with Used Oil

Used engine oil contains certainelements that can be unhealthy foryour skin and could even causecancer. Do not let used oil stay on

your skin for very long. Clean yourskin and nails with soap and water,or a good hand cleaner. Wash orproperly dispose of clothing or ragscontaining used engine oil. See themanufacturer's warnings about theuse and disposal of oil products.

Used oil can be a threat to theenvironment. If you change yourown oil, be sure to drain all the oilfrom the filter before disposal. Neverdispose of oil by putting it in thetrash or pouring it on the ground,into sewers, or into streams orbodies of water. Recycle it by takingit to a place that collects used oil.

Engine Oil Life System

When to Change Engine Oil

This vehicle has a computer systemthat indicates when to change theengine oil and filter. This is basedon a combination of factors whichinclude engine revolutions, enginetemperature, and miles driven.Based on driving conditions, themileage at which an oil change isindicated can vary considerably. For


Vehicle Care 223

the oil life system to work properly,the system must be reset every timethe oil is changed.

When the system has calculatedthat oil life has been diminished, itindicates that an oil change isnecessary. A: %CHANGEmessage in the DIC comes on. SeeEngine Oil Messages 0 127.Change the oil as soon as possiblewithin the next 1 000 km (600 mi).It is possible that, if driving underthe best conditions, the oil lifesystem might indicate that an oilchange is not necessary for up to ayear. The engine oil and filter mustbe changed at least once a yearand, at this time, the system mustbe reset. Your dealer has trainedservice people who will perform thiswork and reset the system. It is alsoimportant to check the oil regularlyover the course of an oil draininterval and keep it at the properlevel.

If the system is ever resetaccidentally, the oil must bechanged at 5 000 km (3,000 mi)

since the last oil change.Remember to reset the oil lifesystem whenever the oil is changed.

How to Reset the Engine OilLife System

Reset the system whenever theengine oil is changed so that thesystem can calculate the nextengine oil change. To reset thesystem:

1. Press MENU to showRemaining Oil Life on thedisplay. This display shows anestimate of the oil’s remaininguseful life. If 99% is displayed,that means that 99% of thecurrent oil life remains.

2. To reset the engine oil lifesystem, press SET/CLR whilethe oil life display is active.Select YES and press and holdSET/CLR. After a few seconds,there will be a single chime andthe oil life will be resetto 100%.

Be careful not to reset the oil lifedisplay accidentally at any timeother than after the oil is changed.It cannot be reset accurately.

If the: %CHANGE message inthe DIC comes back on when thevehicle is started, the engine oil lifesystem has not reset. Repeat theprocedure.

Automatic TransmissionFluid

How to Check AutomaticTransmission Fluid

It is not necessary to check thetransmission fluid level.A transmission fluid leak is the onlyreason for fluid loss. If a leakoccurs, take the vehicle to yourdealer and have it repaired as soonas possible.

There is a special procedure forchecking and changing thetransmission fluid. Because thisprocedure is difficult, you shouldhave this done at your dealer.


224 Vehicle Care

Change the fluid at the intervalslisted in Maintenance Schedule0 290, and be sure to use the fluidlisted in Recommended Fluids andLubricants 0 300.

Manual TransmissionFluidIt is not necessary to check themanual transmission fluid level.A transmission fluid leak is the onlyreason for fluid loss. If a leakoccurs, take the vehicle to yourdealer and have it repaired as soonas possible. See RecommendedFluids and Lubricants 0 300 for theproper fluid to use.

Hydraulic ClutchFor vehicles with a manualtransmission, it is not necessary toregularly check brake/clutch fluidunless there is a leak suspected.Adding fluid will not correct a leak.A fluid loss in this system couldindicate a problem. Have thesystem inspected and repaired.

When to Check and Whatto Use

The common hydraulic clutch andbrake master cylinder fluid reservoiris filled with DOT 3 brake fluid asindicated on the reservoir cap. SeeEngine Compartment Overview0 217 for reservoir location.

How to Check and Add Fluid

Visually check the brake/clutch fluidreservoir to make sure the fluid levelis at the MIN (minimum) line on theside of the reservoir. The brake/hydraulic clutch fluid system shouldbe closed and sealed.

Do not remove the cap to check thefluid level or to top‐off the fluid level.Remove the cap only whennecessary to add the proper fluiduntil the level reaches the MIN line.

Engine Air Cleaner/FilterThe engine air cleaner/filter islocated in the engine compartmenton the passenger side of thevehicle. See Engine CompartmentOverview 0 217 for more informationon location.

When to Inspect the Engine AirCleaner/Filter

For intervals on changing andinspecting the engine air cleaner/filter, see MaintenanceSchedule 0 290.

How to Inspect the Engine AirCleaner/Filter

Do not start the engine or have theengine running with the engine aircleaner/filter housing open. Beforeremoving the engine air cleaner/filter, make sure that the engine aircleaner/filter housing and nearbycomponents are free of dirt anddebris. Remove the engine aircleaner/filter. Lightly tap and shakethe engine air cleaner/filter (awayfrom the vehicle), to release loosedust and dirt. Inspect the engine aircleaner/filter for damage, andreplace if damaged. Do not cleanthe engine air cleaner/filter orcomponents with water orcompressed air.


Vehicle Care 225

To inspect or replace the air cleaner/filter:

1.4L L4 Engine

1.8L L4 Engine

1. Remove the two screws, tilt thecover, and slide it out of theassembly.

2. Inspect or replace the engineair cleaner/filter.

3. Lower the cover, slide it intothe assembly, then secure withthe two screws.

{ Warning

Operating the engine with the aircleaner/filter off can cause you orothers to be burned. The aircleaner not only cleans the air; ithelps to stop flames if the enginebackfires. Use caution whenworking on the engine and do notdrive with the air cleaner/filter off.

Caution

If the air cleaner/filter is off, dirtcan easily get into the engine,which could damage it. Alwayshave the air cleaner/filter in placewhen you are driving.


226 Vehicle Care

Cooling SystemThe cooling system allows theengine to maintain the correctworking temperature.

1.4L L4 Engine

1. Engine Cooling Fan (Outof View)

2. Engine Coolant Surge Tankand Pressure Cap

1.8L L4 Engine

1. Engine Cooling Fan (Outof View)

2. Engine Coolant Surge Tankand Pressure Cap

{ Warning

An electric engine cooling fanunder the hood can start up evenwhen the engine is not runningand can cause injury. Keephands, clothing, and tools awayfrom any underhood electric fan.

{ Warning

Heater and radiator hoses, andother engine parts, can be veryhot. Do not touch them. If you do,you can be burned.

Do not run the engine if there is aleak. If you run the engine, itcould lose all coolant. That couldcause an engine fire, and youcould be burned. Get any leakfixed before you drive the vehicle.

Caution

Using coolant other thanDEX-COOL® can causepremature engine, heater core,or radiator corrosion. In addition,the engine coolant could requirechanging sooner. Any repairswould not be covered by thevehicle warranty. Always useDEX-COOL (silicate-free) coolantin the vehicle.


Vehicle Care 227

Engine CoolantThe cooling system in the vehicle isfilled with DEX-COOL enginecoolant. This coolant is designed toremain in the vehicle for 5 years or240 000 km (150,000 mi), whicheveroccurs first.

The following explains the coolingsystem and how to check and addcoolant when it is low. If there is aproblem with engine overheating,see Engine Overheating 0 230.

What to Use

{ Warning

Adding only plain water or someother liquid to the cooling systemcan be dangerous. Plain waterand other liquids, can boil beforethe proper coolant mixture will.The coolant warning system is setfor the proper coolant mixture.With plain water or the wrongmixture, the engine could get toohot but you would not get the

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

overheat warning. The enginecould catch fire and you or otherscould be burned. Use a 50/50 mixture of clean, drinkablewater and DEX-COOL coolant.

Use a 50/50 mixture of cleandrinkable water and DEX-COOLcoolant. This mixture:

. Gives freezing protection downto −37 °C (−34 °F), outsidetemperature.

. Gives boiling protection up to129 °C (265 °F), enginetemperature.

. Protects against rust andcorrosion.

. Will not damage aluminum parts.

. Helps keep the proper enginetemperature.

Caution

If improper coolant mixture,inhibitors, or additives are used inthe vehicle cooling system, theengine could overheat and bedamaged. Too much water in themixture can freeze and crackengine cooling parts. The repairswould not be covered by thevehicle warranty. Use only theproper mixture of engine coolantfor the cooling system. SeeRecommended Fluids andLubricants 0 300.

Never dispose of engine coolant byputting it in the trash, pouring it onthe ground, or into sewers, streams,or bodies of water. Have the coolantchanged by an authorized servicecenter, familiar with legalrequirements regarding usedcoolant disposal. This will helpprotect the environment and yourhealth.


228 Vehicle Care

Checking Coolant

The vehicle must be on a levelsurface when checking the coolantlevel.

It is normal to see coolant moving inthe upper coolant hose return linewhen the engine is running.

Check to see if coolant is visible inthe coolant surge tank. If the coolantinside the coolant surge tank isboiling, do not do anything else untilit cools down.

If coolant is visible but the coolantlevel is not at or above the markpointed to, add a 50/50 mixture ofclean drinkable water andDEX-COOL coolant.

Be sure the cooling system is coolbefore this is done.

If no coolant is visible in the coolantsurge tank, add coolant as follows:

How to Add Coolant to theCoolant Surge Tank

Caution

This vehicle has a specificcoolant fill procedure. Failure tofollow this procedure could causethe engine to overheat and beseverely damaged.

If no problem is found, check to seeif coolant is visible in the coolantsurge tank. If coolant is visible butthe coolant level is not at theindicated level mark, add a 50/50 mixture of clean, drinkable waterand DEX-COOL coolant at thecoolant surge tank, but be sure thecooling system, including thecoolant surge tank pressure cap, iscool before you do it.

{ Warning

Steam and scalding liquids from ahot cooling system can blow outand burn you badly. Never turn

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

the cap when the cooling system,including the surge tank pressurecap, is hot. Wait for the coolingsystem and surge tank pressurecap to cool.

{ Warning

Adding only plain water or someother liquid to the cooling systemcan be dangerous. Plain waterand other liquids, can boil beforethe proper coolant mixture will.The coolant warning system is setfor the proper coolant mixture.With plain water or the wrongmixture, the engine could get toohot but you would not get theoverheat warning. The enginecould catch fire and you or otherscould be burned. Use a 50/50 mixture of clean, drinkablewater and DEX-COOL coolant.


Vehicle Care 229

Caution

In cold weather, water can freezeand crack the engine, radiator,heater core, and other parts. Usethe recommended coolant andthe proper coolant mixture.

{ Warning

You can be burned if you spillcoolant on hot engine parts.Coolant contains ethylene glycoland it will burn if the engine partsare hot enough. Do not spillcoolant on a hot engine.

1.4L Engine Shown, 1.8L EngineSimilar

1. Remove the coolant surge tankpressure cap when the coolingsystem, including the coolantsurge tank pressure cap andupper radiator hose, is nolonger hot.

Turn the pressure cap slowlycounterclockwise aboutone-quarter of a turn. If youhear a hiss, wait for that tostop. This will allow anypressure still left to be ventedout the discharge hose.

2. Keep turning the pressure capslowly and remove it.

3. Fill the coolant surge tank withthe proper DEX-COOL coolantmixture to the indicatedlevel mark.

4. With the coolant surge tankpressure cap off, start theengine and let it run until youcan feel the upper radiatorhose getting hot. Watch out forthe engine cooling fan.


230 Vehicle Care

By this time, the coolant levelinside the coolant surge tankmay be lower. If the level islower, add more of the properDEX-COOL coolant mixture tothe coolant surge tank until thelevel reaches the indicatedlevel mark.

5. Replace the pressure captightly.

Check the level in the coolant surgetank when the cooling system hascooled down. If the coolant is not atthe proper level, repeat Steps 1–3 and reinstall the pressure cap.If the coolant still is not at the properlevel when the system cools downagain, see your dealer.

Caution

If the pressure cap is not tightlyinstalled, coolant loss andpossible engine damage mayoccur. Be sure the cap is properlyand tightly secured.

Engine OverheatingThe vehicle has an indicator to warnof the engine overheating.

If the decision is made not to lift thehood when this warning appears,get service help right away. SeeRoadside AssistanceProgram 0 311.

If the decision is made to lift thehood, make sure the vehicle isparked on a level surface.

Then check to see if the enginecooling fan is running. If the engineis overheating, the fan should berunning. If it is not, do not continueto run the engine. Have the vehicleserviced.

Caution

Running the engine withoutcoolant may cause damage or afire. Vehicle damage would not becovered by the vehicle warranty.

If Steam Is Coming from theEngine Compartment

{ Warning

Steam from an overheated enginecan burn you badly, even if youjust open the hood. Stay awayfrom the engine if you see or hearsteam coming from it. Just turn itoff and get everyone away fromthe vehicle until it cools down.Wait until there is no sign ofsteam or coolant before you openthe hood.

If you keep driving when theengine is overheated, the liquidsin it can catch fire. You or otherscould be badly burned. Stop theengine if it overheats, and get outof the vehicle until the engineis cool.

If No Steam Is Coming fromthe Engine Compartment

If an engine overheat warning isdisplayed but no steam can be seenor heard, the problem may not be


Vehicle Care 231

too serious. Sometimes the enginecan get a little too hot when thevehicle:

. Climbs a long hill on a hot day.

. Stops after high-speed driving.

. Idles for long periods in traffic.

If the overheat warning is displayedwith no sign of steam:

1. Turn the air conditioning off.

2. Turn the heater on to thehighest temperature and to thehighest fan speed. Open thewindows as necessary.

3. When it is safe to do so, pull offthe road, shift to P (Park) orN (Neutral) for an automatictransmission or Neutral for amanual transmission, and letthe engine idle.

If the overheat warning no longerdisplays, the vehicle can be driven.Continue to drive the vehicle slowlyfor about 10 minutes. Keep a safevehicle distance from the vehicle infront. If the warning does not come

back on, continue to drive normallyand have the cooling systemchecked for proper fill and function.

If the warning continues, pull over,stop, and park the vehicleright away.

If there is no sign of steam, idle theengine for three minutes whileparked. If the warning is stilldisplayed, turn off the engine until itcools down.

Washer Fluid

What to Use

When the vehicle needs windshieldwasher fluid, be sure to read themanufacturer's instructions beforeuse. If operating the vehicle in anarea where the temperature may fallbelow freezing, use a fluid that hassufficient protection againstfreezing.

Adding Washer Fluid

Open the cap with the washersymbol on it. Add washer fluid untilthe tank is full. See EngineCompartment Overview 0 217 forreservoir location.

Caution

. Do not use washer fluid thatcontains any type of waterrepellent coating. This cancause the wiper blades tochatter or skip.

. Do not use engine coolant(antifreeze) in thewindshield washer. It candamage the windshieldwasher system and paint.

(Continued)


232 Vehicle Care

Caution (Continued)

. Do not mix water withready-to-use washer fluid.Water can cause thesolution to freeze anddamage the washer fluidtank and other parts of thewasher system.

. When using concentratedwasher fluid, follow themanufacturer instructions foradding water.

. Fill the washer fluid tankonly three-quarters full whenit is very cold. This allowsfor fluid expansion iffreezing occurs, which coulddamage the tank if it iscompletely full.

BrakesDisc brake pads have built-in wearindicators that make a high-pitchedwarning sound when the brake padsare worn and new pads are needed.The sound can come and go or can

be heard all the time when thevehicle is moving, except whenapplying the brake pedal firmly.

{ Warning

The brake wear warning soundmeans that soon the brakes willnot work well. That could lead toa crash. When the brake wearwarning sound is heard, have thevehicle serviced.

Caution

Continuing to drive with worn-outbrake pads could result in costlybrake repair.

Some driving conditions or climatescan cause a brake squeal when thebrakes are first applied or lightlyapplied. This does not meansomething is wrong with the brakes.

Properly torqued wheel nuts arenecessary to help prevent brakepulsation. When tires are rotated,inspect brake pads for wear and

evenly tighten wheel nuts in theproper sequence to torquespecifications. See Capacities andSpecifications 0 304.

Brake pads should be replaced ascomplete sets.

Brake Pedal Travel

See your dealer if the brake pedaldoes not return to normal height,or if there is a rapid increase inpedal travel. This could be a signthat brake service may be required.

Replacing Brake System Parts

Always replace brake system partswith new, approved replacementparts. If this is not done, the brakesmay not work properly. The brakingperformance expected can changein many other ways if the wrongreplacement brake parts areinstalled or if parts are improperlyinstalled.


Vehicle Care 233

Brake Fluid

The brake/clutch master cylinderreservoir is filled with GM approvedDOT 3 brake fluid as indicated onthe reservoir cap. See EngineCompartment Overview 0 217 forthe location of the reservoir.

Checking Brake Fluid

Place the vehicle in P (Park) orNeutral with the parking brakeapplied if equipped with a manualtransmission. On a level surface,the brake fluid level should bebetween the minimum andmaximum marks on the brake fluidreservoir.

There are only two reasons why thebrake fluid level in the reservoir maygo down:

. Normal brake lining wear. Whennew linings are installed, thefluid level goes back up.

. A fluid leak in the brake/clutchhydraulic system. Have thebrake/clutch hydraulic systemfixed. With a leak, the brakes willnot work well.

Always clean the brake fluidreservoir cap and the area aroundthe cap before removing it.

Do not top off the brake/clutch fluid.Adding fluid does not correct a leak.If fluid is added when the linings areworn, there will be too much fluidwhen new brake linings areinstalled. Add or remove fluid, asnecessary, only when work is doneon the brake/clutch hydraulicsystem.

{ Warning

If too much brake fluid is added, itcan spill on the engine and burn,if the engine is hot enough. Youor others could be burned, and

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

the vehicle could be damaged.Add brake fluid only when work isdone on the brake/clutchhydraulic system.

When the brake/clutch fluid falls to alow level, the brake warning lightcomes on. See Brake SystemWarning Light 0 114.

Brake fluid absorbs water over timewhich degrades the effectiveness ofthe brake fluid. Replace brake fluidat the specified intervals to preventincreased stopping distance. SeeMaintenance Schedule 0 290.

What to Add

Use only GM approved DOT 3brake fluid from a clean, sealedcontainer. See RecommendedFluids and Lubricants 0 300.


234 Vehicle Care

{ Warning

The wrong or contaminated brakefluid could result in damage to thebrake system. This could result inthe loss of braking leading to apossible injury. Always use theproper GM approved brake fluid.

Caution

If brake fluid is spilled on thevehicle's painted surfaces, thepaint finish can be damaged.Immediately wash off any paintedsurface.

Battery - North AmericaThe original equipment battery ismaintenance free. Do not removethe cap and do not add fluid.

Refer to the replacement numbershown on the original battery labelwhen a new battery is needed. SeeEngine Compartment Overview0 217 for battery location.

{ Warning

WARNING: Battery posts,terminals, and relatedaccessories contain lead and leadcompounds, chemicals known tothe State of California to causecancer and birth defects or otherreproductive harm. Batteries alsocontain other chemicals known tothe State of California to causecancer. WASH HANDS AFTERHANDLING.

See California Proposition65 Warning 0 213.

Vehicle Storage

{ Warning

Batteries have acid that can burnyou and gas that can explode.You can be badly hurt if you arenot careful. See Jump Starting -North America 0 275 for tips onworking around a battery withoutgetting hurt.

Infrequent Usage: Remove theblack, negative (−) cable from thebattery to keep the battery fromrunning down.

Extended Storage: Remove theblack, negative (−) cable from thebattery or use a battery tricklecharger.

Starter Switch Check

{ Warning

When you are doing thisinspection, the vehicle couldmove suddenly. If the vehiclemoves, you or others could beinjured.

1. Before starting this check, besure there is enough roomaround the vehicle.

2. Apply both the parking brakeand the regular brake.

Do not use the acceleratorpedal, and be ready to turn offthe engine immediately if itstarts.


Vehicle Care 235

3. For automatic transmissionvehicles, try to start the enginein each gear. The vehicleshould start only in P (Park) orN (Neutral). If the vehicle startsin any other position, contactyour dealer for service.

For manual transmissionvehicles, put the shift lever inNeutral, push the clutch pedaldown halfway, and try to startthe engine. The vehicle shouldstart only when the clutchpedal is pushed down all theway to the floor. If the vehiclestarts when the clutch pedal isnot pushed all the way down,contact your dealer for service.

Automatic TransmissionShift Lock ControlFunction Check

{ Warning

When you are doing thisinspection, the vehicle couldmove suddenly. If the vehiclemoves, you or others could beinjured.

1. Before starting this check, besure there is enough roomaround the vehicle. It should beparked on a level surface.

2. Apply the parking brake. Beready to apply the regularbrake immediately if the vehiclebegins to move.

3. With the engine off, turn theignition on, but do not start theengine. Without applying theregular brake, try to move theshift lever out of P (Park) withnormal effort. If the shift levermoves out of P (Park), contactyour dealer for service.

Ignition TransmissionLock CheckWhile parked, and with the parkingbrake set, try to turn the ignition toLOCK/OFF in each shift leverposition.

. For automatic transmissionvehicles, the ignition should turnto LOCK/OFF only when theshift lever is in P (Park).

. For manual transmissionvehicles, the ignition should turnto LOCK/OFF only when theshift lever is in neutral.

On all vehicles, the ignition keyshould come out only in LOCK/OFF.

Contact your dealer if service isrequired.


236 Vehicle Care

Park Brake and P (Park)Mechanism Check

{ Warning

When you are doing this check,the vehicle could begin to move.You or others could be injuredand property could be damaged.Make sure there is room in frontof the vehicle in case it begins toroll. Be ready to apply the regularbrake at once should the vehiclebegin to move.

Park on a fairly steep hill, with thevehicle facing downhill. Keepingyour foot on the regular brake, setthe parking brake.

. To check the parking brake'sholding ability: With the enginerunning and the transmission inN (Neutral), slowly remove footpressure from the regular brakepedal. Do this until the vehicle isheld by the parking brake only.

. To check the P (Park)mechanism's holding ability:With the engine running, shift toP (Park). Then release theparking brake followed by theregular brake.

Contact your dealer if service isrequired.

Wiper Blade Replacement

Front Wiper BladeReplacement

Windshield wiper blades should beinspected for wear or cracking. Seethe Maintenance Schedule 0 290 formore information.

Replacement blades come indifferent types and are removed indifferent ways. For properwindshield wiper blade length andtype, see MaintenanceReplacement Parts 0 301.

Caution

Allowing the wiper arm to touchthe windshield when no wiperblade is installed could damagethe windshield. Any damage thatoccurs would not be covered bythe vehicle warranty. Do not allowthe wiper arm to touch thewindshield.

To replace the windshield wiperblade:

1. Pull the windshield wiperassembly away from thewindshield.

2. Squeeze the tabs on each sideof the wiper blade assemblyand slide the assembly off theend of the wiper arm.


Vehicle Care 237

3. Install the new blade onto thearm and make sure the tabsare fully set in the lockedposition.

4. Repeat the steps for the otherwiper.

Rear Wiper Blade Replacement

1. Pull the wiper arm a shortdistance away from theglass (1).

2. Pull the blade out fromthe arm (2).

It may require extra effort toremove the old blade.

3. Once the blade pin disengagesfrom the wiper arm, remove thewiper blade by sliding the pinout of the guide hole.

4. Reverse the steps to install thenew blade.

Headlamp AimingHeadlamp aim has been preset andshould need no further adjustment.

If the vehicle is damaged in a crash,the headlamp aim may be affected.If adjustment to the headlamps isnecessary, see your dealer.


238 Vehicle Care

Bulb ReplacementFor the proper type of replacementbulbs, see ReplacementBulbs 0 241.

For any bulb-changing procedurenot listed in this section, contactyour dealer.

Halogen Bulbs

{ Warning

Halogen bulbs have pressurizedgas inside and can burst if youdrop or scratch the bulb. You orothers could be injured. Be sureto read and follow the instructionson the bulb package.

Headlamps and FrontTurn Signal

Passenger Side Shown, DriverSide Similar

1. Turn Signal Lamp2. Low-Beam Headlamp3. High-Beam Headlamp

High-Beam Headlamp/Low-Beam Headlamp

1. Open the hood. SeeHood 0 215.

2. For the driver side bulb,remove the windshield washerbottle filler neck by turning it

one-quarter turncounterclockwise and pulling itstraight up and out of thebottle.

3. Remove the headlamp bulbaccess cover.

4. Turn the bulb counterclockwiseand pull straight back.

5. Disconnect the wiring harnessconnector from the bulb.

6. Install the new bulb in theheadlamp assembly by turningclockwise.

7. Reconnect the wiring harnessconnector.


Vehicle Care 239

8. Install the headlamp bulbaccess cover.

9. For the driver side bulb,replace the windshield washerbottle filler neck by turning itone-quarter turn clockwise intothe bottle.

Turn Signal Lamp

1. Open the hood. SeeHood 0 215.

2. Remove the turn signal lampbulb socket from the headlampassembly by turningcounterclockwise.

3. Remove the bulb from the bulbsocket by pulling it straight out.

4. Install the new bulb in the bulbsocket.

5. Install the bulb socket into theheadlamp assembly by turningclockwise.

Fog Lamps

1. Tilt the wheel to access thewheel liner.

2. Remove the two push pinsfrom the outside of the wheelliner.

3. Disconnect the electricalconnector from the bulb holder.

4. Remove and pull the bulbassembly straight out ofthe lamp.

5. Install a new bulb into the bulbholder.

6. Reinstall the bulb assemblyinto the lamp.

7. Reconnect the electricalconnector to the bulbassembly.

8. Reinstall the wheel liner withthe two push pins.


240 Vehicle Care

Taillamps, Turn Signal,Stoplamps, and Back-UpLamps

Sedan Taillamp Shown, HatchbackTaillamp Similar

1. Back-up Lamp2. Stoplamp/Taillamp3. Turn Signal Lamp4. Taillamp

To replace one of these bulbs:

1. Open the trunk.

2. Remove the two screws, whichsecure the taillamp assembly.

3. Remove the taillamp assemblyby pulling it straight back untilthe two posts disengage fromthe grommets.

4. Remove the bulb socket fromthe taillamp assembly byturning it counterclockwise.

5. Remove the bulb by pulling itstraight out.

6. Install a new bulb into the bulbsocket.

7. Install the bulb socket into thetaillamp assembly by turning itclockwise.

8. Install the taillamp assemblyand tighten the two screws.


Vehicle Care 241

License Plate Lamp

Lamp Assembly

Bulb Assembly

1. Bulb Socket2. Bulb3. Lamp Assembly

To replace one of these bulbs:

1. Push the left end of the lampassembly toward the right.

2. Turn the lamp assembly downto remove it.

3. Turn the bulb socket (1)counterclockwise to remove itfrom the lamp assembly (3).

4. Pull the bulb (2) straight out ofthe bulb socket (1).

5. Push the replacement bulbstraight into the bulb socketand turn the bulb socketclockwise to install it into thelamp assembly.

6. Turn the lamp assembly intothe lamp assembly openingengaging the clip side first.

7. Push on the lamp side oppositethe clip until the lamp assemblysnaps into place.

Replacement Bulbs

Exterior LampBulb

Number

Back-Up Lamp W16W

Front Fog Lamp PSX24W

Front TurnSignal Lamp

7444NA-M

High-BeamHeadlamp

HB3LL

License Plate Lamp W5W LL

Low-BeamHeadlamp

H11 LL

RearSidemarker Lamp

W21W LL

Rear TurnSignal Lamp

WY21W

Stoplamp/Taillamp W21W LL

For replacement bulbs not listedhere, contact your dealer.


242 Vehicle Care

Electrical System

Electrical SystemOverloadThe vehicle has fuses and circuitbreakers to protect against anelectrical system overload.

When the current electrical load istoo heavy, the circuit breaker opensand closes, protecting the circuituntil the current load returns tonormal or the problem is fixed. Thisgreatly reduces the chance of circuitoverload and fire caused byelectrical problems.

Fuses and circuit breakers protectpower devices in the vehicle.

Replace a bad fuse with a new oneof the identical size and rating.

If there is a problem on the road anda fuse needs to be replaced, thesame amperage fuse can beborrowed. Choose some feature ofthe vehicle that is not needed to useand replace it as soon as possible.

Headlamp Wiring

An electrical overload may causethe lamps to go on and off, or insome cases to remain off. Have theheadlamp wiring checked right awayif the lamps go on and off orremain off.

Windshield Wipers

If the wiper motor overheats due toheavy snow or ice, the windshieldwipers will stop until the motor coolsand will then restart.

Although the circuit is protectedfrom electrical overload, overloaddue to heavy snow or ice maycause wiper linkage damage.Always clear ice and heavy snowfrom the windshield before using thewindshield wipers.

If the overload is caused by anelectrical problem and not snow orice, be sure to get it fixed.

Fuses and CircuitBreakersThe wiring circuits in the vehicle areprotected from short circuits by acombination of fuses, circuitbreakers, and fusible thermal links.This greatly reduces the chance offires caused by electrical problems.

Look at the silver-colored bandinside the fuse. If the band is brokenor melted, replace the fuse. Be sureyou replace a bad fuse with a newone of the identical size and rating.


Vehicle Care 243

Engine CompartmentFuse Block1.8L Engines

The engine compartment fuse blockis on the driver side of the vehicle,near the battery.

Caution

Spilling liquid on any electricalcomponent on the vehicle maydamage it. Always keep thecovers on any electricalcomponent.

To access the fuses, press the clipstogether, and lift the cover. Toreinstall the cover, push the coveruntil it is secure.

The vehicle may not be equippedwith all of the fuses, relays, andfeatures shown.

Mini Fuses Usage

1 ABS valve

2 Sunroof

4* Rear fog lamp

5 OSRVM/Powerwindow switch

6 Automaticoccupantsensing/ROS

7 Passive entry/Passive start

8 RVC

10 –/IBS

11 Rear windowdefogger

12 ESCL

13* –/SAI valve

14 OSRVM HTD

15 Front heated seats

16 Fuel system controlmodule 1


244 Vehicle Care

Mini Fuses Usage

17 Canister vent

18 Washer

19* Fuel pump

20 Engine controlmodule 5

21 Fuel system controlmodule 2/Leveling

22 TCM 1/ DC DCconverter


25 Coil




29 Injector/Ignition coil

30 ECM

31 A/C clutch

32 TCM

Mini Fuses Usage

33 Horn

34 Front fog lamps

35 Left high-beamheadlamp

36 Right high-beamheadlamp

* = If equipped

J-CaseFuses

Usage

1 Front wipers

2 ABS pump

3 Blower

4 Run/Crank IEC

6 Cooling fan K4

7 Cooling fan K5

8* SAI pump

9 EVP

10 Start

* = If equipped

Relays Usage

RLY 1 Front wiper control

RLY 2* Rear fog lamp

RLY 3 Front wiper speed

RLY 4 Rear defogger

RLY 5 Run/Crank

RLY 6* –/SAI valve

RLY 8* Fuel pump

RLY 9* SAI pump

RLY 10 Cooling fan K3

RLY 11 P/T

RLY 12 Start

RLY 13 A/C clutch

RLY 14 High-beamheadlamps


* = If equipped


Vehicle Care 245

1.4L Engine


Mini Fuses Usage

1 ABS valve

2 Sunroof

4* Rear fog lamp

5 OSRVM/Powerwindow switch

6 Automaticoccupantsensing/ROS

7 Passive entry/Passive start

8 RVC

9 Rear wiper

10 –/IBS

11 Rear windowdefogger

12 ESCL

14 OSRVM HTD

15 Front heated seats

16 Fuel system controlmodule 1

17 Canister vent

18 Washer

Mini Fuses Usage


21 Fuel system controlmodule 2/Leveling

22 TCM 1/ DC DCconverter


25 Coil




29 Injector/Ignition coil

30 ECM

31 A/C clutch

32 TCM

33 Horn

34 Front fog lamps

35 Left high-beamheadlamp


246 Vehicle Care

Mini Fuses Usage

36 Right high-beamheadlamp

* = If equipped

J-CaseFuses

Usage

1 Front wipers

2 ABS pump

3 Blower

4 Run/Crank IEC

5 Power seat

6 Cooling fan K4

7 Cooling fan K5

9 EVP

10 Start

* = If equipped

Relays Usage

RLY 1 Front wiper control

RLY 2* Rear fog lamp

RLY 3 Front wiper speed

RLY 4 Rear defogger

Relays Usage

RLY 5 Run/Crank



RLY 11 P/T

RLY 12 Start

RLY 13 A/C clutch

RLY 14 High-beamheadlamps


* = If equipped

Instrument Panel FuseBlock

The instrument panel fuse block ison the underside of the driver sideinstrument panel.


Vehicle Care 247


Fuses Usage

DLIS Discrete logicignition switch

DLC Data link connector

SDM Sensing anddiagnostic module

L/GATE Liftgate

PWRWNDWREAR

Rear powerwindow

BCM8 Body controlmodule 8







Fuses Usage


IPC Instrument panelcluster

TELE-MATICS

Telematics

PAS/SBSA Parking assistsystem/Side blindspot alert system

RAIN SNSR Rain sensing wiper

AUDIO Audio

TRAILER1 Trailer 1

LDW/FCA Lane departurewarning/Frontcollision alert

CGM Central gatewaymodule

HVAC1 HVAC 1

HLLD SW Automaticheadlamp levelingswitch


248 Vehicle Care

Fuses Usage

IPC/AOS Instrument panelcluster/Automaticoccupant sensingdisplay

SPARE –

RUN RELAY Run relay

L/GATERELAY

Liftgate relay

IRAP RELAY IRAP Relay

TRAILER2 Trailer hitch 2

CLOCK-SPRING

Clock spring

HVAC2 HVAC 2

HTDSTR WHL

Heated steeringwheel

SPARE –

S/ROOF SW Sunroof switch

CIGAR APO Cigar auxiliarypower outlet

Fuses Usage

ESCL Electric steeringcolumn lock

RAP/ACCYRELAY

Retainedaccessory power/Accessory Relay

PWR WNDWFRONT

Front powerwindows

IRAP ACCY IRAP accessory

BATTCON-

NECTOR

Battery connector

Wheels and Tires

TiresEvery new GM vehicle hashigh-quality tires made by aleading tire manufacturer. Seethe warranty manual forinformation regarding the tirewarranty and where to getservice. For additionalinformation refer to the tiremanufacturer.

{ Warning

. Poorly maintained andimproperly used tires aredangerous.

. Overloading the tires cancause overheating as aresult of too muchflexing. There could be ablowout and a seriouscrash. See Vehicle LoadLimits 0 178.

(Continued)


Vehicle Care 249

Warning (Continued)

. Underinflated tires posethe same danger asoverloaded tires. Theresulting crash couldcause serious injury.Check all tires frequentlyto maintain therecommended pressure.Tire pressure should bechecked when the tiresare cold.

. Overinflated tires aremore likely to be cut,punctured, or broken bya sudden impact — suchas when hitting a pothole.Keep tires at therecommended pressure.

. Worn or old tires cancause a crash. If thetread is badly worn,replace them.

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

. Replace any tires thathave been damaged byimpacts with potholes,curbs, etc.

. Improperly repaired tirescan cause a crash. Onlythe dealer or anauthorized tire servicecenter should repair,replace, dismount, andmount the tires.

. Do not spin the tires inexcess of 56 km/h(35 mph) on slipperysurfaces such as snow,mud, ice, etc. Excessivespinning may cause thetires to explode.

All-Season TiresThis vehicle may come withall-season tires. These tires aredesigned to provide good overallperformance on most road surfaces

and weather conditions. Originalequipment tires designed to GM'sspecific tire performance criteriahave a TPC specification codemolded onto the sidewall. Originalequipment all-season tires can beidentified by the last two charactersof this TPC code, which willbe “MS.”

Consider installing winter tires onthe vehicle if frequent driving onsnow or ice-covered roads isexpected. All-season tires provideadequate performance for mostwinter driving conditions, but theymay not offer the same level oftraction or performance as wintertires on snow or ice-covered roads.See Winter Tires 0 249.

Winter TiresThis vehicle was not originallyequipped with winter tires. Wintertires are designed for increasedtraction on snow and ice-coveredroads. Consider installing wintertires on the vehicle if frequentdriving on ice or snow coveredroads is expected. See your dealer


250 Vehicle Care

for details regarding winter tireavailability and proper tire selection.Also, see Buying New Tires 0 263.

With winter tires, there may bedecreased dry road traction,increased road noise, and shortertread life. After changing to wintertires, be alert for changes in vehiclehandling and braking.

If using winter tires:

. Use tires of the same brand andtread type on all four wheelpositions.

. Use only radial ply tires of thesame size, load range, andspeed rating as the originalequipment tires.

Winter tires with the same speedrating as the original equipment tiresmay not be available for H, V, W, Y,and ZR speed rated tires. If wintertires with a lower speed rating arechosen, never exceed the tire'smaximum speed capability.

Summer TiresThis vehicle may come with highperformance summer tires. Thesetires have a special tread andcompound that are optimized formaximum dry and wet roadperformance. This special tread andcompound will have decreasedperformance in cold climates, andon ice and snow. It is recommendedthat winter tires be installed on thevehicle if frequent driving attemperatures below approximately5 °C (40 °F) or on ice or snowcovered roads is expected. SeeWinter Tires 0 249.

Caution

High performance summer tireshave rubber compounds that loseflexibility and may developsurface cracks in the tread areaat temperatures below −7 °C(20 °F). Always store highperformance summer tiresindoors and at temperaturesabove −7 °C (20 °F) when not in

(Continued)

Caution (Continued)

use. If the tires have beensubjected to −7 °C (20 °F) or less,let them warm up in a heatedspace to at least 5 °C (40 °F) for24 hours or more before beinginstalled or driving a vehicle onwhich they are installed. Do notapply heat or blow heated airdirectly on the tires. Alwaysinspect tires before use. See TireInspection 0 260.

Tire Sidewall LabelingUseful information about a tire ismolded into its sidewall. Theexamples show a typicalpassenger vehicle tire and acompact spare tire sidewall.


Vehicle Care 251

Passenger (P-Metric) Tire Example

(1) Tire Size : The tire size is acombination of letters andnumbers used to define aparticular tire's width, height,aspect ratio, construction type,and service description. See the“Tire Size” illustration later in thissection.

(2) TPC Spec (TirePerformance CriteriaSpecification) : Originalequipment tires designed toGM's specific tire performancecriteria have a TPC specificationcode molded onto the sidewall.

GM's TPC specifications meet orexceed all federal safetyguidelines.

(3) DOT (Department ofTransportation) : TheDepartment of Transportation(DOT) code indicates that thetire is in compliance with theU.S. Department ofTransportation Motor VehicleSafety Standards.

DOT Tire Date ofManufacture : The last fourdigits of the TIN indicate the tiremanufactured date. The first twodigits represent the week (01–52) and the last two digits, theyear. For example, the thirdweek of the year 2010 wouldhave a four-digit DOT dateof 0310.

(4) Tire Identification Number(TIN) : The letters and numbersfollowing the DOT (Departmentof Transportation) code are theTire Identification Number (TIN).The TIN shows the

manufacturer and plant code,tire size, and date the tire wasmanufactured. The TIN ismolded onto both sides of thetire, although only one side mayhave the date of manufacture.

(5) Tire Ply Material : The typeof cord and number of plies inthe sidewall and under the tread.

(6) Uniform Tire QualityGrading (UTQG) : Tiremanufacturers are required tograde tires based on threeperformance factors: treadwear,traction, and temperatureresistance. For more informationsee Uniform Tire QualityGrading 0 264.

(7) Maximum Cold InflationLoad Limit : Maximum load thatcan be carried and themaximum pressure needed tosupport that load.


252 Vehicle Care

Compact Spare Tire Example

(1) Tire Ply Material : The typeof cord and number of plies inthe sidewall and under the tread.

(2) Temporary Use Only : Thecompact spare tire or temporaryuse tire should not be driven atspeeds over 80 km/h (50 mph).The compact spare tire is foremergency use when a regularroad tire has lost air and goneflat. If the vehicle has a compactspare tire, see Compact SpareTire 0 274 and If a Tire GoesFlat 0 267.

(3) Tire Identification Number(TIN) : The letters and numbersfollowing the DOT (Departmentof Transportation) code are theTire Identification Number (TIN).The TIN shows themanufacturer and plant code,tire size, and date the tire wasmanufactured. The TIN ismolded onto both sides of thetire, although only one side mayhave the date of manufacture.

(4) Maximum Cold InflationLoad Limit : Maximum load thatcan be carried and themaximum pressure needed tosupport that load.

(5) Tire Inflation : Thetemporary use tire or compactspare tire should be inflated to420 kPa (60 psi). For moreinformation on tire pressure andinflation see TirePressure 0 256.

(6) Tire Size : A combination ofletters and numbers define atire's width, height, aspect ratio,construction type, and servicedescription. The letter T as thefirst character in the tire sizemeans the tire is for temporaryuse only.

(7) TPC Spec (TirePerformance CriteriaSpecification) : Originalequipment tires designed toGM's specific tire performancecriteria have a TPC specificationcode molded onto the sidewall.GM's TPC specifications meet orexceed all federal safetyguidelines.

Tire Designations

Tire Size

The following is an example of atypical passenger vehicletire size.


Vehicle Care 253

(1) Passenger (P-Metric) Tire :The United States version of ametric tire sizing system. Theletter P as the first character inthe tire size means a passengervehicle tire engineered tostandards set by the U.S. Tireand Rim Association.

(2) Tire Width : The three-digitnumber indicates the tire sectionwidth in millimeters fromsidewall to sidewall.

(3) Aspect Ratio : A two-digitnumber that indicates the tireheight-to-width measurements.For example, if the tire sizeaspect ratio is 60, as shown initem 3 of the illustration, it wouldmean that the tire's sidewall is60 percent as high as it is wide.

(4) Construction Code : A lettercode is used to indicate the typeof ply construction in the tire.The letter R means radial plyconstruction; the letter D meansdiagonal or bias plyconstruction; and the letter Bmeans belted-bias plyconstruction.

(5) Rim Diameter : Diameter ofthe wheel in inches.

(6) Service Description : Thesecharacters represent the loadindex and speed rating of thetire. The load index representsthe load carrying capacity a tireis certified to carry. The speedrating is the maximum speed atire is certified to carry a load.

Tire Terminology andDefinitionsAir Pressure : The amount ofair inside the tire pressingoutward on each square inch of

the tire. Air pressure isexpressed in kPa (kilopascal)or psi (pounds per square inch).

Accessory Weight : Thecombined weight of optionalaccessories. Some examples ofoptional accessories areautomatic transmission, powerwindows, power seats, and airconditioning.

Aspect Ratio : The relationshipof a tire's height to its width.

Belt : A rubber coated layer ofcords between the plies and thetread. Cords may be made fromsteel or other reinforcingmaterials.

Bead : The tire bead containssteel wires wrapped by steelcords that hold the tire ontothe rim.

Bias Ply Tire : A pneumatic tirein which the plies are laid atalternate angles less than90 degrees to the centerline ofthe tread.


254 Vehicle Care

Cold Tire Pressure : Theamount of air pressure in a tire,measured in kPa (kilopascal)or psi (pounds per square inch)before a tire has built up heatfrom driving. See TirePressure 0 256.

Curb Weight : The weight of amotor vehicle with standard andoptional equipment including themaximum capacity of fuel, oil,and coolant, but withoutpassengers and cargo.

DOT Markings : A code moldedinto the sidewall of a tiresignifying that the tire is incompliance with the U.S.Department of Transportation(DOT) Motor Vehicle SafetyStandards. The DOT codeincludes the Tire IdentificationNumber (TIN), an alphanumericdesignator which can alsoidentify the tire manufacturer,production plant, brand, anddate of production.

GVWR : Gross Vehicle WeightRating. See Vehicle LoadLimits 0 178.

GAWR FRT : Gross Axle WeightRating for the front axle. SeeVehicle Load Limits 0 178.

GAWR RR : Gross Axle WeightRating for the rear axle. SeeVehicle Load Limits 0 178.

Intended Outboard Sidewall :The side of an asymmetrical tirethat must always face outwardwhen mounted on a vehicle.

Kilopascal (kPa) : The metricunit for air pressure.

Light Truck (LT-Metric) Tire : Atire used on light duty trucks andsome multipurpose passengervehicles.

Load Index : An assignednumber ranging from 1 to 279that corresponds to the loadcarrying capacity of a tire.

Maximum Inflation Pressure :The maximum air pressure towhich a cold tire can be inflated.The maximum air pressure ismolded onto the sidewall.

Maximum Load Rating : Theload rating for a tire at themaximum permissible inflationpressure for that tire.

Maximum Loaded VehicleWeight : The sum of curbweight, accessory weight,vehicle capacity weight, andproduction options weight.

Normal Occupant Weight : Thenumber of occupants a vehicleis designed to seat multiplied by68 kg (150 lb). See Vehicle LoadLimits 0 178.

Occupant Distribution :Designated seating positions.

Outward Facing Sidewall : Theside of an asymmetrical tire thathas a particular side that facesoutward when mounted on avehicle. The side of the tire that


Vehicle Care 255

contains a whitewall, bearswhite lettering, or bearsmanufacturer, brand, and/ormodel name molding that ishigher or deeper than the samemoldings on the other sidewallof the tire.

Passenger (P-Metric) Tire : Atire used on passenger cars andsome light duty trucks andmultipurpose vehicles.

Recommended InflationPressure : Vehiclemanufacturer's recommendedtire inflation pressure as shownon the tire placard. See TirePressure 0 256 and VehicleLoad Limits 0 178.

Radial Ply Tire : A pneumatictire in which the ply cords thatextend to the beads are laid at90 degrees to the centerline ofthe tread.

Rim : A metal support for a tireand upon which the tire beadsare seated.

Sidewall : The portion of a tirebetween the tread and the bead.

Speed Rating : Analphanumeric code assigned toa tire indicating the maximumspeed at which a tire canoperate.

Traction : The friction betweenthe tire and the road surface.The amount of grip provided.

Tread : The portion of a tire thatcomes into contact withthe road.

Treadwear Indicators : Narrowbands, sometimes called wearbars, that show across the treadof a tire when only 1.6 mm(1/16 in) of tread remains. SeeWhen It Is Time for NewTires 0 262.

UTQGS (Uniform Tire QualityGrading Standards) : A tireinformation system that providesconsumers with ratings for atire's traction, temperature, andtreadwear. Ratings are

determined by tiremanufacturers usinggovernment testing procedures.The ratings are molded into thesidewall of the tire. See UniformTire Quality Grading 0 264.

Vehicle Capacity Weight : Thenumber of designated seatingpositions multiplied by68 kg (150 lb) plus the ratedcargo load. See Vehicle LoadLimits 0 178.

Vehicle Maximum Load on theTire : Load on an individual tiredue to curb weight, accessoryweight, occupant weight, andcargo weight.

Vehicle Placard : A labelpermanently attached to avehicle showing the vehiclecapacity weight and the originalequipment tire size andrecommended inflation pressure.See “Tire and LoadingInformation Label” under VehicleLoad Limits 0 178.


256 Vehicle Care

Tire PressureTires need the correct amount ofair pressure to operateeffectively.

Caution

Neither tire underinflation noroverinflation is good.Underinflated tires, or tiresthat do not have enough air,can result in:

. Tire overloading andoverheating which couldlead to a blowout.

. Premature orirregular wear.

. Poor handling.

. Reduced fuel economy.

Overinflated tires, or tires thathave too much air, canresult in:

. Unusual wear.(Continued)

Caution (Continued)

. Poor handling.

. Rough ride.

. Needless damage fromroad hazards.

The Tire and LoadingInformation label on the vehicleindicates the original equipmenttires and the correct cold tireinflation pressures. Therecommended pressure is theminimum air pressure needed tosupport the vehicle's maximumload carrying capacity. SeeVehicle Load Limits 0 178.

How the vehicle is loadedaffects vehicle handling and ridecomfort. Never load the vehiclewith more weight than it wasdesigned to carry.

When to Check

Check the tires once a month ormore. Do not forget the compactspare, if the vehicle has one.The cold compact spare tirepressure should be at 420 kPa(60 psi). See Compact SpareTire 0 274.

How to Check

Use a good quality pocket-typegauge to check tire pressure.Proper tire inflation cannot bedetermined by looking at the tire.Check the tire inflation pressurewhen the tires are cold, meaningthe vehicle has not been drivenfor at least three hours or nomore than 1.6 km (1 mi).

Remove the valve cap from thetire valve stem. Press the tiregauge firmly onto the valve toget a pressure measurement.If the cold tire inflation pressurematches the recommendedpressure on the Tire andLoading Information label, no


Vehicle Care 257

further adjustment is necessary.If the inflation pressure is low,add air until the recommendedpressure is reached. If theinflation pressure is high, presson the metal stem in the centerof the tire valve to release air.

Recheck the tire pressure withthe tire gauge.

Put the valve caps back on thevalve stems to keep out dirt andmoisture and prevent leaks. Useonly valve caps designed for thevehicle by GM. TPMS sensorscould be damaged and wouldnot be covered by the vehiclewarranty.

Tire Pressure MonitorSystemThe Tire Pressure Monitor System(TPMS) uses radio and sensortechnology to check tire pressurelevels. The TPMS sensors monitorthe air pressure in your tires andtransmit tire pressure readings to areceiver located in the vehicle.

Each tire, including the spare (ifprovided), should be checkedmonthly when cold and inflated tothe inflation pressure recommendedby the vehicle manufacturer on thevehicle placard or tire inflationpressure label. (If your vehicle hastires of a different size than the sizeindicated on the vehicle placard ortire inflation pressure label, youshould determine the proper tireinflation pressure for those tires.)

As an added safety feature, yourvehicle has been equipped with atire pressure monitoring system(TPMS) that illuminates a low tirepressure telltale when one or moreof your tires is significantlyunder-inflated.

Accordingly, when the low tirepressure telltale illuminates, youshould stop and check your tires assoon as possible, and inflate themto the proper pressure. Driving on asignificantly under-inflated tirecauses the tire to overheat and canlead to tire failure. Under-inflationalso reduces fuel efficiency and tire

tread life, and may affect thevehicle's handling and stoppingability.

Please note that the TPMS is not asubstitute for proper tiremaintenance, and it is the driver'sresponsibility to maintain correct tirepressure, even if under-inflation hasnot reached the level to triggerillumination of the TPMS low tirepressure telltale.

Your vehicle has also beenequipped with a TPMS malfunctionindicator to indicate when thesystem is not operating properly.The TPMS malfunction indicator iscombined with the low tire pressuretelltale. When the system detects amalfunction, the telltale will flash forapproximately one minute and thenremain continuously illuminated.This sequence will continue uponsubsequent vehicle start-ups aslong as the malfunction exists.

When the malfunction indicator isilluminated, the system may not beable to detect or signal low tirepressure as intended. TPMSmalfunctions may occur for a variety


258 Vehicle Care

of reasons, including the installationof replacement or alternate tires orwheels on the vehicle that preventthe TPMS from functioning properly.Always check the TPMS malfunctiontelltale after replacing one or moretires or wheels on your vehicle toensure that the replacement oralternate tires and wheels allow theTPMS to continue to functionproperly.

See Tire Pressure MonitorOperation 0 258.


Tire Pressure MonitorOperationThis vehicle may have a TirePressure Monitor System (TPMS).The TPMS is designed to warn thedriver when a low tire pressurecondition exists. TPMS sensors aremounted onto each tire and wheelassembly, excluding the spare tireand wheel assembly. The TPMSsensors monitor the air pressure in

the tires and transmit the tirepressure readings to a receiverlocated in the vehicle.

When a low tire pressure conditionis detected, the TPMS illuminatesthe low tire pressure warning lightlocated on the instrument cluster.If the warning light comes on, stopas soon as possible and inflate thetires to the recommended pressureshown on the Tire and LoadingInformation label. See Vehicle LoadLimits 0 178.

The low tire pressure warning lightcomes on at each ignition cycle untilthe tires are inflated to the correctinflation pressure.

The low tire pressure warning lightmay come on in cool weather whenthe vehicle is first started, and thenturn off as the vehicle is driven. This

could be an early indicator that theair pressure is getting low and mustbe inflated to the proper pressure.

A Tire and Loading Information labelshows the size of the originalequipment tires and the correctinflation pressure for the tires whenthey are cold. See Vehicle LoadLimits 0 178, for an example of theTire and Loading Information labeland its location. Also see TirePressure 0 256.

The TPMS can warn about a lowtire pressure condition but it doesnot replace normal tiremaintenance. See Tire Inspection0 260, Tire Rotation 0 261 andTires 0 248.

Caution

Tire sealant materials are not allthe same. A non-approved tiresealant could damage the TPMSsensors. TPMS sensor damagecaused by using an incorrect tiresealant is not covered by thevehicle warranty. Always use only

(Continued)


Vehicle Care 259

Caution (Continued)

the GM approved tire sealantavailable through your dealer orincluded in the vehicle.

TPMS Malfunction Light

The TPMS will not function properlyif one or more of the TPMS sensorsare missing or inoperable. When thesystem detects a malfunction, thelow tire warning light flashes forabout one minute and then stays onfor the remainder of the ignitioncycle. The malfunction light comeson at each ignition cycle until theproblem is corrected. Some of theconditions that can cause this tocome on are:

. One of the road tires has beenreplaced with the spare tire. Thespare tire does not have aTPMS sensor. The malfunctionlight should go off after the roadtire is replaced and the sensormatching process is performed

successfully. See "TPMS SensorMatching Process" later in thissection.

. The TPMS sensor matchingprocess was not done or notcompleted successfully afterrotating the tires. Themalfunction light should go offafter successfully completing thesensor matching process. See"TPMS Sensor MatchingProcess" later in this section.

. One or more TPMS sensors aremissing or damaged. Themalfunction light should go offwhen the TPMS sensors areinstalled and the sensormatching process is performedsuccessfully. See your dealer forservice.

. Replacement tires or wheels donot match the original equipmenttires or wheels. Tires and wheelsother than those recommendedcould prevent the TPMS fromfunctioning properly. See BuyingNew Tires 0 263.

. Operating electronic devices orbeing near facilities using radiowave frequencies similar to theTPMS could cause the TPMSsensors to malfunction.

If the TPMS is not functioningproperly, it cannot detect or signal alow tire condition. See your dealerfor service if the TPMS malfunctionlight comes on and stays on.

TPMS Sensor MatchingProcess

Each TPMS sensor has a uniqueidentification code. The identificationcode needs to be matched to a newtire/wheel position after rotating thetires or replacing one or more of theTPMS sensors. The TPMS sensormatching process should also beperformed after replacing a sparetire with a road tire containing theTPMS sensor. The malfunction lightshould go off at the next ignitioncycle. The sensors are matched tothe tire/wheel positions, using aTPMS relearn tool, in the followingorder: driver side front tire,passenger side front tire, passengerside rear tire, and driver side rear.


260 Vehicle Care

See your dealer for service or topurchase a relearn tool. A TPMSrelearn tool can also be purchased.See Tire Pressure Monitor SensorActivation Tool atwww.gmtoolsandequipment.com orcall 1-800-GM TOOLS(1-800-468-6657).

There are two minutes to match thefirst tire/wheel position, andfive minutes overall to match all fourtire/wheel positions. If it takeslonger, the matching process stopsand must be restarted.

The TPMS sensor matchingprocess is:

1. Set the parking brake.

2. Turn the ignition to ON/RUNwith the engine off or place thevehicle power mode in ON/RUN/START. See IgnitionPositions (Key Access) 0 182or Ignition Positions (KeylessAccess) 0 183.

3. Press the MENU button todisplay the menu items in theDriver InformationCenter (DIC).

4. Use the thumbwheel to scroll tothe Tire Learn menu itemscreen.

5. Press and hold the SET/CLRbutton to begin the sensormatching process.

A message requestingacceptance of the process maydisplay.

6. The horn sounds twice tosignal the receiver is in relearnmode and the TIRE LEARNmessage may display on theDIC screen.

7. Start with the driver sidefront tire.

8. Place the relearn tool againstthe tire sidewall, near the valvestem. Then press the button toactivate the TPMS sensor.A horn chirp confirms that thesensor identification code hasbeen matched to this tire andwheel position.

9. Proceed to the passenger sidefront tire, and repeat theprocedure in Step 8.

10. Proceed to the passenger siderear tire, and repeat theprocedure in Step 8.

11. Proceed to the driver side reartire, and repeat the procedurein Step 8. The horn sounds twotimes to indicate the sensoridentification code has beenmatched to the driver side reartire, and the TPMS sensormatching process is no longeractive. The TIRE LEARNmessage on the DIC displayscreen goes off.


13. Set all four tires to therecommended air pressurelevel as indicated on the Tireand Loading Information label.

Tire InspectionWe recommend that the tires,including the spare tire, if thevehicle has one, be inspectedfor signs of wear or damage atleast once a month.


Vehicle Care 261

Replace the tire if:

. The indicators at three ormore places around the tirecan be seen.

. There is cord or fabricshowing through the tire'srubber.

. The tread or sidewall iscracked, cut, or snaggeddeep enough to show cord orfabric.

. The tire has a bump, bulge,or split.

. The tire has a puncture, cut,or other damage that cannotbe repaired well because ofthe size or location of thedamage.

Tire RotationTires should be rotated every12 000 km (7,500 mi). SeeMaintenance Schedule 0 290.

Tires are rotated to achieve amore uniform wear for all tires.The first rotation is the mostimportant.

Anytime unusual wear isnoticed, rotate the tires as soonas possible, check for proper tireinflation pressure, and check fordamaged tires or wheels. If theunusual wear continues after therotation, check the wheelalignment. See When It Is Timefor New Tires 0 262 and WheelReplacement 0 266.

Use this rotation pattern whenrotating the tires.

Do not include the compactspare tire in the tire rotation.

Adjust the front and rear tires tothe recommended inflationpressure on the Tire andLoading Information label afterthe tires have been rotated. SeeTire Pressure 0 256 and VehicleLoad Limits 0 178.

Reset the Tire Pressure MonitorSystem. See Tire PressureMonitor Operation 0 258.

Check that all wheel nuts areproperly tightened. See “WheelNut Torque” under Capacitiesand Specifications 0 304.

{ Warning

Rust or dirt on a wheel, or on theparts to which it is fastened, canmake wheel nuts become looseafter time. The wheel could come

(Continued)


262 Vehicle Care

Warning (Continued)

off and cause an accident. Whenchanging a wheel, remove anyrust or dirt from places where thewheel attaches to the vehicle. Inan emergency, a cloth or a papertowel can be used; however, usea scraper or wire brush later toremove all rust or dirt.

Lightly coat the center of thewheel hub with wheel bearinggrease after a wheel change ortire rotation to prevent corrosionor rust build-up. Do not getgrease on the flat wheelmounting surface or on thewheel nuts or bolts.

When It Is Time for NewTiresFactors such as maintenance,temperatures, driving speeds,vehicle loading, and road conditionsaffect the wear rate of the tires.

Treadwear indicators are one way totell when it is time for new tires.Treadwear indicators appear whenthe tires have only 1.6 mm (1/16 in)or less of tread remaining.See Tire Inspection 0 260 and TireRotation 0 261.

The rubber in tires ages over time.This also applies to the spare tire,if the vehicle has one, even if it isnever used. Multiple factorsincluding temperatures, loadingconditions, and inflation pressuremaintenance affect how fast agingtakes place. GM recommends thattires, including the spare ifequipped, be replaced after sixyears, regardless of tread wear. The

tire manufacture date is the last fourdigits of the DOT Tire IdentificationNumber (TIN) which is molded intoone side of the tire sidewall. Thefirst two digits represent the week(01–52) and the last two digits, theyear. For example, the third week ofthe year 2010 would have afour-digit DOT date of 0310.

Vehicle Storage

Tires age when stored normallymounted on a parked vehicle. Parka vehicle that will be stored for atleast a month in a cool, dry, cleanarea away from direct sunlight toslow aging. This area should be freeof grease, gasoline, or othersubstances that can deterioraterubber.

Parking for an extended period cancause flat spots on the tires thatmay result in vibrations whiledriving. When storing a vehicle forat least a month, remove the tires orraise the vehicle to reduce theweight from the tires.


Vehicle Care 263

Buying New TiresGM has developed and matchedspecific tires for the vehicle. Theoriginal equipment tires installedwere designed to meet GeneralMotors Tire Performance CriteriaSpecification (TPC Spec)system rating. Whenreplacement tires are needed,GM strongly recommendsbuying tires with the same TPCSpec rating.

GM's exclusive TPC Specsystem considers over a dozencritical specifications that impactthe overall performance of thevehicle, including brake systemperformance, ride and handling,traction control, and tirepressure monitoringperformance. GM's TPC Specnumber is molded onto the tire'ssidewall near the tire size. If thetires have an all-season treaddesign, the TPC Spec number

will be followed by MS for mudand snow. See Tire SidewallLabeling 0 250.

GM recommends replacing worntires in complete sets of four.Uniform tread depth on all tireswill help to maintain theperformance of the vehicle.Braking and handlingperformance may be adverselyaffected if all the tires are notreplaced at the same time.If proper rotation andmaintenance have been done,all four tires should wear out atabout the same time. See TireRotation 0 261. However, if it isnecessary to replace only oneaxle set of worn tires, place thenew tires on the rear axle.

Winter tires with the same speedrating as the original equipmenttires may not be available for H,V, W, Y and ZR speed ratedtires. Never exceed the winter

tires’ maximum speed capabilitywhen using winter tires with alower speed rating.

{ Warning

Tires could explode duringimproper service. Attemptingto mount or dismount a tirecould cause injury or death.Only your dealer or authorizedtire service center shouldmount or dismount the tires.

{ Warning

Mixing tires of different sizes,brands, or types may causeloss of control of the vehicle,resulting in a crash or othervehicle damage. Use thecorrect size, brand, and typeof tires on all wheels.


264 Vehicle Care

{ Warning

Using bias-ply tires on thevehicle may cause the wheelrim flanges to develop cracksafter many miles of driving.A tire and/or wheel could failsuddenly and cause a crash.Use only radial-ply tires withthe wheels on the vehicle.

If the vehicle tires must bereplaced with a tire that does nothave a TPC Spec number, makesure they are the same size,load range, speed rating, andconstruction (radial) as theoriginal tires.

Vehicles that have a tirepressure monitoring systemcould give an inaccuratelow-pressure warning if non-TPCSpec rated tires are installed.See Tire Pressure MonitorSystem 0 257.

The Tire and LoadingInformation label indicates theoriginal equipment tires on thevehicle. See Vehicle LoadLimits 0 178.

Different Size Tires andWheelsIf wheels or tires are installed thatare a different size than the originalequipment wheels and tires, vehicleperformance, including its braking,ride and handling characteristics,stability, and resistance to rollovermay be affected. If the vehicle haselectronic systems such as antilockbrakes, rollover airbags, tractioncontrol, electronic stability control,or All-Wheel Drive, the performanceof these systems can also beaffected.

{ Warning

If different sized wheels are used,there may not be an acceptablelevel of performance and safety if

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

tires not recommended for thosewheels are selected. Thisincreases the chance of a crashand serious injury. Only use GMspecific wheel and tire systemsdeveloped for the vehicle, andhave them properly installed by aGM certified technician.

See Buying New Tires 0 263 andAccessories andModifications 0 214.

Uniform Tire QualityGradingThe following information relatesto the system developed by theUnited States National HighwayTraffic Safety Administration(NHTSA), which grades tires bytreadwear, traction, andtemperature performance. Thisapplies only to vehicles sold inthe United States. The gradesare molded on the sidewalls of


Vehicle Care 265

most passenger car tires. TheUniform Tire Quality Grading(UTQG) system does not applyto deep tread, winter tires,compact spare tires, tires withnominal rim diameters of10 to 12 inches (25 to 30 cm),or to some limited-productiontires.

While the tires available onGeneral Motors passenger carsand light trucks may vary withrespect to these grades, theymust also conform to federalsafety requirements andadditional General Motors TirePerformance Criteria (TPC)standards.

Quality grades can be foundwhere applicable on the tiresidewall between tread shoulderand maximum section width. Forexample:

Treadwear 200 Traction AATemperature A

All Passenger Car Tires MustConform to Federal SafetyRequirements In Addition ToThese Grades.

Treadwear

The treadwear grade is acomparative rating based on thewear rate of the tire when testedunder controlled conditions on aspecified government testcourse. For example, a tiregraded 150 would wear one andone-half (1½) times as well onthe government course as a tiregraded 100. The relativeperformance of tires dependsupon the actual conditions oftheir use, however, and maydepart significantly from thenorm due to variations in drivinghabits, service practices anddifferences in roadcharacteristics and climate.

Traction

The traction grades, fromhighest to lowest, are AA, A, B,and C. Those grades representthe tire's ability to stop on wetpavement as measured undercontrolled conditions onspecified government testsurfaces of asphalt andconcrete. A tire marked C mayhave poor traction performance.Warning: The traction gradeassigned to this tire is based onstraight-ahead braking tractiontests, and does not includeacceleration, cornering,hydroplaning, or peak tractioncharacteristics.

Temperature

The temperature grades are A(the highest), B, and C,representing the tire's resistanceto the generation of heat and itsability to dissipate heat whentested under controlledconditions on a specified indoor


266 Vehicle Care

laboratory test wheel. Sustainedhigh temperature can cause thematerial of the tire to degenerateand reduce tire life, andexcessive temperature can leadto sudden tire failure. The gradeC corresponds to a level ofperformance which allpassenger car tires must meetunder the Federal Motor SafetyStandard No. 109. Grades B andA represent higher levels ofperformance on the laboratorytest wheel than the minimumrequired by law. Warning: Thetemperature grade for this tire isestablished for a tire that isproperly inflated and notoverloaded. Excessive speed,underinflation, or excessiveloading, either separately or incombination, can cause heatbuildup and possible tire failure.

Wheel Alignment and TireBalanceThe tires and wheels were alignedand balanced at the factory toprovide the longest tire life and bestoverall performance. Adjustments towheel alignment and tire balancingare not necessary on a regularbasis. Consider an alignment checkif there is unusual tire wear or thevehicle is significantly pulling to oneside or the other. Some slight pull tothe left or right, depending on thecrown of the road and/or other roadsurface variations such as troughsor ruts, is normal. If the vehicle isvibrating when driving on a smoothroad, the tires and wheels may needto be rebalanced. See your dealerfor proper diagnosis.

Wheel ReplacementReplace any wheel that is bent,cracked, or badly rusted orcorroded. If wheel nuts keep comingloose, the wheel, wheel bolts, andwheel nuts should be replaced.If the wheel leaks air, replace it.

Some aluminum wheels can berepaired. See your dealer if any ofthese conditions exist.

Your dealer will know the kind ofwheel that is needed.

Each new wheel should have thesame load-carrying capacity,diameter, width, offset, and bemounted the same way as the one itreplaces.

Replace wheels, wheel bolts, wheelnuts, or Tire Pressure MonitorSystem (TPMS) sensors with newGM original equipment parts.

{ Warning

Using the wrong replacementwheels, wheel bolts, or wheelnuts can be dangerous. It couldaffect the braking and handling ofthe vehicle. Tires can lose air,and cause loss of control, causinga crash. Always use the correctwheel, wheel bolts, and wheelnuts for replacement.


Vehicle Care 267

Caution

The wrong wheel can also causeproblems with bearing life, brakecooling, speedometer orodometer calibration, headlampaim, bumper height, vehicleground clearance, and tire or tirechain clearance to the body andchassis.

Used Replacement Wheels

{ Warning

Replacing a wheel with a usedone is dangerous. How it hasbeen used or how far it has beendriven may be unknown. It couldfail suddenly and cause a crash.When replacing wheels, use anew GM original equipmentwheel.

Tire Chains

{ Warning

Do not use tire chains. There isnot enough clearance. Tire chainsused on a vehicle without theproper amount of clearance cancause damage to the brakes,suspension, or other vehicleparts. The area damaged by thetire chains could cause loss ofcontrol and a crash.

Use another type of tractiondevice only if its manufacturerrecommends it for the vehicle'stire size combination and roadconditions. Follow thatmanufacturer's instructions. Toavoid vehicle damage, drive slowand readjust or remove thetraction device if it contacts thevehicle. Do not spin the wheels.If traction devices are used, installthem on the front tires.

If a Tire Goes FlatIt is unusual for a tire to blow outwhile driving, especially if the tiresare maintained properly. See Tires0 248. If air goes out of a tire, it ismuch more likely to leak out slowly.But if there ever is a blowout, hereare a few tips about what to expectand what to do:

If a front tire fails, the flat tirecreates a drag that pulls the vehicletoward that side. Take your foot offthe accelerator pedal and grip thesteering wheel firmly. Steer tomaintain lane position, and thengently brake to a stop, well off theroad, if possible.

A rear blowout, particularly on acurve, acts much like a skid andmay require the same correction asused in a skid. Stop pressing theaccelerator pedal and steer tostraighten the vehicle. It may bevery bumpy and noisy. Gently braketo a stop, well off the road,if possible.


268 Vehicle Care

{ Warning

Driving on a flat tire will causepermanent damage to the tire.Re-inflating a tire after it has beendriven on while severelyunderinflated or flat may cause ablowout and a serious crash.Never attempt to re-inflate a tirethat has been driven on whileseverely underinflated or flat.Have your dealer or an authorizedtire service center repair orreplace the flat tire as soon aspossible.

{ Warning

Lifting a vehicle and getting underit to do maintenance or repairs isdangerous without theappropriate safety equipment andtraining. If a jack is provided withthe vehicle, it is designed only forchanging a flat tire. If it is used foranything else, you or others could

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

be badly injured or killed if thevehicle slips off the jack. If a jackis provided with the vehicle, onlyuse it for changing a flat tire.

If a tire goes flat, avoid further tireand wheel damage by driving slowlyto a level place, well off the road,if possible. Turn on the hazardwarning flashers. See HazardWarning Flashers 0 136.

{ Warning

Changing a tire can bedangerous. The vehicle can slipoff the jack and roll over or fallcausing injury or death. Find alevel place to change the tire. Tohelp prevent the vehicle frommoving:

1. Set the parking brake firmly.

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

2. Put an automatictransmission in P (Park) or amanual transmission in1 (First) or R (Reverse).

3. Turn off the engine and donot restart while the vehicleis raised.

4. Do not allow passengers toremain in the vehicle.

5. Place wheel blocks,if equipped, on both sides ofthe tire at the oppositecorner of the tire beingchanged.

When the vehicle has a flat tire (2),use the following example as aguide to assist in the placement ofthe wheel blocks (1), if equipped.


Vehicle Care 269

1. Wheel Block (If Equipped)2. Flat Tire

The following information explainshow to repair or change a tire.

Tire Changing

Removing the Spare Tire andTools

The compact spare tire and toolsare located in the storagecompartment in the rear of thevehicle. The jack and tools arestored below the spare tire.

1. Extension2. Jack3. Wheel Wrench4. Strap

To access the spare tire and tools:

1. Open the trunk or liftgate. SeeTrunk (Sedan) 0 41 or Liftgate(Hatchback) 0 43.

2. Lift the trim cover.

3. Turn the retainercounterclockwise and remove itfrom the compact spare.

4. Remove the compact sparetire. See Compact Spare Tire0 274 for more information.

5. Remove the jack and toolsfrom their container and placethem near the tire beingchanged.

Removing the Flat Tire andInstalling the Spare Tire

1. Do a safety check beforeproceeding. See If a Tire GoesFlat 0 267.


270 Vehicle Care

2. Remove the wheel cover, if thevehicle has one, to reach thewheel bolts.

3. Turn the wheel nutscounterclockwise to loosenthem. Do not remove them yet.

4. If this vehicle is the RS model,locate the front or rear jackcover on the rocker moldingnear the tire being changed.

Place your hand behind theedge of the cover on the rockermolding. Pull down and out toremove the cover.

The cover will remain attachedto the molding by a tether.

5. Place the jack at the positionmarked with a half circle.


Vehicle Care 271

6. Insert the jack handle into thejack and the wheel wrenchonto the end of the jack handle.

7. Turn the wheel wrenchclockwise until the lift head isfirmly contacting the properlifting point nearest the flat tire.

{ Warning

Getting under a vehicle when it islifted on a jack is dangerous.If the vehicle slips off the jack,you could be badly injured orkilled. Never get under a vehiclewhen it is supported only bya jack.

{ Warning

Raising the vehicle with the jackimproperly positioned candamage the vehicle and evenmake the vehicle fall. To helpavoid personal injury and vehicle

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

damage, be sure to fit the jack lifthead into the proper locationbefore raising the vehicle.

8. Turn the wheel wrenchclockwise to raise the vehicle.Raise the vehicle far enoughoff the ground so there isenough room for the compactspare tire to fit underneath thewheel well.

9. Turn the wheel nutscounterclockwise toremove them.

10. Remove the flat tire.

{ Warning

Rust or dirt on a wheel, or on theparts to which it is fastened, canmake wheel nuts become looseafter time. The wheel could comeoff and cause an accident. Whenchanging a wheel, remove any

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

rust or dirt from places where thewheel attaches to the vehicle. Inan emergency, a cloth or a papertowel can be used; however, usea scraper or wire brush later toremove all rust or dirt.

11. Remove any rust or dirt fromthe wheel bolts, mountingsurfaces, and spare wheel.

12. Place the compact spare tireon the wheel-mounting surface.


272 Vehicle Care

{ Warning

Never use oil or grease on boltsor nuts because the nuts mightcome loose. The vehicle's wheelcould fall off, causing a crash.

13. Reinstall the wheel nuts.Tighten each nut by hand untilthe wheel is held againstthe hub.

14. Lower the vehicle by turningthe wheel wrenchcounterclockwise. Lower thejack completely.

{ Warning

Wheel nuts that are improperly orincorrectly tightened can causethe wheels to become loose orcome off. The wheel nuts shouldbe tightened with a torque wrenchto the proper torque specificationafter replacing. Follow the torquespecification supplied by theaftermarket manufacturer when

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

using accessory locking wheelnuts. See Capacities andSpecifications 0 304 for originalequipment wheel nut torquespecifications.

Caution

Improperly tightened wheel nutscan lead to brake pulsation androtor damage. To avoid expensivebrake repairs, evenly tighten thewheel nuts in the propersequence and to the propertorque specification. SeeCapacities and Specifications0 304 for the wheel nut torquespecification.

15. Tighten the wheel nuts firmly ina crisscross sequence, asshown.

Caution

Wheel covers will not fit on thevehicle's compact spare. If you tryto put a wheel cover on thecompact spare, the cover or thespare could be damaged.


Vehicle Care 273

Storing a Flat or Spare Tireand Tools

{ Warning

Storing a jack, a tire, or otherequipment in the passengercompartment of the vehicle couldcause injury. In a sudden stop orcollision, loose equipment couldstrike someone. Store all these inthe proper place.

Storing the Flat Tire and Tools

1. Return the jack and tools totheir original storage location.

2. Replace the trim cover.

3. Place the flat tire, lying flat, inthe rear storage compartment.

If the vehicle is a sedan the flattire should be against the backof the rear seats.

If the vehicle is a hatchbackthe flat tire should be againstthe back of the trunk.

4. Attach one end of the strap toa cargo tie-down in the rear ofthe vehicle.

Sedan

Hatchback

5. Route the strap through thewheel, as shown.

6. Attach the other end of thestrap to the other cargotie-down in the rear of thevehicle.

7. Tighten the strap.

Storing the Compact Spare Tireand Tools

Reverse the instructions forremoving the spare tire and tools tostore the compact spare tire.

The compact spare tire is fortemporary use only. Replace thecompact spare tire with a full-sizetire as soon as you can. SeeCompact Spare Tire 0 274.


274 Vehicle Care

Compact Spare Tire

{ Warning

Driving with more than onecompact spare tire at a time couldresult in loss of braking andhandling. This could lead to acrash and you or others could beinjured. Use only one compactspare tire at a time.

If this vehicle has a compact sparetire, it was fully inflated when new;however, it can lose air over time.Check the inflation pressureregularly. It should be 420 kPa(60 psi).

Stop as soon as possible and checkthat the spare tire is correctlyinflated after being installed on thevehicle. The compact spare tire isdesigned for temporary use only.The vehicle will perform differentlywith the spare tire installed and it isrecommended that the vehiclespeed be limited to 80 km/h(50 mph). To conserve the tread ofthe spare tire, have the standard tire

repaired or replaced as soon asconvenient and return the spare tireto the storage area.

When using a compact spare tire,the AWD (if equipped), ABS, andTraction Control systems mayengage until the spare tire isrecognized by the vehicle,especially on slippery roads. Adjustdriving to reduce possiblewheel slip.

Caution

When the compact spare isinstalled, do not take the vehiclethrough an automatic car washwith guide rails. The compactspare can get caught on the railswhich can damage the tire, wheel,and other parts of the vehicle.

Do not use the compact spare onother vehicles.

Do not mix the compact spare tire orwheel with other wheels or tires.They will not fit. Keep the spare tireand its wheel together.

Caution

Tire chains will not fit the compactspare. Using them can damagethe vehicle and the chains. Do notuse tire chains on the compactspare.


Vehicle Care 275

Jump Starting

Jump Starting - NorthAmericaFor more information about thevehicle battery, see Battery - NorthAmerica 0 234.

If the battery has run down, try touse another vehicle and somejumper cables to start your vehicle.Be sure to use the following steps todo it safely.

{ Warning

WARNING: Battery posts,terminals, and relatedaccessories contain lead and leadcompounds, chemicals known tothe State of California to causecancer and birth defects or otherreproductive harm. Batteries alsocontain other chemicals known tothe State of California to causecancer. WASH HANDS AFTERHANDLING.

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

See California Proposition65 Warning 0 213.

{ Warning

Batteries can hurt you. They canbe dangerous because:

. They contain acid that canburn you.

. They contain gas that canexplode or ignite.

. They contain enoughelectricity to burn you.

If you do not follow these stepsexactly, some or all of thesethings can hurt you.

Caution

Ignoring these steps could resultin costly damage to the vehiclethat would not be covered by thevehicle warranty. Trying to startthe vehicle by pushing or pulling itwill not work, and it could damagethe vehicle.

1. Discharged BatteryPositive Post

2. Discharged BatteryNegative Post

3. Good Battery Negative Post4. Good Battery Positive Post


276 Vehicle Care

The jump start negative post andpositive post are on the dischargedbattery on the driver side of thevehicle.

The jump start positive post andnegative post are on the battery ofthe vehicle providing the jump start.

The positive jump start connectionfor the discharged battery is under atrim cover. Open the cover toexpose the terminal.

1. Check the other vehicle.It must have a 12-volt batterywith a negative ground system.

Caution

If the other vehicle does not havea 12-volt system with a negativeground, both vehicles can bedamaged. Only use a vehicle thathas a 12-volt system with anegative ground for jump starting.

2. Position the two vehicles sothat they are not touching.

3. Set the parking brake firmlyand put the shift lever inP (Park) with an automatictransmission, or Neutral with amanual transmission. SeeShifting Into Park (AutomaticTransmission) 0 187 with anautomatic transmission, orParking 0 189 with a manualtransmission.

Caution

If any accessories are left on orplugged in during the jumpstarting procedure, they could bedamaged. The repairs would notbe covered by the vehiclewarranty. Whenever possible, turnoff or unplug all accessories oneither vehicle when jump starting.

4. Turn the ignition to LOCK/OFF.Turn off all lights andaccessories in both vehicles,except the hazard warningflashers if needed.

{ Warning

An electric fan can start up evenwhen the engine is not runningand can injure you. Keep hands,clothing, and tools away from anyunderhood electric fan.

{ Warning

Using a match near a battery cancause battery gas to explode.People have been hurt doing this,and some have been blinded.Use a flashlight if you need morelight.

Battery fluid contains acid thatcan burn you. Do not get it onyou. If you accidentally get it inyour eyes or on your skin, flushthe place with water and getmedical help immediately.


Vehicle Care 277

{ Warning

Fans or other moving engineparts can injure you badly. Keepyour hands away from movingparts once the engine is running.

5. Connect one end of the redpositive (+) cable to thepositive (+) terminal on thedischarged battery.

6. Connect the other end of thered positive (+) cable to thepositive (+) terminal of the goodbattery.

7. Connect one end of the blacknegative (–) cable to thenegative (–) terminal of thegood battery.

8. Connect the other end of theblack negative (–) cable to thenegative (–) post for thedischarged battery.

9. Start the engine in the vehiclewith the good battery and runthe engine at idle speed for atleast four minutes.

10. Try to start the vehicle that hadthe dead battery. If it will notstart after a few tries, itprobably needs service.

Caution

If the jumper cables areconnected or removed in thewrong order, electrical shortingmay occur and damage thevehicle. The repairs would not becovered by the vehicle warranty.Always connect and remove thejumper cables in the correct order,making sure that the cables donot touch each other or othermetal.

Jumper Cable Removal

Reverse the sequence exactly whenremoving the jumper cables.

After starting the disabled vehicleand removing the jumper cables,allow it to idle for several minutes.

Towing the Vehicle

Caution

Incorrectly towing a disabledvehicle may cause damage. Thedamage would not be covered bythe vehicle warranty.

Do not lash or hook tosuspension components. Use theproper straps around the tires tosecure the vehicle.

Have the vehicle towed on a flatbedcar carrier. A wheel lift tow truckcould damage the vehicle.

Consult your dealer or aprofessional towing service if thedisabled vehicle must be towed.

Recreational VehicleTowingRecreational vehicle towing meanstowing the vehicle behind anothervehicle, such as a motor home. Thetwo most common types ofrecreational vehicle towing are


278 Vehicle Care

known as dinghy towing and dollytowing. Dinghy towing is towing thevehicle with all four wheels on theground. Dolly towing is towing thevehicle with two wheels on theground and two wheels up on adevice known as a dolly.

Here are some important things toconsider before recreational vehicletowing:

. What is the towing capacity ofthe towing vehicle? Be sure toread the tow vehiclemanufacturer'srecommendations.

. What is the distance that will betraveled? Some vehicles haverestrictions on how far and howlong they can tow.

. Is the proper towing equipmentgoing to be used? See yourdealer or trailering professionalfor additional advice andequipment recommendations.

. Is the vehicle ready to betowed? Just as preparing thevehicle for a long trip, make surethe vehicle is prepared to betowed.

Caution

Use of a shield mounted in frontof the vehicle grille could restrictairflow and cause damage to thetransmission. The repairs wouldnot be covered by the vehiclewarranty. If using a shield, onlyuse one that attaches to thetowing vehicle.

Dinghy Towing RS Model withAutomatic Transmission

Caution

If the vehicle is towed with all fourwheels on the ground, thedrivetrain components could bedamaged. The repairs would notbe covered by the vehiclewarranty. Do not tow the vehiclewith all four wheels on theground.


Vehicle Care 279

The vehicle was not designed to betowed with all four wheels on theground. If the vehicle must betowed, a dolly should be used. Seethe information on dolly towing laterin this section.

Dinghy Towing All except RSModel with AutomaticTransmission

When dinghy towing a vehicle withan automatic transmission, thevehicle should be run at thebeginning of each day and at eachRV fuel stop for about five minutes.This will ensure proper lubrication oftransmission components.

To dinghy tow the vehicle from thefront with all four wheels on theground:

1. Position the vehicle to tow andthen secure it to the towingvehicle.

2. Shift the automatictransmission to P (Park) or amanual transmission into1 (First) gear and turn theignition to LOCK/OFF.

3. Set the parking brake.

4. To prevent the battery fromdraining while the vehicle isbeing towed, remove the DLISfuse from the instrument panelfuse block. See InstrumentPanel Fuse Block 0 246.

5. Turn the ignition to ACC/ACCESSORY.

6. Shift an automatic transmissionto N (Neutral) or a manualtransmission to Neutral.

7. Release the parking brake.

Reinstall the DLIS fuse once thedestination has been reached.

Caution

If 105 km/h (65 mph) is exceededwhile towing the vehicle, it couldbe damaged. Never exceed105 km/h (65 mph) while towingthe vehicle.

Caution

Towing the vehicle from the rearcould damage it. Also, repairswould not be covered by thevehicle warranty. Never have thevehicle towed from the rear.


280 Vehicle Care

Dolly Towing from the Front

The vehicle can be towed from thefront using a dolly. To tow thevehicle using a dolly:

1. Attach the dolly to the towvehicle following the dollymanufacturer's instructions.

2. Drive the front wheels onto thedolly.

3. Put an automatic transmissionin P (Park) or a manualtransmission into 1 (First) gear.

4. Set the parking brake andremove the key.

5. Clamp the steering wheel in astraight-ahead position with aclamping device designed fortowing.

6. Secure the vehicle to the dolly.

7. Release the parking brake.

Dolly Towing from the Rear

Caution

Towing the vehicle from the rearcould damage it. Also, repairswould not be covered by thevehicle warranty. Never have thevehicle towed from the rear.

Appearance Care

Exterior Care

Locks

Locks are lubricated at the factory.Use a de-icing agent only whenabsolutely necessary, and have thelocks greased after using. SeeRecommended Fluids andLubricants 0 300.

Washing the Vehicle

To preserve the vehicle's finish,wash it often and out of directsunlight.

Caution

Do not use petroleum-based,acidic, or abrasive cleaningagents as they can damage thevehicle's paint, metal, or plasticparts. If damage occurs, it wouldnot be covered by the vehiclewarranty. Approved cleaningproducts can be obtained from

(Continued)


Vehicle Care 281

Caution (Continued)

your dealer. Follow allmanufacturer directions regardingcorrect product usage, necessarysafety precautions, andappropriate disposal of anyvehicle care product.

Caution

Avoid using high-pressurewashes closer than 30 cm (12 in)to the surface of the vehicle. Useof power washers exceeding8,274 kPa (1,200 psi) can resultin damage or removal of paintand decals.

Caution

Do not power wash anycomponent under the hood that

has thise symbol.

(Continued)

Caution (Continued)

This could cause damage thatwould not be covered by thevehicle warranty.

If using an automatic car wash,follow the car wash instructions. Thewindshield wiper and rear windowwiper, if equipped, must be off.Remove any accessories that maybe damaged or interfere with the carwash equipment.

Rinse the vehicle well, beforewashing and after, to remove allcleaning agents completely. If theyare allowed to dry on the surface,they could stain.

Dry the finish with a soft, cleanchamois or an all-cotton towel toavoid surface scratches and waterspotting.

Finish Care

Application of aftermarket clearcoatsealant/wax materials is notrecommended. If painted surfacesare damaged, see your dealer to

have the damage assessed andrepaired. Foreign materials such ascalcium chloride and other salts, icemelting agents, road oil and tar, treesap, bird droppings, chemicals fromindustrial chimneys, etc., candamage the vehicle's finish if theyremain on painted surfaces. Washthe vehicle as soon as possible.If necessary, use non-abrasivecleaners that are marked safe forpainted surfaces to remove foreignmatter.

Occasional hand waxing or mildpolishing should be done to removeresidue from the paint finish. Seeyour dealer for approved cleaningproducts.

Do not apply waxes or polishes touncoated plastic, vinyl, rubber,decals, simulated wood, or flat paintas damage can occur.

Caution

Machine compounding oraggressive polishing on abasecoat/clearcoat paint finish

(Continued)


282 Vehicle Care

Caution (Continued)

may damage it. Use onlynon-abrasive waxes and polishesthat are made for a basecoat/clearcoat paint finish on thevehicle.

To keep the paint finish looking new,keep the vehicle garaged orcovered whenever possible.

Protecting Exterior Bright MetalMoldings

Caution

Failure to clean and protect thebright metal moldings can resultin a hazy white finish or pitting.This damage would not becovered by the vehicle warranty.

The bright metal moldings on thevehicle are aluminum, chrome orstainless steel. To prevent damagealways follow these cleaninginstructions:

. Be sure the molding is cool tothe touch before applying anycleaning solution.

. Use only approved cleaningsolutions for aluminum, chromeor stainless steel. Somecleaners are highly acidic orcontain alkaline substances andcan damage the moldings.

. Always dilute a concentratedcleaner according to themanufacturer’s instructions.

. Do not use cleaners that are notintended for automotive use.

. Use a nonabrasive wax on thevehicle after washing to protectand extend the molding finish.

Cleaning Exterior Lamps/Lenses, Emblems, Decals, andStripes

Use only lukewarm or cold water, asoft cloth, and a car washing soapto clean exterior lamps, lenses,emblems, decals, and stripes.Follow instructions under "Washingthe Vehicle" previously in thissection.

Lamp covers are made of plastic,and some have a UV protectivecoating. Do not clean or wipe themwhen dry.

Do not use any of the following onlamp covers:

. Abrasive or caustic agents.

. Washer fluids and other cleaningagents in higher concentrationsthan suggested by themanufacturer.

. Solvents, alcohols, fuels,or other harsh cleaners.

. Ice scrapers or other hard items.

. Aftermarket appearance caps orcovers while the lamps areilluminated, due to excessiveheat generated.

Caution

Failure to clean lamps properlycan cause damage to the lampcover that would not be coveredby the vehicle warranty.


Vehicle Care 283

Caution

Using wax on low gloss blackfinish stripes can increase thegloss level and create anon-uniform finish. Clean lowgloss stripes with soap andwater only.

Air Intakes

Clear debris from the air intakes,between the hood and windshield,when washing the vehicle.

Windshield and Wiper Blades

Clean the outside of the windshieldwith glass cleaner.

Clean rubber blades using a lint-freecloth or paper towel soaked withwindshield washer fluid or a milddetergent. Wash the windshieldthoroughly when cleaning theblades. Bugs, road grime, sap, anda buildup of vehicle wash/waxtreatments may cause wiperstreaking.

Replace the wiper blades if they areworn or damaged. Damage can becaused by extreme dustyconditions, sand, salt, heat, sun,snow, and ice.

Weatherstrips

Apply Dielectric silicone grease onweatherstrips to make them lastlonger, seal better, and not stick orsqueak. Lubricate weatherstrips atleast once a year. Hot, dry climatesmay require more frequentapplication. Black marks fromrubber material on painted surfacescan be removed by rubbing with aclean cloth. See RecommendedFluids and Lubricants 0 300.

Tires

Use a stiff brush with tire cleaner toclean the tires.

Caution

Using petroleum-based tiredressing products on the vehiclemay damage the paint finish and/

(Continued)

Caution (Continued)

or tires. When applying a tiredressing, always wipe off anyoverspray from all paintedsurfaces on the vehicle.

Wheels and Trim—Aluminumor Chrome

Use a soft, clean cloth with mildsoap and water to clean the wheels.After rinsing thoroughly with cleanwater, dry with a soft, clean towel.A wax may then be applied.

Caution

Chrome wheels and other chrometrim may be damaged if thevehicle is not washed after drivingon roads that have been sprayedwith magnesium, calcium,or sodium chloride. Thesechlorides are used on roads forconditions such as ice and dust.Always wash the chrome withsoap and water after exposure.


284 Vehicle Care

Caution

To avoid surface damage, do notuse strong soaps, chemicals,abrasive polishes, cleaners,brushes, or cleaners that containacid on aluminum orchrome-plated wheels. Use onlyapproved cleaners. Also, neverdrive a vehicle with aluminum orchrome-plated wheels through anautomatic car wash that usessilicone carbide tire cleaningbrushes. Damage could occurand the repairs would not becovered by the vehicle warranty.

Brake System

Visually inspect brake lines andhoses for proper hook-up, binding,leaks, cracks, chafing, etc. Inspectdisc brake pads for wear and rotorsfor surface condition. Inspect drumbrake linings/shoes for wear orcracks. Inspect all other brake parts.

Steering, Suspension, andChassis Components

Visually inspect steering,suspension, and chassiscomponents for damaged, loose,or missing parts or signs of wear atleast once a year.

Inspect power steering for properattachment, connections, binding,leaks, cracks, chafing, etc.

Visually check constant velocity jointboots and axle seals for leaks.

Body Component Lubrication

Lubricate all key lock cylinders,hood hinges, liftgate hinges, and thesteel fuel door hinges, unless thecomponents are plastic. Applyingsilicone grease on weatherstripswith a clean cloth will make themlast longer, seal better, and not stickor squeak.

Underbody Maintenance

At least twice a year, spring and fall,use plain water to flush anycorrosive materials from the

underbody. Take care to thoroughlyclean any areas where mud andother debris can collect.

Do not directly power wash thetransfer case and/or front/rear axleoutput seals. High pressure watercan overcome the seals andcontaminate the fluid. Contaminatedfluid will decrease the life of thetransfer case and/or axles andshould be replaced.

Sheet Metal Damage

If the vehicle is damaged andrequires sheet metal repair orreplacement, make sure the bodyrepair shop applies anti-corrosionmaterial to parts repaired orreplaced to restore corrosionprotection.

Original manufacturer replacementparts will provide the corrosionprotection while maintaining thevehicle warranty.

Finish Damage

Quickly repair minor chips andscratches with touch-up materialsavailable from your dealer to avoid


Vehicle Care 285

corrosion. Larger areas of finishdamage can be corrected in yourdealer's body and paint shop.

Chemical Paint Spotting

Airborne pollutants can fall uponand attack painted vehicle surfacescausing blotchy, ring-shapeddiscolorations, and small, irregulardark spots etched into the paintsurface. See “Finish Care”previously in this section.

Interior CareTo prevent dirt particle abrasions,regularly clean the vehicle's interior.Immediately remove any soils.Newspapers or dark garments cantransfer color to the vehicle’sinterior.

Use a soft bristle brush to removedust from knobs and crevices on theinstrument cluster. Using a mildsoap solution, immediately removehand lotions, sunscreen, and insectrepellent from all interior surfaces orpermanent damage may result.

Use cleaners specifically designedfor the surfaces being cleaned toprevent permanent damage. Applyall cleaners directly to the cleaningcloth. Do not spray cleaners on anyswitches or controls. Removecleaners quickly.

Before using cleaners, read andfollow all safety instructions on thelabel. While cleaning the interior,open the doors and windows to getproper ventilation.

To prevent damage, do not cleanthe interior using the followingcleaners or techniques:

. Never use a razor or any othersharp object to remove soil fromany interior surface.

. Never use a brush with stiffbristles.

. Never rub any surfaceaggressively or with too muchpressure.

. Do not use laundry detergents ordishwashing soaps withdegreasers. For liquid cleaners,use approximately 20 drops per3.8 L (1 gal) of water.

A concentrated soap solution willcreate streaks and attract dirt.Do not use solutions that containstrong or caustic soap.

. Do not heavily saturate theupholstery when cleaning.

. Do not use solvents or cleanerscontaining solvents.

Interior Glass

To clean, use a terry cloth fabricdampened with water. Wipe dropletsleft behind with a clean dry cloth.If necessary, use a commercialglass cleaner after cleaning withplain water.

Caution

To prevent scratching, never useabrasive cleaners on automotiveglass. Abrasive cleaners oraggressive cleaning may damagethe rear window defogger.

Cleaning the windshield with waterduring the first three to six monthsof ownership will reduce tendencyto fog.


286 Vehicle Care

Speaker Covers

Vacuum around a speaker covergently, so that the speaker will notbe damaged. Clean spots with waterand mild soap.

Coated Moldings

Coated moldings should be cleaned.

. When lightly soiled, wipe with asponge or soft, lint-free clothdampened with water.

. When heavily soiled, use warmsoapy water.

Fabric/Carpet/Suede

Start by vacuuming the surfaceusing a soft brush attachment. If arotating vacuum brush attachment isbeing used, only use it on the floorcarpet. Before cleaning, gentlyremove as much of the soil aspossible:

. Gently blot liquids with a papertowel. Continue blotting until nomore soil can be removed.

. For solid soils, remove as muchas possible prior to vacuuming.

To clean:

1. Saturate a clean, lint-freecolorfast cloth with water.Microfiber cloth isrecommended to prevent linttransfer to the fabric or carpet.

2. Remove excess moisture bygently wringing until water doesnot drip from the cleaning cloth.

3. Start on the outside edge of thesoil and gently rub toward thecenter. Fold the cleaning clothto a clean area frequently toprevent forcing the soil in to thefabric.

4. Continue gently rubbing thesoiled area until there is nolonger any color transfer fromthe soil to the cleaning cloth.

5. If the soil is not completelyremoved, use a mild soapsolution followed only by plainwater.

If the soil is not completelyremoved, it may be necessary touse a commercial upholsterycleaner or spot lifter. Test a smallhidden area for colorfastness beforeusing a commercial upholstery

cleaner or spot lifter. If ringformation occurs, clean the entirefabric or carpet.

After cleaning, use a paper towel toblot excess moisture.

Cleaning High Gloss Surfacesand Vehicle Information andRadio Displays

Use a microfiber cloth on high glosssurfaces or vehicle displays. First,use a soft bristle brush to removedirt that can scratch the surface.Then gently clean by rubbing with amicrofiber cloth. Never use windowcleaners or solvents. Periodicallyhand wash the microfiber clothseparately, using mild soap. Do notuse bleach or fabric softener. Rinsethoroughly and air dry beforenext use.

Caution

Do not attach a device with asuction cup to the display. Thismay cause damage and wouldnot be covered by the vehiclewarranty.


Vehicle Care 287

Instrument Panel, Leather,Vinyl, Other Plastic Surfaces,Low Gloss Paint Surfaces, andNatural Open Pore WoodSurfaces

Use a soft microfiber clothdampened with water to removedust and loose dirt. For a morethorough cleaning, use a softmicrofiber cloth dampened with amild soap solution.

Caution

Soaking or saturating leather,especially perforated leather, aswell as other interior surfaces,may cause permanent damage.Wipe excess moisture from thesesurfaces after cleaning and allowthem to dry naturally. Never useheat, steam, or spot removers. Donot use cleaners that containsilicone or wax-based products.Cleaners containing thesesolvents can permanently change

(Continued)

Caution (Continued)

the appearance and feel ofleather or soft trim, and are notrecommended.

Do not use cleaners that increasegloss, especially on the instrumentpanel. Reflected glare can decreasevisibility through the windshieldunder certain conditions.

Caution

Use of air fresheners may causepermanent damage to plasticsand painted surfaces. If an airfreshener comes in contact withany plastic or painted surface inthe vehicle, blot immediately andclean with a soft cloth dampenedwith a mild soap solution.Damage caused by air freshenerswould not be covered by thevehicle warranty.

Cargo Cover andConvenience Net

Wash with warm water and milddetergent. Do not use chlorinebleach. Rinse with cold water, andthen dry completely.

Care of Safety Belts

Keep belts clean and dry.

{ Warning

Do not bleach or dye safety beltwebbing. It may severely weakenthe webbing. In a crash, theymight not be able to provideadequate protection. Clean andrinse safety belt webbing onlywith mild soap and lukewarmwater. Allow the webbing to dry.


288 Vehicle Care

Floor Mats

{ Warning

If a floor mat is the wrong size oris not properly installed, it caninterfere with the pedals.Interference with the pedals cancause unintended accelerationand/or increased stoppingdistance which can cause a crashand injury. Make sure the floormat does not interfere with thepedals.

Use the following guidelines forproper floor mat usage:

. The original equipment floormats were designed for yourvehicle. If the floor mats needreplacing, it is recommendedthat GM certified floor mats bepurchased. Non-GM floor matsmay not fit properly and mayinterfere with the pedals. Alwayscheck that the floor mats do notinterfere with the pedals.

. Do not use a floor mat if thevehicle is not equipped with afloor mat retainer on the driverside floor.

. Use the floor mat with thecorrect side up. Do not turnit over.

. Do not place anything on top ofthe driver side floor mat.

. Use only a single floor mat onthe driver side.

. Do not place one floor mat ontop of another.

Removing and Replacing theFloor Mats

Pull up on the rear of the floor matto unlock each retainer and remove.

Reinstall by lining up the floor matretainer openings over the carpetretainers and snap into position.

Make sure the floor mat is properlysecured in place.

Verify the floor mat does notinterfere with the pedals.


Service and Maintenance 289

Service andMaintenance

General InformationGeneral Information . . . . . . . . . . 289

Maintenance ScheduleMaintenance Schedule . . . . . . . 290

Special Application ServicesSpecial ApplicationServices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 296

Additional Maintenanceand CareAdditional Maintenanceand Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 297

Recommended Fluids,Lubricants, and PartsRecommended Fluids andLubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300

Maintenance ReplacementParts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301

Maintenance RecordsMaintenance Records . . . . . . . . 302

General InformationYour vehicle is an importantinvestment. This section describesthe required maintenance for thevehicle. Follow this schedule to helpprotect against major repairexpenses resulting from neglect orinadequate maintenance. It mayalso help to maintain the value ofthe vehicle if it is sold. It is theresponsibility of the owner to haveall required maintenance performed.

Your dealer has trained technicianswho can perform requiredmaintenance using genuinereplacement parts. They haveup-to-date tools and equipment forfast and accurate diagnostics. Manydealers have extended evening andSaturday hours, courtesytransportation, and onlinescheduling to assist with serviceneeds.

Your dealer recognizes theimportance of providingcompetitively priced maintenanceand repair services. With trainedtechnicians, the dealer is the placefor routine maintenance such as oil

changes and tire rotations andadditional maintenance items liketires, brakes, batteries, and wiperblades.

Caution

Damage caused by impropermaintenance can lead to costlyrepairs and may not be coveredby the vehicle warranty.Maintenance intervals, checks,inspections, recommended fluids,and lubricants are important tokeep the vehicle in good workingcondition.

The Tire Rotation and RequiredServices are the responsibility of thevehicle owner. It is recommended tohave your dealer perform theseservices every 12 000 km/7,500 mi.Proper vehicle maintenance helps tokeep the vehicle in good workingcondition, improves fuel economy,and reduces vehicle emissions.

Because of the way people usevehicles, maintenance needs vary.There may need to be more


290 Service and Maintenance

frequent checks and services. TheAdditional Required Services -Normal are for vehicles that:

. Carry passengers and cargowithin recommended limits onthe Tire and Loading Informationlabel. See Vehicle LoadLimits 0 178.

. Are driven on reasonable roadsurfaces within legal drivinglimits.

. Use the recommended fuel. SeeFuel 0 207.

Refer to the information in theMaintenance Schedule AdditionalRequired Services - Normal chart.

The Additional Required Services -Severe are for vehicles that are:

. Mainly driven in heavy city trafficin hot weather.

. Mainly driven in hilly ormountainous terrain.

. Frequently towing a trailer.

. Used for high speed orcompetitive driving.

. Used for taxi, police, or deliveryservice.

Refer to the information in theMaintenance Schedule AdditionalRequired Services - Severe chart.

{ Warning

Performing maintenance work canbe dangerous and can causeserious injury. Performmaintenance work only if therequired information, proper tools,and equipment are available.If they are not, see your dealer tohave a trained technician do thework. See Doing Your OwnService Work 0 214.

MaintenanceScheduleOwner Checks and Services

At Each Fuel Stop

. Check the engine oil level. SeeEngine Oil 0 220.

Once a Month

. Check the tire inflationpressures. See TirePressure 0 256.

. Inspect the tires for wear. SeeTire Inspection 0 260.

. Check the windshield washerfluid level. See WasherFluid 0 231.

Engine Oil Change

When a: %CHANGE messagedisplays in the DIC, have the engineoil and filter changed within the next1 000 km/600 mi. If driven under thebest conditions, the engine oil lifesystem may not indicate the needfor vehicle service for up to a year.The engine oil and filter must bechanged at least once a year and



the oil life system must be reset.Your trained dealer technician canperform this work. If the engine oillife system is reset accidentally,service the vehicle within 5 000 km/3,000 mi since the last service.Reset the oil life system when theoil is changed. See Engine Oil LifeSystem 0 222.

Tire Rotation and RequiredServices Every 12 000 km/7,500 mi

Rotate the tires, if recommended forthe vehicle, and perform thefollowing services. See TireRotation 0 261.

. Check engine oil level and oillife percentage. If needed,change engine oil and filter, andreset oil life system. See EngineOil 0 220 and Engine Oil LifeSystem 0 222.

. Check engine coolant level. SeeEngine Coolant 0 227.

. Check windshield washer fluidlevel. See Washer Fluid 0 231.

. Visually inspect windshield wiperblades for wear, cracking,or contamination. See ExteriorCare 0 280. Replace worn ordamaged wiper blades. SeeWiper BladeReplacement 0 236.

. Check tire inflation pressures.See Tire Pressure 0 256.

. Inspect tire wear. See TireInspection 0 260.

. Visually check for fluid leaks.

. Inspect engine air cleaner filter.See Engine Air Cleaner/Filter 0 224.

. Inspect brake system. SeeExterior Care 0 280.

. Visually inspect steering,suspension, and chassiscomponents for damaged, loose,or missing parts or signs ofwear. See Exterior Care 0 280.

. Check restraint systemcomponents. See Safety SystemCheck 0 64.

. Visually inspect fuel system fordamage or leaks.

. Visually inspect exhaust systemand nearby heat shields forloose or damaged parts.

. Lubricate body components. SeeExterior Care 0 280.

. Check starter switch. See StarterSwitch Check 0 234.

. Check automatic transmissionshift lock control function. SeeAutomatic Transmission ShiftLock Control FunctionCheck 0 235.

. Check ignition transmission lock.See Ignition Transmission LockCheck 0 235.

. Check parking brake andautomatic transmission parkmechanism. See Park Brake andP (Park) MechanismCheck 0 236.



. Check accelerator pedal fordamage, high effort, or binding.Replace if needed.

. Visually inspect gas strut forsigns of wear, cracks, or otherdamage. Check the hold openability of the strut. See yourdealer if service is required.

. Inspect sunroof track and seal,if equipped. See Sunroof 0 50.



Maintenance ScheduleAdditional RequiredServices - Normal

12000km/7,500mi

24000km/15,000mi

36000km/22,500mi

48000km/30,000mi

60000km/37,500mi

72000km/45,000mi

84000km/52,500mi

96000km/60,000mi

108000km/67,500mi

120000km/75,000mi

132000km/82,500mi

144000km/90,000mi

156000km/97,500mi

168000km/105,000mi

180000km/112,500mi

192000km/120,000mi

204000km/127,500mi

216000km/135,000mi

228000km/142,500mi

240000km/150,000mi

Rotate tires and perform Required Services.Check engine oil level and oil life percentage.Change engine oil and filter, if needed.

@ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @

Replace passenger compartment air filter. (1) @ @ @ @ @ @

Inspect evaporative control system. (2) @ @ @

Replace engine air cleaner filter. (3) @ @ @

Replace spark plugs. Inspect spark plug wires.(1.8L Engine) @

Replace spark plugs. Inspect spark plug wires.(1.4L Engine) @ @

Drain and fill engine cooling system. (4) @

Visually inspect accessory drive belts. (5) @

1.8L Engine Only: Replace timing belt, idlerpulley, and timing belt tensioner. (6) @

Replace brake/clutch fluid. (6)



Footnotes — MaintenanceSchedule Additional RequiredServices - Normal

(1) Or every two years, whichevercomes first. More frequentpassenger compartment air filterreplacement may be needed ifdriving in areas with heavy traffic,poor air quality, high dust levels,or environmental allergens.Passenger compartment air filterreplacement may also be needed ifthere is reduced airflow, windowfogging, or odors. Your GM dealercan help determine when to replacethe filter.

(2) Visually check all fuel and vaporlines and hoses for properattachment, connection, routing, andcondition.

(3) Or every four years, whichevercomes first. If driving in dustyconditions, inspect the filter at eachoil change or more often as needed.

(4) Or every five years, whichevercomes first. See CoolingSystem 0 226.

(5) Or every 10 years, whichevercomes first. Inspect for fraying,excessive cracking, or damage;replace, if needed.

(6) Replace brake fluid every fiveyears. See Brake Fluid 0 233.



Maintenance ScheduleAdditional RequiredServices - Severe

12000km/7,500mi

24000km/15,000mi

36000km/22,500mi

48000km/30,000mi

60000km/37,500mi

72000km/45,000mi

84000km/52,500mi

96000km/60,000mi

108000km/67,500mi

120000km/75,000mi

132000km/82,500mi

144000km/90,000mi

156000km/97,500mi

168000km/105,000mi

180000km/112,500mi

192000km/120,000mi

204000km/127,500mi

216000km/135,000mi

228000km/142,500mi

240000km/150,000mi

Rotate tires and perform Required Services.Check engine oil level and oil life percentage.Change engine oil and filter, if needed.

@ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @

Replace passenger compartment air filter. (1) @ @ @ @ @ @

Inspect evaporative control system. (2) @ @ @

Replace engine air cleaner filter. (3) @ @ @

Change automatic transmission fluid. @ @ @

Change manual transmission fluid. @ @ @

Replace spark plugs. Inspect spark plug wires.(1.8L Engine) @

Replace spark plugs. Inspect spark plug wires.(1.4L Engine) @ @

Drain and fill engine cooling system. (4) @

Visually inspect accessory drive belts. (5) @

1.8L Engine Only: Replace timing belt, idlerpulley, and timing belt tensioner. (6) @

Replace brake/clutch fluid. (6)



Footnotes — MaintenanceSchedule Additional RequiredServices - Severe

(1) Or every two years, whichevercomes first. More frequentpassenger compartment air filterreplacement may be needed ifdriving in areas with heavy traffic,poor air quality, high dust levels,or environmental allergens.Passenger compartment air filterreplacement may also be needed ifthere is reduced airflow, windowfogging, or odors. Your GM dealercan help determine when to replacethe filter.

(2) Visually check all fuel and vaporlines and hoses for properattachment, connection, routing, andcondition.

(3) Or every four years, whichevercomes first. If driving in dustyconditions, inspect the filter at eachoil change or more often as needed.

(4) Or every five years, whichevercomes first. See CoolingSystem 0 226.

(5) Or every 10 years, whichevercomes first. Inspect for fraying,excessive cracking, or damage;replace, if needed.

(6) Replace brake fluid every fiveyears. See Brake Fluid 0 233.

Special ApplicationServices. Severe Commercial Use

Vehicles Only: Lubricate chassiscomponents every oil change.

. Have underbody flushing serviceperformed. See "UnderbodyMaintenance" in ExteriorCare 0 280.



AdditionalMaintenance and CareYour vehicle is an importantinvestment and caring for it properlymay help to avoid future costlyrepairs. To maintain vehicleperformance, additionalmaintenance services may berequired.

It is recommended that your dealerperform these services — theirtrained dealer technicians knowyour vehicle best. Your dealer canalso perform a thoroughassessment with a multi-pointinspection to recommend when yourvehicle may need attention.

The following list is intended toexplain the services and conditionsto look for that may indicateservices are required.

Battery

The battery supplies power to startthe engine and operate anyadditional electrical accessories.

. To avoid break-down or failure tostart the vehicle, maintain abattery with full cranking power.

. Trained dealer technicians havethe diagnostic equipment to testthe battery and ensure that theconnections and cables arecorrosion-free.

Belts

. Belts may need replacing if theysqueak or show signs ofcracking or splitting.

. Trained dealer technicians haveaccess to tools and equipmentto inspect the belts andrecommend adjustment orreplacement when necessary.

. A message may indicate whenscheduled maintenance on thetiming belt and othercomponents is required.

Brakes

Brakes stop the vehicle and arecrucial to safe driving.

. Signs of brake wear may includechirping, grinding, or squealingnoises, or difficulty stopping.

. Trained dealer technicians haveaccess to tools and equipmentto inspect the brakes andrecommend quality partsengineered for the vehicle.

Fluids

Proper fluid levels and approvedfluids protect the vehicle’s systemsand components. SeeRecommended Fluids andLubricants 0 300 for GM approvedfluids.

. Engine oil and windshieldwasher fluid levels should bechecked at every fuel fill.

. Instrument cluster lights maycome on to indicate that fluidsmay be low and need to befilled.

Hoses

Hoses transport fluids and shouldbe regularly inspected to ensurethat there are no cracks or leaks.With a multi-point inspection, yourdealer can inspect the hoses andadvise if replacement is needed.



Lamps

Properly working headlamps,taillamps, and brake lamps areimportant to see and be seen onthe road.

. Signs that the headlamps needattention include dimming, failureto light, cracking, or damage.The brake lamps need to bechecked periodically to ensurethat they light when braking.

. With a multi-point inspection,your dealer can check the lampsand note any concerns.

Shocks and Struts

Shocks and struts help aid in controlfor a smoother ride.

. Signs of wear may includesteering wheel vibration, bounce/sway while braking, longerstopping distance, or uneventire wear.

. As part of the multi-pointinspection, trained dealertechnicians can visually inspectthe shocks and struts for signs

of leaking, blown seals,or damage, and can advisewhen service is needed.

Tires

Tires need to be properly inflated,rotated, and balanced. Maintainingthe tires can save money and fuel,and can reduce the risk of tirefailure.

. Signs that the tires need to bereplaced include three or morevisible treadwear indicators; cordor fabric showing through therubber; cracks or cuts in thetread or sidewall; or a bulge orsplit in the tire.

. Trained dealer technicians caninspect and recommend the righttires. Your dealer can alsoprovide tire/wheel balancingservices to ensure smoothvehicle operation at all speeds.Your dealer sells and servicesname brand tires.

Vehicle Care

To help keep the vehicle looking likenew, vehicle care products areavailable from your dealer. For

information on how to clean andprotect the vehicle’s interior andexterior, see Interior Care 0 285 andExterior Care 0 280.

Wheel Alignment

Wheel alignment is critical forensuring that the tires deliveroptimal wear and performance.

. Signs that the alignment mayneed to be adjusted includepulling, improper vehiclehandling, or unusual tire wear.

. Your dealer has the requiredequipment to ensure properwheel alignment.

Windshield

For safety, appearance, and thebest viewing, keep the windshieldclean and clear.

. Signs of damage includescratches, cracks, and chips.

. Trained dealer technicians caninspect the windshield andrecommend proper replacementif needed.



Wiper Blades

Wiper blades need to be cleanedand kept in good condition toprovide a clear view.

. Signs of wear include streaking,skipping across the windshield,and worn or split rubber.

. Trained dealer technicians cancheck the wiper blades andreplace them when needed.



Recommended Fluids, Lubricants, and Parts

Recommended Fluids and LubricantsFluids and lubricants identified below by name, part number, or specification can be obtained from your dealer.

Usage Fluid/Lubricant

Engine Oil Engine oil meeting the dexos1™ specification of the proper SAE viscositygrade. ACDelco dexos1 Synthetic Blend is recommended. See EngineOil 0 220.

Engine Coolant 50/50 mixture of clean, drinkable water and use only DEX-COOL® Coolant.See Engine Coolant 0 227.

Hydraulic Brake/Clutch System DOT 3 Hydraulic Brake Fluid (GM Part No. 19299818, inCanada 19299819).

Windshield Washer Automotive windshield washer fluid that meets regional freeze protectionrequirements.

Automatic Transmission DEXRON®-VI Automatic Transmission Fluid.

Manual Transmission Manual Transmission Fluid (GM Part No. 19259104, in Canada 19259105).

Chassis Lubrication and ManualTransmission Shift Linkage

Chassis Lubricant (GM Part No. 12377985, in Canada 88901242) orlubricant meeting requirements of NLGI #2, Category LB or GC-LB.

Hood Latch Assembly, SecondaryLatch, Pivots, Spring Anchor, and

Release Pawl

Lubriplate Lubricant Aerosol (GM Part No. 89021668, in Canada 89021674)or lubricant meeting requirements of NLGI #2, Category LB or GC-LB.

Key Lock Cylinders and Hood andDoor Hinges

Multi-Purpose Lubricant, Superlube (GM Part No. 12346241, inCanada 10953474).



Usage Fluid/Lubricant

Weatherstrip Conditioning Weatherstrip Lubricant (GM Part No. 3634770, in Canada 10953518) orDielectric Silicone Grease (GM Part No. 12345579, in Canada 10953481).

Maintenance Replacement PartsReplacement parts identified below by name, part number, or specification can be obtained from your dealer.

Maintenance Replacement Parts

Part GM Part Number ACDelco Part Number

Engine Air Cleaner/Filter 96950990 —

Engine Oil Filter 55594651 PF2257G

Passenger Compartment Air Filter 13356914 CF184

Spark Plugs

1.4L L4 Engine 55585517 41–121

1.8L L4 Engine 55585534 41–122

Wiper Blades

Driver Side – 65.0 cm (25.6 in) 95228809 —

Passenger Side – 38.0 cm (15.0 in) 95228810 —

Rear – 26.5 cm (10.4 in) 95016791 —



Maintenance RecordsAfter the scheduled services are performed, record the date, odometer reading, who performed the service, and thetype of services performed in the boxes provided. Retain all maintenance receipts.

DateOdometerReading

Serviced By Services Performed


Technical Data 303

Technical Data

Vehicle IdentificationVehicle IdentificationNumber (VIN) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 303

Service Parts IdentificationLabel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 303

Vehicle DataCapacities andSpecifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304

Engine Drive Belt Routing . . . . 306

Vehicle Identification

Vehicle IdentificationNumber (VIN)

This legal identifier is in the frontcorner of the instrument panel, onthe driver side of the vehicle. It canbe seen through the windshield fromoutside. The Vehicle IdentificationNumber (VIN) also appears on theVehicle Certification and ServiceParts labels and certificates of titleand registration.

Engine Identification

The eighth character in the VIN isthe engine code. This codeidentifies the vehicle's engine,specifications, and replacementparts. See “Engine Specifications”under Capacities and Specifications0 304 for the vehicle's engine code.

Service PartsIdentification LabelThis label, in the spare tire well inthe trunk, has the followinginformation:

. Vehicle IdentificationNumber (VIN).

. Model designation.

. Paint information.

. Production options and specialequipment.

Do not remove this label from thevehicle.


304 Technical Data

Vehicle Data

Capacities and SpecificationsThe following approximate capacities are given in metric and English conversions. See Recommended Fluids andLubricants 0 300 for more information.

ApplicationCapacities

Metric English

Air Conditioning Refrigerant For the air conditioning system refrigerant type andcharge amount, see the refrigerant label under the

hood. See your dealer for more information.

Cooling System

1.4L L4 6.5 L 6.9 qt

1.8L L4 6.0 L 6.3 qt

Engine Oil with Filter

1.4L L4 4.0 L 4.2 qt

1.8L L4 4.5 L 4.8 qt

Fuel Tank 41.0 L 10.8 gal

Wheel Nut Torque 140Y 100 lb ft

All capacities are approximate. When adding, be sure to fill to the approximate level, as recommended in thismanual. Recheck fluid level after filling.


Technical Data 305

Engine Specifications

Engine VIN Code Transmission Spark Plug Gap

1.4L L4 LUV B Automatic and Manual 0.60–0.70 mm (0.024–0.028 in)

1.8L L4 LUW H Automatic and Manual 0.60–0.70 mm (0.024–0.028 in)

1.8L L4 LWE G Automatic and Manual 0.60–0.70 mm (0.024–0.028 in)


306 Technical Data

Engine Drive Belt Routing

1.4L L4 Engine

1.8L L4 Engine (with AirConditioning)

1.8L L4 Engine (without AirConditioning)


Customer Information 307

CustomerInformation

Customer InformationCustomer SatisfactionProcedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 307

Customer AssistanceOffices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 309

Customer Assistance for TextTelephone (TTY) Users . . . . . 310

Online Owner Center . . . . . . . . . 310GM Mobility ReimbursementProgram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 311

Roadside AssistanceProgram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 311

Scheduling ServiceAppointments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 313

Courtesy TransportationProgram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 313

Collision Damage Repair . . . . . 314Service Publications OrderingInformation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 316

Radio FrequencyStatement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 317

Reporting Safety DefectsReporting Safety Defects tothe United StatesGovernment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 317

Reporting Safety Defects tothe CanadianGovernment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 318

Reporting Safety Defects toGeneral Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . 318

Vehicle Data Recording andPrivacyVehicle Data Recording andPrivacy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 318

Event Data Recorders . . . . . . . . 319OnStar® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 320

Customer Information

Customer SatisfactionProcedureYour satisfaction and goodwill areimportant to your dealer and toChevrolet. Normally, any concernswith the sales transaction or theoperation of the vehicle will beresolved by your dealer's sales orservice departments. Sometimes,however, despite the best intentionsof all concerned, misunderstandingscan occur. If your concern has notbeen resolved to your satisfaction,the following steps should be taken:

STEP ONE : Discuss your concernwith a member of dealershipmanagement. Normally, concernscan be quickly resolved at that level.If the matter has already beenreviewed with the sales, service,or parts manager, contact the ownerof your dealership or the generalmanager.

STEP TWO : If after contacting amember of dealership management,it appears your concern cannot be


308 Customer Information

resolved by your dealership withoutfurther help, in the U.S., call theChevrolet Customer AssistanceCenter at 1-800-222-1020. InCanada, call General Motors ofCanada Customer Care Centre at1-800-263-3777 (English),or 1-800-263-7854 (French).

We encourage you to call thetoll-free number in order to give yourinquiry prompt attention. Have thefollowing information available togive the Customer Assistancerepresentative:

. Vehicle IdentificationNumber (VIN). This is availablefrom the vehicle registration ortitle, or the plate at the top left ofthe instrument panel and visiblethrough the windshield.

. Dealership name and location.

. Vehicle delivery date andpresent mileage.

When contacting Chevrolet,remember that your concern willlikely be resolved at a dealer'sfacility. That is why we suggestfollowing Step One first.

STEP THREE — U.S. Owners :Both General Motors and yourdealer are committed to makingsure you are completely satisfiedwith your new vehicle. However,if you continue to remain unsatisfiedafter following the procedureoutlined in Steps One and Two, youcan file with the Better BusinessBureau (BBB) Auto Line® Programto enforce your rights.

The BBB Auto Line Program is anout-of-court program administeredby the Council of Better BusinessBureaus to settle automotivedisputes regarding vehicle repairs orthe interpretation of the New VehicleLimited Warranty. Although you maybe required to resort to this informaldispute resolution program prior tofiling a court action, use of theprogram is free of charge and yourcase will generally be heard within40 days. If you do not agree with thedecision given in your case, youmay reject it and proceed with anyother venue for relief availableto you.

You may contact the BBB Auto LineProgram using the toll-freetelephone number or write them atthe following address:

BBB Auto Line ProgramCouncil of Better Business Bureaus,Inc.3033 Wilson BoulevardSuite 600Arlington, VA 22201

Telephone: 1-800-955-5100http://www.bbb.org/council/programs-services/dispute-handling-and-resolution/bbb-auto-line

This program is available in all50 states and the District ofColumbia. Eligibility is limited byvehicle age, mileage, and otherfactors. General Motors reservesthe right to change eligibilitylimitations and/or discontinue itsparticipation in this program.

STEP THREE — CanadianOwners : In the event that you donot feel your concerns have beenaddressed after following theprocedure outlined in Steps Oneand Two, General Motors of Canada



Company wants you to be aware ofits participation in a no-chargeMediation/Arbitration Program.General Motors of CanadaCompany has committed to bindingarbitration of owner disputesinvolving factory-related vehicleservice claims. The programprovides for the review of the factsinvolved by an impartial third partyarbiter, and may include an informalhearing before the arbiter. Theprogram is designed so that theentire dispute settlement process,from the time you file your complaintto the final decision, should becompleted in about 70 days. Webelieve our impartial program offersadvantages over courts in mostjurisdictions because it is informal,quick, and free of charge.

For further information concerningeligibility in the Canadian MotorVehicle Arbitration Plan (CAMVAP),call toll-free 1-800-207-0685, or callthe General Motors Customer CareCentre, 1-800-263-3777 (English),1-800-263-7854 (French),or write to:

The Mediation/Arbitration Programc/o Customer Care CentreGeneral Motors of CanadaCompanyMail Code: CA1-163-0051908 Colonel Sam DriveOshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7

Your inquiry should be accompaniedby the Vehicle IdentificationNumber (VIN).

Customer AssistanceOfficesChevrolet encourages customers tocall the toll-free number forassistance. However, if a customerwishes to write or e-mail Chevrolet,the letter should be addressed to:

United States and Puerto Rico

Chevrolet Motor DivisionChevrolet Customer AssistanceCenterP.O. Box 33170Detroit, MI 48232-5170www.Chevrolet.com

1-800-222-10201-800-833-2438 (For TextTelephone Devices (TTYs))Roadside Assistance:1-800-243-8872

From U.S. Virgin Islands:

1-800-496-9994

Canada

General Motors of CanadaCompanyCustomer Care Centre, Mail Code:CA1-163-0051908 Colonel Sam DriveOshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7www.gm.ca

1-800-263-3777 (English)1-800-263-7854 (French)1-800-263-3830 (For Text



Telephone devices (TTYs))Roadside Assistance:1-800-268-6800

Overseas

Please contact the local GeneralMotors Business Unit.

Customer Assistance forText Telephone (TTY)UsersTo assist customers who are deaf,hard of hearing, or speech-impairedand who use Text Telephones(TTYs), Chevrolet has TTYequipment available at its CustomerAssistance Center. Any TTY user inthe U.S. can communicate withChevrolet by dialing:1-800-833-2438. TTY users inCanada can dial 1-800-263-3830.

Online Owner Center

Online Owner Experience(U.S.) my.chevrolet.com

The Chevrolet online ownerexperience allows interaction withChevrolet and keeps importantvehicle-specific information in oneplace.

Membership Benefits

E : Download owner manuals andview vehicle-specific how-to videos.

G : View maintenance schedules,alerts, and OnStar VehicleDiagnostic Information. Scheduleservice appointments.

I : View and print dealer-recordedservice records and self-recordedservice records.

D : Select a preferred dealer andview locations, maps, phonenumbers, and hours.

r : Track your vehicle’s warrantyinformation.

J : View active recalls by VehicleIdentification Number (VIN). SeeVehicle Identification Number(VIN) 0 303.

H : View GM Card, SiriusXMSatellite radio (if equipped), andOnStar account information (ifequipped).

F : Chat with online helprepresentatives.

See my.chevrolet.com to registeryour vehicle.

Chevrolet Owner Centre(Canada) chevroletowner.ca

Visit the Chevrolet Owner Centre:

. Chat live with online helprepresentatives.

. Locate owner resources such aslease-end, financing, andwarranty information.

. Retrieve your favorite articles,quizzes, tips, and multimediagalleries organized into theFeatured Articles and Auto CareSections.

. Download owner manuals.



. Find theChevrolet-recommendedmaintenance services.

GM MobilityReimbursement Program

This program is available toqualified applicants for costreimbursement of eligibleaftermarket adaptive equipmentrequired for the vehicle, such ashand controls or a wheelchair/scooter lift for the vehicle.

For more information on the limitedoffer, visit www.gmmobility.com orcall the GM Mobility AssistanceCenter at 1-800-323-9935. TextTelephone (TTY) users, call1-800-833-9935.

General Motors of Canada also hasa Mobility Program. Visit www.gm.caor call 1-800-GM-DRIVE (463-7483)for details. TTY users call1-800-263-3830.

Roadside AssistanceProgramFor U.S.-purchased vehicles, call1-800-243-8872. (Text Telephone(TTY): 1-888-889-2438.)

For Canadian-purchased vehicles,call 1-800-268-6800.

Service is available 24 hours a day,365 days a year.

Calling for Assistance

When calling Roadside Assistance,have the following informationready:

. Your name, home address, andhome telephone number.

. Telephone number of yourlocation.

. Location of the vehicle.

. Model, year, color, and licenseplate number of the vehicle.

. Odometer reading, VehicleIdentification Number (VIN), anddelivery date of the vehicle.

. Description of the problem.

Coverage

Services are provided for theduration of the vehicle’s powertrainwarranty.

In the U.S., anyone driving thevehicle is covered. In Canada, aperson driving the vehicle withoutpermission from the owner is notcovered.

Roadside Assistance is not a part ofthe New Vehicle Limited Warranty.General Motors North America andChevrolet reserve the right to makeany changes or discontinue theRoadside Assistance program atany time without notification.

General Motors North America andChevrolet reserve the right to limitservices or payment to an owner ordriver if they decide the claims aremade too often, or the same type ofclaim is made many times.



Services Provided. Emergency Fuel Delivery:

Delivery of enough fuel for thevehicle to get to the nearestservice station.

. Lock-Out Service: Service tounlock the vehicle if you arelocked out. A remote unlock maybe available if you have OnStar.For security reasons, the drivermust present identificationbefore this service is given.

. Emergency Tow from a PublicRoad or Highway: Tow to thenearest Chevrolet dealer forwarranty service, or if the vehiclewas in a crash and cannot bedriven. Assistance is not givenwhen the vehicle is stuck in thesand, mud, or snow.

. Flat Tire Change: Service tochange a flat tire with the sparetire. The spare tire, if equipped,must be in good condition andproperly inflated. It is the owner'sresponsibility for the repair orreplacement of the tire if it is notcovered by the warranty.

. Battery Jump Start: Service tojump start a dead battery.

. Trip Interruption Benefits andAssistance: If your trip isinterrupted due to a warrantyevent, incidental expenses maybe reimbursed within thePowertrain warranty period.Items considered are reasonableand customary hotel, meals,rental car, or a vehicle beingdelivered back to the customer,up to 805 km (500mi).

Services Not Included inRoadside Assistance. Impound towing caused by

violation of any laws.

. Legal fines.

. Mounting, dismounting,or changing of snow tires,chains, or other traction devices.

Service is not provided if a vehicleis in an area that is not accessibleto the service vehicle or is not aregularly traveled or maintainedpublic road, which includes ice andwinter roads. Off-road use is notcovered.

Services Specific toCanadian-Purchased Vehicles. Fuel Delivery: Reimbursement

is up to 7 liters. If available,diesel fuel delivery may berestricted. Propane and otherfuels are not provided throughthis service.

. Lock-Out Service: Vehicleregistration is required.

. Trip Interruption Benefits andAssistance: Must be over150 km from where your trip wasstarted to qualify.Pre-authorization, originaldetailed receipts, and a copy ofthe repair orders are required.Once authorization has beenreceived, the RoadsideAssistance advisor will help tomake arrangements and explainhow to receive payment.

. Alternative Service: Ifassistance cannot be providedright away, the RoadsideAssistance advisor may givepermission to get localemergency road service. You willreceive payment, up to $100,



after sending the original receiptto Roadside Assistance.Mechanical failures may becovered, however any cost forparts and labor for repairs notcovered by the warranty are theowner responsibility.

Scheduling ServiceAppointmentsWhen the vehicle requires warrantyservice, contact your dealer andrequest an appointment. Byscheduling a service appointmentand advising the service consultantof your transportation needs, yourdealer can help minimize yourinconvenience.

If the vehicle cannot be scheduledinto the service departmentimmediately, keep driving it until itcan be scheduled for service,unless, of course, the problem issafety related. If it is, please callyour dealership, let them know this,and ask for instructions.

If your dealer requests you to bringthe vehicle for service, you areurged to do so as early in the workday as possible to allow forsame-day repair.

Courtesy TransportationProgramTo enhance your ownershipexperience, we and our participatingdealers are proud to offer CourtesyTransportation, a customer supportprogram for vehicles with theBumper-to-Bumper (Base WarrantyCoverage period in Canada),extended powertrain, and/orhybrid-specific warranties in boththe U.S. and Canada.

Several Courtesy Transportationoptions are available to assist inreducing inconvenience whenwarranty repairs are required.

Courtesy Transportation is not apart of the New Vehicle LimitedWarranty. A separate bookletentitled “Limited Warranty andOwner Assistance Information”

furnished with each new vehicleprovides detailed warranty coverageinformation.

Transportation Options

Warranty service can generally becompleted while you wait. However,if you are unable to do so, yourdealer may offer the followingtransportation options:

Shuttle Service

This includes one-way or round-tripshuttle service within reasonabletime and distance parameters ofyour dealer's area.

Public Transportation or FuelReimbursement

If overnight warranty repairs areneeded, and public transportation isused, the expense must besupported by original receipts andwithin the maximum amount allowedby GM for shuttle service. If U.S.customers arrange their owntransportation, limitedreimbursement for reasonable fuelexpenses may be available. Claimamounts should reflect actual costs



and be supported by originalreceipts. See your dealer forinformation.

Courtesy Rental Vehicle

For an overnight warranty repair, thedealer may provide an availablecourtesy rental vehicle or provide forreimbursement of a rental vehicle.Reimbursement is limited and mustbe supported by original receipts aswell as a signed and completedrental agreement and meet state/provincial, local, and rental vehicleprovider requirements.Requirements vary and may includeminimum age requirements,insurance coverage, credit card, etc.Additional fees such as fuel usagecharges, taxes, levies, usage fees,excessive mileage, or rental usagebeyond the completion of the repairare also your responsibility.

It may not be possible to provide alike vehicle as a courtesy rental.

Additional ProgramInformation

All program options, such as shuttleservice, may not be available atevery dealer. Contact your dealerfor specific availability.

General Motors reserves the right tounilaterally modify, change,or discontinue CourtesyTransportation at any time and toresolve all questions of claimeligibility pursuant to the terms andconditions described herein at itssole discretion.

Collision Damage RepairIf the vehicle is involved in acollision and it is damaged, have thedamage repaired by a qualifiedtechnician using the properequipment and quality replacementparts. Poorly performed collisionrepairs diminish the vehicle resalevalue, and safety performance canbe compromised in subsequentcollisions.

Collision Parts

Genuine GM Collision parts are newparts made with the same materialsand construction methods as theparts with which the vehicle wasoriginally built. Genuine GMCollision parts are the best choice toensure that the vehicle's designedappearance, durability, and safetyare preserved. The use of GenuineGM parts can help maintain the GMNew Vehicle Limited Warranty.

Recycled original equipment partsmay also be used for repair. Theseparts are typically removed fromvehicles that were total losses inprior crashes. In most cases, theparts being recycled are fromundamaged sections of the vehicle.A recycled original equipment GMpart may be an acceptable choice tomaintain the vehicle's originallydesigned appearance and safetyperformance; however, the history ofthese parts is not known. Such partsare not covered by the GM NewVehicle Limited Warranty, and anyrelated failures are not covered bythat warranty.



Aftermarket collision parts are alsoavailable. These are made bycompanies other than GM and maynot have been tested for the vehicle.As a result, these parts may fitpoorly, exhibit premature durability/corrosion problems, and may notperform properly in subsequentcollisions. Aftermarket parts are notcovered by the GM New VehicleLimited Warranty, and any vehiclefailure related to such parts is notcovered by that warranty.

Repair Facility

GM also recommends that youchoose a collision repair facility thatmeets your needs before you everneed collision repairs. Your dealermay have a collision repair centerwith GM-trained technicians andstate-of-the-art equipment, or beable to recommend a collision repaircenter that has GM-trainedtechnicians and comparableequipment.

Insuring the Vehicle

Protect your investment in the GMvehicle with comprehensive andcollision insurance coverage. Thereare significant differences in thequality of coverage afforded byvarious insurance policy terms.Many insurance policies providereduced protection to the GMvehicle by limiting compensation fordamage repairs through the use ofaftermarket collision parts. Someinsurance companies will notspecify aftermarket collision parts.When purchasing insurance, werecommend that you ensure that thevehicle will be repaired with GMoriginal equipment collision parts.If such insurance coverage is notavailable from your currentinsurance carrier, consider switchingto another insurance carrier.

If the vehicle is leased, the leasingcompany may require you to haveinsurance that ensures repairs withGenuine GM Original EquipmentManufacturer (OEM) parts orGenuine Manufacturer replacement

parts. Read the lease carefully, asyou may be charged at the end ofthe lease for poor quality repairs.

If a Crash Occurs

If there has been an injury, callemergency services for help. Do notleave the scene of a crash until allmatters have been taken care of.Move the vehicle only if its positionputs you in danger, or you areinstructed to move it by a policeofficer.

Give only the necessary informationto police and other parties involvedin the crash.

For emergency towing seeRoadside AssistanceProgram 0 311.

Gather the following information:

. Driver name, address, andtelephone number.

. Driver license number.

. Owner name, address, andtelephone number.

. Vehicle license plate number.



. Vehicle make, model, andmodel year.

. Vehicle IdentificationNumber (VIN).

. Insurance company and policynumber.

. General description of thedamage to the other vehicle.

Choose a reputable repair facilitythat uses quality replacement parts.See “Collision Parts” earlier in thissection.

If the airbag has inflated, see WhatWill You See after an AirbagInflates? 0 70.

Managing the Vehicle DamageRepair Process

In the event that the vehicle requiresdamage repairs, GM recommendsthat you take an active role in itsrepair. If you have a pre-determinedrepair facility of choice, take thevehicle there, or have it towed there.Specify to the facility that anyrequired replacement collision partsbe original equipment parts, eithernew Genuine GM parts or recycled

original GM parts. Remember,recycled parts will not be covered bythe GM vehicle warranty.

Insurance pays the bill for the repair,but you must live with the repair.Depending on your policy limits,your insurance company mayinitially value the repair usingaftermarket parts. Discuss this withthe repair professional, and insist onGenuine GM parts. Remember,if the vehicle is leased, you may beobligated to have the vehiclerepaired with Genuine GM parts,even if your insurance coveragedoes not pay the full cost.

If another party's insurancecompany is paying for the repairs,you are not obligated to accept arepair valuation based on thatinsurance company's collision policyrepair limits, as you have nocontractual limits with that company.In such cases, you can have controlof the repair and parts choices aslong as the cost stays withinreasonable limits.

Service PublicationsOrdering Information

Service Manuals

Service Manuals have the diagnosisand repair information on theengines, transmission, axle,suspension, brakes, electrical,steering, body, etc.

Owner Information

Owner publications are writtenspecifically for owners and intendedto provide basic operationalinformation about the vehicle. TheOwner Manual includes theMaintenance Schedule for allmodels.

In-Portfolio: Includes a Portfolio,Owner Manual, and WarrantyManual.

RETAIL SELL PRICE: $35.00 –$40.00 (U.S.) plus handling andshipping fees.

Without Pouch: Owner Manual only.

RETAIL SELL PRICE:$25.00 (U.S.) plus handling andshipping fees.



Current and Past Models

Service and Owner publications areavailable for many current and pastmodel year GM vehicles.

ORDER TOLL FREE:1-800-551-4123 Monday – Friday8:00 AM – 6:00 PM Eastern Time

For Credit Card Orders Only(VISA-MasterCard-Discover), seeHelm, Inc. at: www.helminc.com.

Or write to:

Helm, IncorporatedAttention: Customer Service47911 Halyard DrivePlymouth, MI 48170

Prices are subject to change withoutnotice and without incurringobligation. Allow ample time fordelivery.

All listed prices are quoted in U.S.funds. Make checks payable in U.S.funds.

Radio FrequencyStatementThis vehicle has systems thatoperate on a radio frequency thatcomplies with Part 15/Part 18 of theFederal CommunicationsCommission (FCC) rules and withIndustry Canada StandardsRSS-GEN/210/216/220/251/310,ICES‐001.

Operation is subject to the followingtwo conditions:

1. The device may not causeharmful interference.

2. The device must accept anyinterference received, includinginterference that may causeundesired operation of thedevice.

Changes or modifications to any ofthese systems by other than anauthorized service facility could voidauthorization to use this equipment.

Reporting SafetyDefects

Reporting Safety Defectsto the United StatesGovernmentIf you believe that your vehiclehas a defect which could causea crash or could cause injury ordeath, you should immediatelyinform the National HighwayTraffic Safety Administration(NHTSA) in addition to notifyingGeneral Motors.

If NHTSA receives similarcomplaints, it may open aninvestigation, and if it finds thata safety defect exists in a groupof vehicles, it may order a recalland remedy campaign.However, NHTSA cannotbecome involved in individualproblems between you, yourdealer, or General Motors.



To contact NHTSA, you may callthe Vehicle Safety Hotlinetoll-free at 1-888-327-4236(TTY: 1-800-424-9153); go tohttp://www.safercar.gov; orwrite to:

Administrator, NHTSA1200 New Jersey Avenue, S.E.Washington, D.C. 20590

You can also obtain otherinformation aboutmotor vehicle safety fromhttp://www.safercar.gov.

Reporting Safety Defectsto the CanadianGovernmentIf you live in Canada, and youbelieve that the vehicle has asafety defect, notify TransportCanada immediately, and notifyGeneral Motors of CanadaCompany. Call TransportCanada at 1-800-333-0510 orwrite to:

Transport CanadaRoad Safety Branch80 rue NoelGatineau, QC J8Z 0A1

Reporting Safety Defectsto General MotorsIn addition to notifying NHTSA (orTransport Canada) in a situation likethis, notify General Motors.

Call 1-800-222-1020, or write:

Chevrolet Motor DivisionChevrolet Customer AssistanceCenterP.O. Box 33170Detroit, MI 48232-5170

In Canada, call 1-800-263-3777(English) or 1-800-263-7854(French), or write:

General Motors of CanadaCompanyCustomer Care Centre, Mail Code:CA1-163-0051908 Colonel Sam DriveOshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7

Vehicle DataRecording andPrivacyThe vehicle has a number ofcomputers that record informationabout the vehicle’s performance andhow it is driven. For example, thevehicle uses computer modules tomonitor and control engine andtransmission performance, tomonitor the conditions for airbagdeployment and deploy them in acrash, and, if equipped, to provideantilock braking to help the drivercontrol the vehicle. These modulesmay store data to help the dealertechnician service the vehicle.Some modules may also store dataabout how the vehicle is operated,such as rate of fuel consumption oraverage speed. These modules mayretain personal preferences, such asradio presets, seat positions, andtemperature settings.



Event Data RecordersThis vehicle is equipped with anevent data recorder (EDR). Themain purpose of an EDR is torecord, in certain crash or nearcrash-like situations, such as an airbag deployment or hitting a roadobstacle, data that will assist inunderstanding how a vehicle’ssystems performed. The EDR isdesigned to record data related tovehicle dynamics and safetysystems for a short period of time,typically 30 seconds or less. TheEDR in this vehicle is designed torecord such data as:

. How various systems in yourvehicle were operating;

. Whether or not the driver andpassenger safety belts werebuckled/fastened;

. How far (if at all) the driver wasdepressing the accelerator and/or brake pedal; and,

. How fast the vehicle wastraveling.

These data can help provide abetter understanding of thecircumstances in which crashes andinjuries occur.

NoteEDR data are recorded by yourvehicle only if a non-trivial crashsituation occurs; no data arerecorded by the EDR under normaldriving conditions and no personaldata (e.g., name, gender, age, andcrash location) are recorded.However, other parties, such as lawenforcement, could combine theEDR data with the type ofpersonally identifying data routinelyacquired during a crashinvestigation.

To read data recorded by an EDR,special equipment is required, andaccess to the vehicle or the EDR isneeded. In addition to the vehiclemanufacturer, other parties, such aslaw enforcement, that have thespecial equipment, can read theinformation if they have access tothe vehicle or the EDR.

GM will not access these data orshare it with others except: with theconsent of the vehicle owner or,if the vehicle is leased, with theconsent of the lessee; in responseto an official request by police orsimilar government office; as part ofGM's defense of litigation throughthe discovery process; or, asrequired by law. Data that GMcollects or receives may also beused for GM research needs or maybe made available to others forresearch purposes, where a need isshown and the data is not tied to aspecific vehicle or vehicle owner.



OnStar®

If the vehicle is equipped withOnStar® and has an activesubscription, additional data may becollected through the OnStarsystem. This includes informationabout the vehicle’s operation;collisions involving the vehicle; theuse of the vehicle and its features;and, in certain situations, thelocation and approximate GPSspeed of the vehicle. Refer to theOnStar Terms and Conditions andPrivacy Statement on the OnStarwebsite.

See OnStar AdditionalInformation 0 326.


OnStar 321

OnStar

OnStar OverviewOnStar Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . 321

OnStar ServicesEmergency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 322Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 322Navigation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 323Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 323Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 325

OnStar Additional InformationOnStar AdditionalInformation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 326

OnStar Overview

= Voice Command Button

Q Blue OnStar Button

> Red Emergency Button

This vehicle may be equipped with acomprehensive, in-vehicle systemthat can connect to an OnStarAdvisor for Emergency, Security,Navigation, Connections, andDiagnostics Services. OnStarservices may require a paidsubscription and data plan. OnStarrequires the vehicle battery andelectrical system, cellular service,and GPS satellite signals to beavailable and operating. OnStar actsas a link to existing emergencyservice providers. OnStar maycollect information about you andyour vehicle, including locationinformation. See OnStar User

Terms, Privacy Statement, andSoftware Terms for more detailsincluding system limitations atwww.onstar.com (U.S.) orwww.onstar.ca (Canada).

The OnStar system status light isnext to the OnStar buttons. If thestatus light is:

. Solid Green: System is ready.

. Flashing Green: On a call.

. Red: Indicates a problem.

. Off: System is active. PressQtwice to speak with an OnStarAdvisor.

PressQ or call 1-888-4ONSTAR(1-888-466-7827) to speak to anAdvisor.

Press= to:

. Make a call, end a call,or answer an incoming call.

. Give OnStar Hands-Free Callingvoice commands.

. Give OnStar Turn-by-TurnNavigation voice commands.


322 OnStar

. Obtain and customize the Wi-Fi®

hotspot name or SSID andpassword, if equipped.

PressQ to connect to anAdvisor to:

. Verify account information orupdate contact information.

. Get driving directions.

. Receive a Diagnostic check ofthe vehicle's key operatingsystems.

. Receive Roadside Assistance.

. Manage Wi-Fi Settings,if equipped.

Press> to get a priority connectionto an OnStar Advisor available24/7 to:

. Get help for an emergency.

. Be a Good Samaritan orrespond to an AMBER Alert.

. Get assistance in severeweather or other crisis situationsand find evacuation routes.

OnStar Services

EmergencyEmergency Services require anactive, OnStar service plan(excludes Basic Plan). WithAutomatic Crash Response, built-insensors can automatically alert aspecially trained OnStar Advisorwho is immediately connected in tothe vehicle to help.

Press> for a priority connection toan OnStar Advisor who can contactemergency service providers, directthem to your exact location, andrelay important information.

With OnStar Crisis Assist, speciallytrained Advisors are available24 hours a day, 7 days a week, toprovide a central point of contact,assistance, and information during acrisis.

With Roadside Assistance, Advisorscan locate a nearby service providerto help with a flat tire, a batteryjump, or an empty gas tank.

SecurityIf equipped, OnStar provides theseservices:

. With Stolen Vehicle Assistance,OnStar Advisors can use GPS topinpoint the vehicle and helpauthorities quickly recover it.

. With Remote Ignition Block™,if equipped, OnStar can blockthe engine from being restarted.

. With Stolen Vehicle Slowdown®,if equipped, OnStar can workwith law enforcement togradually slow the vehicle down.

Theft Alarm Notification

If equipped, if the doors are lockedand the vehicle alarm sounds, anotification by text, e-mail, or phonecall will be sent. If the vehicle isstolen, an OnStar Advisor can workwith authorities to recover thevehicle.


OnStar 323

NavigationOnStar navigation requires aspecific OnStar service plan.

PressQ to receive Turn-by-Turndirections or have them sent to thevehicle’s navigation screen,if equipped.

Turn-by-Turn Navigation

1. PressQ to connect to anAdvisor.

2. Request directions to bedownloaded to the vehicle.

3. Follow the voice-guidedcommands.

Using Voice CommandsDuring a Planned Route

Cancel Route

1. Press=. System responds:“OnStar ready,” then a tone.

2. Say “Cancel route.” Systemresponds: “Do you want tocancel directions?”

3. Say “Yes.” System responds:“OK, request completed, thankyou, goodbye.”

Route Preview


2. Say “Route preview.” Systemresponds with the next threemaneuvers.

Repeat


2. Say “Repeat.” Systemresponds with the last directiongiven, then responds with“OnStar ready,” then a tone.

Get My Destination


2. Say “Get my destination.”System responds with theaddress and distance to thedestination, then responds with“OnStar ready,” then a tone.

Send Destination to Vehicle

Subscribers can have directionssent to the vehicle’s navigationscreen, if equipped.

PressQ, then ask the Advisor todownload directions to the vehicle’snavigation system, if equipped. Afterthe call ends, the navigation screenwill provide prompts to begin drivingdirections. Routes that are sent tothe navigation screen can only becanceled through the navigationsystem.

See www.onstar.com (U.S.) orwww.onstar.ca (Canada).

ConnectionsThe following OnStar services helpwith staying connected.

For coverage maps, seewww.onstar.com (U.S.) orwww.onstar.ca (Canada).

Ensuring Security

. Change the default passwordsfor the Wi-Fi hotspot andRemoteLink mobile application.Make these passwords different


324 OnStar

from each other and use acombination of letters, numbers,and symbols to increase thesecurity.

. Change the default name of theSSID (Service Set Identifier).This is your network’s name thatis visible to other wirelessdevices. Choose a unique nameand avoid family names orvehicle descriptions.

OnStar Wi-Fi® Hotspot (IfEquipped)

The vehicle may have a built-inWi-Fi hotspot that provides accessto the Internet and web content at4G LTE speed. Up to seven mobiledevices can be connected. A dataplan is required. Use the in-vehiclecontrols only when it is safe todo so.

1. To retrieve Wi-Fi hotspotinformation, press=, wait forthe prompt, then say “Wi-Fisettings.” On some vehicles,touch Wi-Fi Settings on thescreen.

2. The Wi-Fi settings will displaythe Wi-Fi hotspot name (SSID),password, and on somevehicles, the connection type(no Internet connection, 3G,4G, 4G LTE), and signal quality(poor, good, excellent).

3. To change the SSID orpassword, pressQ or call1-888-4ONSTAR to connectwith an Advisor.

After initial set-up, your vehicle’sWi-Fi hotspot will connectautomatically to your mobiledevices. Manage data usage byturning Wi-Fi on or off on yourmobile device, using theRemoteLink mobile app, or bycontacting an OnStar Advisor.

OnStar RemoteLink® Mobile App(If Equipped)

Download the OnStar RemoteLinkmobile app to select Apple® iOS,Android™, BlackBerry®,or Windows® mobile devices.OnStar Subscribers can access thefollowing services from a mobiledevice:

. Remotely start/stop the vehicle,if factory-equipped.

. Lock/unlock doors, if equippedwith automatic locks.

. Activate the horn and lamps.

. Check the vehicle’s fuel level, oillife, or tire pressure,if factory-equipped with the TirePressure Monitor System.

. Send directions to the vehicle.

. Locate the vehicle on a map(U.S. market only).

. Turn the vehicle's Wi-Fi hotspoton/off, manage settings, andmonitor data consumption,if equipped.

For OnStar RemoteLink informationand compatibility, seewww.onstar.com (U.S.) orwww.onstar.ca (Canada).

Remote Services

Contact an OnStar Advisor tounlock the doors or sound the hornand flash the lamps.


OnStar 325

OnStar AtYourService

OnStar Advisors can provide offersfrom restaurants and retailers onyour route, help locate hotels,or book a room. These servicesvary by market.

OnStar Hands-Free Calling

Make and receive calls with thebuilt-in wireless calling service,which requires available minutes.

Make a Call

1. Press=. System responds:“OnStar ready.”

2. Say “Call.” System responds:“Call. Please say the name ornumber to call.”

3. Say the entire number withoutpausing, including a “1” and thearea code. System responds:“OK, calling.”

Calling 911 Emergency


2. Say “Call.” System responds:“Call. Please say the name ornumber to call.”

3. Say “911” without pausing.System responds: “911.”

4. Say “Call.” System responds:“OK, dialing 911.”

Retrieve My Number


2. Say “My number.” Systemresponds: “Your OnStarHands-Free Calling number is,”then says the number.

End a Call

Press=. System responds: “Callended.”

Verify Minutes and Expiration

Press= and say “Minutes” then“Verify” to check how many minutesremain and their expiration date.

DiagnosticsAdvanced Diagnostics provides astatus of the vehicle’s key systemswith a monthly e-mail, or bypressingQ. If equipped, DiagnosticAlerts can be received in real-timevia e-mail or text. The ProactiveAlerts feature (if available) can helppredict and alert of potentialupcoming maintenance issues withselect components on the vehicle,before they become a problem.

OnStar can also monitor and reporttire pressure, if the vehicle isequipped with a Tire PressureMonitoring System.


326 OnStar

OnStar AdditionalInformationIn-Vehicle Audio Messages

Audio messages may play importantinformation at the following times:

. Prior to vehicle purchase. PressQ to set up an account.

. With the OnStar Basic Plan,every 60 days.

. After change in ownership andat 90 days.

Transferring Service

PressQ to request account transfereligibility information. The Advisorcan cancel or change accountinformation.

Selling/Transferring theVehicle

Call 1-888-4ONSTAR(1-888-466-7827) immediately toterminate your OnStar services ifthe vehicle is disposed of, sold,transferred, or if the lease ends.

Reactivation for SubsequentOwners

PressQ and follow the prompts tospeak to an Advisor as soon aspossible. The Advisor will updatevehicle records and explain OnStarservice options.

How OnStar Service Works

Automatic Crash Response,Emergency Services, Crisis Assist,Stolen Vehicle Assistance,Advanced Vehicle Diagnostics,Remote Services, RoadsideAssistance, Turn-by-TurnNavigation, and Hands-Free Callingare available on most vehicles. Notall OnStar services are availableeverywhere or on all vehicles. Formore information, a full descriptionof OnStar services, systemlimitations, and OnStar User Terms,Privacy Statement, and SoftwareTerms:

. Call 1-888-4ONSTAR(1-888-466-7827).

. See www.onstar.com (U.S.).

. See www.onstar.ca (Canada).

. Call TTY 1-877-248-2080.

. PressQ to speak with anAdvisor.

OnStar services cannot work unlessthe vehicle is in a place whereOnStar has an agreement with awireless service provider for servicein that area. The wireless serviceprovider must also have coverage,network capacity, reception, andtechnology compatible with OnStarservices. Service involving locationinformation about the vehicle cannotwork unless GPS signals areavailable, unobstructed, andcompatible with the OnStarhardware. OnStar services may notwork if the OnStar equipment is notproperly installed or it has not beenproperly maintained. If equipment orsoftware is added, connected,or modified, OnStar services maynot work. Other problems beyondthe control of OnStar — such ashills, tall buildings, tunnels, weather,electrical system design andarchitecture of the vehicle, damage


OnStar 327

to the vehicle in a crash, or wirelessphone network congestion orjamming — may prevent service.


Services for People withDisabilities

Advisors provide services to helpSubscribers with physical disabilitiesand medical conditions.

PressQ to help:

. Locate a gas station with anattendant to pump gas.

. Find a hotel, restaurant, etc.,that meets accessibility needs.

. Provide directions to the closesthospital or pharmacy in urgentsituations.

TTY Users

OnStar has the ability tocommunicate to deaf,hard-of-hearing, or speech-impairedcustomers while in the vehicle. Theavailable dealer-installed TTYsystem can provide in-vehicle

access to all OnStar services,except Virtual Advisor and OnStarTurn-by-Turn Navigation.

OnStar Personal IdentificationNumber (PIN)

A PIN is needed to access someOnStar services. The PIN will needto be changed the first time whenspeaking with an Advisor. Tochange the OnStar PIN, contact anOnStar Advisor by pressingQ orcalling 1-888-4ONSTAR.

Warranty

OnStar equipment may bewarranted as part of the vehiclewarranty.

Languages

The vehicle can be programmed torespond in multiple languages.PressQ and ask for an Advisor.Advisors are available in English,Spanish, and French. Availablelanguages may vary by country.

Potential Issues

OnStar cannot perform RemoteDoor Unlock or Stolen VehicleAssistance after the vehicle hasbeen off continuously for 10 dayswithout an ignition cycle. If thevehicle has not been started forfive days, OnStar can contactRoadside Assistance or a locksmithto help gain access to the vehicle.

Global PositioningSystem (GPS). Obstruction of the GPS can

occur in a large city with tallbuildings; in parking garages;around airports; in tunnels andunderpasses; or in an area withvery dense trees. If GPS signalsare not available, the OnStarsystem should still operate tocall OnStar. However, OnStarcould have difficulty identifyingthe exact location.

. In emergency situations, OnStarcan use the last stored GPSlocation to send to emergencyresponders.


328 OnStar

A temporary loss of GPS can causeloss of the ability to send aTurn-by-Turn Navigation route. TheAdvisor may give a verbal route ormay ask for a call back after thevehicle is driven into an open area.

Cellular and GPS Antennas

Cellular reception is required forOnStar to send remote signals tothe vehicle. Do not place items overor near the antenna to preventblocking cellular and GPS signalreception.

Unable to Connect to OnStarMessage

If there is limited cellular coverageor the cellular network has reachedmaximum capacity, this messagemay come on. PressQ to try thecall again or try again after driving afew miles into another cellular area.

Vehicle and Power Issues

OnStar services require a vehicleelectrical system, wireless service,and GPS satellite technologies to beavailable and operating for features

to function properly. These systemsmay not operate if the battery isdischarged or disconnected.

Add-on Electrical Equipment

The OnStar system is integratedinto the electrical architecture of thevehicle. Do not add any electricalequipment. See Add-On ElectricalEquipment 0 211. Added electricalequipment may interfere with theoperation of the OnStar system andcause it to not operate.

Vehicle Software Updates

OnStar or GM may remotely deliversoftware updates or changes to thevehicle without further notice orconsent. These updates or changesmay enhance or maintain safety,security, or the operation of thevehicle or the vehicle systems.Software updates or changes mayaffect or erase data or settings thatare stored in the vehicle, such asOnStar Hands-Free Calling nametags, saved navigation destinations,or pre-set radio stations. NeitherOnStar nor GM is responsible forany affected or erased data or

settings. These updates or changesmay also collect personalinformation. Such collection isdescribed in the OnStar privacystatement or separately disclosed atthe time of installation. Theseupdates or changes may also causea system to automaticallycommunicate with GM servers tocollect information about vehiclesystem status, identify whetherupdates or changes are available,or deliver updates or changes. Anactive OnStar agreement constitutesconsent to these software updatesor changes and agreement thateither OnStar or GM may remotelydeliver them to the vehicle.

Privacy

The complete OnStar PrivacyStatement may be found atwww.onstar.com (U.S.),or www.onstar.ca (Canada). Werecommend that you review it. If youhave any questions, call1-888-4ONSTAR (1-888-466-7827)or pressQ to speak with anAdvisor. Users of wirelesscommunications are cautioned that


OnStar 329

the privacy of any information sentvia wireless cellular communicationscannot be assured. Third partiesmay unlawfully intercept or accesstransmissions and privatecommunications without consent.

OnStar - SoftwareAcknowledgements

Certain OnStar components includelibcurl and unzip software and otherthird party software. Below are thenotices and licenses associated withlibcurl and unzip and for other thirdparty software please see http://www.lg.com/global/support/opensource/index and https://www.onstar.com/us/en/support/getdocuments.html

libcurl:

COPYRIGHT AND PERMISSIONNOTICE

Copyright (c) 1996 - 2010, DanielStenberg, <[email protected]>.

All rights reserved.

Permission to use, copy, modify,and distribute this software for anypurpose with or without fee is

hereby granted, provided that theabove copyright notice and thispermission notice appear in allcopies.

THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED“AS IS,” WITHOUT WARRANTY OFANY KIND, EXPRESS ORIMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOTLIMITED TO THE WARRANTIESOF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESSFOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSEAND NONINFRINGEMENT OFTHIRD PARTY RIGHTS. IN NOEVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS ORCOPYRIGHT HOLDERS BELIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,WHETHER IN AN ACTION OFCONTRACT, TORT OROTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,OUT OF OR IN CONNECTIONWITH THE SOFTWARE OR THEUSE OR OTHER DEALINGS INTHE SOFTWARE.

Except as contained in this notice,the name of a copyright holder shallnot be used in advertising orotherwise to promote the sale, use

or other dealings in this Softwarewithout prior written authorization ofthe copyright holder.

unzip:

This is version 2005-Feb-10 of theInfo-ZIP copyright and license. Thedefinitive version of this documentshould be available at ftp://ftp.info-zip.org/pub/infozip/license.html indefinitely.

Copyright (c) 1990-2005 Info-ZIP. Allrights reserved.

For the purposes of this copyrightand license, “Info-ZIP” is defined asthe following set of individuals:

Mark Adler, John Bush, Karl Davis,Harald Denker, Jean-Michel Dubois,Jean-loup Gailly, Hunter Goatley, EdGordon, Ian Gorman, ChrisHerborth, Dirk Haase, Greg Hartwig,Robert Heath, Jonathan Hudson,Paul Kienitz, David Kirschbaum,Johnny Lee, Onno van der Linden,Igor Mandrichenko, Steve P. Miller,Sergio Monesi, Keith Owens,George Petrov, Greg Roelofs, KaiUwe Rommel, Steve Salisbury,Dave Smith, Steven M. Schweda,


330 OnStar

Christian Spieler, Cosmin Truta,Antoine Verheijen, Paul von Behren,Rich Wales, Mike White.

This software is provided “as is,”without warranty of any kind,express or implied. In no event shallInfo-ZIP or its contributors be heldliable for any direct, indirect,incidental, special or consequentialdamages arising out of the use of orinability to use this software.

Permission is granted to anyone touse this software for any purpose,including commercial applications,and to alter it and redistribute itfreely, subject to the followingrestrictions:

1. Redistributions of source codemust retain the above copyrightnotice, definition, disclaimer,and this list of conditions.

2. Redistributions in binary form(compiled executables) mustreproduce the above copyrightnotice, definition, disclaimer,and this list of conditions indocumentation and/or othermaterials provided with thedistribution. The sole exception

to this condition is redistributionof a standard UnZipSFX binary(including SFXWiz) as part of aself-extracting archive; that ispermitted without inclusion ofthis license, as long as thenormal SFX banner has notbeen removed from the binaryor disabled.

3. Altered versions–including, butnot limited to, ports to newoperating systems, existingports with new graphicalinterfaces, and dynamic,shared, or static libraryversions–must be plainlymarked as such and must notbe misrepresented as beingthe original source. Suchaltered versions also must notbe misrepresented as beingInfo-ZIP releases–including,but not limited to, labeling ofthe altered versions with thenames “Info-ZIP” (or anyvariation thereof, including, butnot limited to, differentcapitalizations), “PocketUnZip,” “WiZ” or “MacZip”without the explicit permission

of Info-ZIP. Such alteredversions are further prohibitedfrom misrepresentative use ofthe Zip-Bugs or Info-ZIP e-mailaddresses or of theInfo-ZIP URL(s).

4. Info-ZIP retains the right to usethe names “Info-ZIP,” “Zip,”“UnZip,” “UnZipSFX,” “WiZ,”“Pocket UnZip,” “Pocket Zip,”and “MacZip” for its ownsource and binary releases.


Index 331

Index AAccessories andModifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214

Accessory Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187Add-On Electrical Equipment . . . 211Additional InformationOnStar® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 326

Additional Maintenanceand Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 297

AdjustmentsLumbar, Front Seats . . . . . . . . . . . .54

AgreementsTrademarks and License . . . . . 164

Air Cleaner/Filter, Engine . . . . . . . 224Air Conditioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166Air Filter, PassengerCompartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169

Air Intake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169Air Vents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168Airbag SystemCheck . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .76How Does an AirbagRestrain? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .70

Passenger Sensing System . . . .71What Makes an AirbagInflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .69

What Will You See after anAirbag Inflates? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .70

Airbag System (cont'd)When Should an AirbagInflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .68

Where Are the Airbags? . . . . . . . .67AirbagsAdding Equipment to theVehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .75

Passenger Status Indicator . . . .111Readiness Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .110Servicing Airbag-EquippedVehicles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .75

System Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .65AlarmVehicle Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .44

All-Season Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249AM-FM Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145AntennaMulti-band . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148

Antilock Brake System (ABS) . . . 195Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .115

Appearance CareExterior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280Interior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 285

Apple CarPlay andAndroid Auto . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161

ArmrestFront Seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .56


332 Index

Assistance Program,Roadside . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 311

AudioTheft-Deterrent Feature . . . . . . . 142

AutomaticDoor Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40Headlamp System . . . . . . . . . . . . 135Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191Transmission Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . 223

Automatic TransmissionManual Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192Shift Lock Control FunctionCheck . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235

AuxiliaryDevices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155

Avoiding Untrusted MediaDevices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149

BBatteryExterior Lighting BatterySaver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139

Load Management . . . . . . . . . . . . 139Power Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139

Battery - North America . . . .234, 275Blade Replacement, Wiper . . . . . 236BluetoothOverview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155, 157

BrakeSystem Warning Light . . . . . . . . .114

Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232Antilock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233Parking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196

Braking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173Break-In, New Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . 181Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241Fog Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239Halogen Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238Headlamp Aiming . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237Headlamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238Headlamps and Front TurnSignal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238

License Plate Lamps . . . . . . . . . 241Taillamps, Turn Signal,Stoplamps, and Back-upLamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240

Buying New Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263

CCalibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104CaliforniaFuel Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . 208

California (cont'd)Perchlorate MaterialsRequirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213

CaliforniaProposition65 Warning . . . . . . . . . .213, 234, 275

CameraRear Vision (RVC) . . . . . . . . . . . . 201

Canadian Vehicle Owners . . . . . . . . 2Capacities andSpecifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304

Carbon MonoxideEngine Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190Liftgate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .43Trunk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .41Winter Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176

CargoCover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .98

Caution, Danger, and Warning . . . . 3Chains, Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 267Charging System Light . . . . . . . . . 112CheckIgnition Transmission Lock . . . 235Malfunction IndicatorEngine Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .112

Child RestraintsInfants and Young Children . . . . .79


Index 333

Child Restraints (cont'd)Lower Anchors and Tethersfor Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .84

Older Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .77Securing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91, 93Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .81

Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242CleaningExterior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280Interior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 285

Climate Control Systems . . . . . . . 166Air Conditioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166Heating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166

Clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104Cluster, Instrument . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107Clutch, Hydraulic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224Collision Damage Repair . . . . . . . 314Compact Spare Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . 274Compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98Load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .98

CompartmentsStorage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .97

Compass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104ConnectionsOnStar® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 323

ControlTraction and ElectronicStability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197

Control of a Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173Convex Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46CoolantEngine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227Engine TemperatureWarning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .118

Cooling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166Cooling System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226Courtesy Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138Courtesy TransportationProgram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 313

CoverCargo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .98

Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120

Customer Assistance . . . . . . . . . . . 310Offices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 309Text Telephone (TTY)Users . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 310

Customer InformationService PublicationsOrdering Information . . . . . . . . 316

Customer SatisfactionProcedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 307

DDamage Repair, Collision . . . . . . . 314Danger, Warning, and Caution . . . . 3Data CollectionOnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 320

Data Recorders, Event . . . . . . . . . 319Daytime RunningLamps (DRL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135

Defensive Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172Delayed Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39DevicesAuxiliary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155

DiagnosticsOnStar® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 325

Distracted Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172Dome Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138DoorAjar Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121Delayed Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .39Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .38

Drive Belt Routing, Engine . . . . . . 306Driver InformationCenter (DIC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121

DrivingDefensive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172Drunk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172For Better Fuel Economy . . . . . . .24Hill and Mountain Roads . . . . . . 176


334 Index

Driving (cont'd)If the Vehicle is Stuck . . . . . . . . . 178Loss of Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174Off-Road Recovery . . . . . . . . . . . 174Vehicle Load Limits . . . . . . . . . . . 178Wet Roads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175Winter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176

EElectrical Equipment,Add-On . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211

Electrical SystemEngine Compartment FuseBlock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243

Fuses and Circuit Breakers . . . 242Instrument Panel FuseBlock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246

Overload . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242EmergencyOnStar® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 322

EngineAir Cleaner/Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224Check and Service EngineSoon Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .112

Compartment Overview . . . . . . . 217Coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227Coolant TemperatureWarning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .118

Cooling System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226

Engine (cont'd)Drive Belt Routing . . . . . . . . . . . . 306Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190Heater . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186Oil Life System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222Oil Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127Oil Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . . .118Overheating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230Reduced Power Light . . . . . . . . . 120Running While Parked . . . . . . . . 190Starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185

Entry Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138Event Data Recorders . . . . . . . . . . 319Exit Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138Extended Parking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189Extender, Safety Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . 64Exterior Lamp Controls . . . . . . . . . 134Exterior Lighting BatterySaver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139

FFilter,Engine Air Cleaner . . . . . . . . . . . 224

Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135Flashers, Hazard Warning . . . . . . 136Flat Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 267Changing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269

Floor Mats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 288

FluidAutomatic Transmission . . . . . . 223Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231

Fog Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . 239

Folding Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47Forward Collision Alert(FCA) System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204

Forward Collision Alert (FCA)Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116

Frequency StatementRadio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 317

Front Fog LampLight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120

Front Seat Armrest . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56Front SeatsAdjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .53Heated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .56

Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207Additives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208Economy Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .24Filling a Portable FuelContainer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210

Filling the Tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209Foreign Countries . . . . . . . . . . . . 208Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109Low Fuel Warning Light . . . . . . . .119


Index 335

Fuel (cont'd)Requirements, California . . . . . 208

FusesEngine Compartment FuseBlock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243

Fuses and Circuit Breakers . . . 242Instrument Panel FuseBlock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246

GGaugesFuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109Tachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109Trip Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109Warning Lights andIndicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106

General InformationService and Maintenance . . . . . 289Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .211Vehicle Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213

Glove Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97GM Mobility ReimbursementProgram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 311

HHalogen Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238Hands-Free Phone . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161Hazard Warning Flashers . . . . . . . 136Head Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52HeadlampsAiming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . 238Daytime RunningLamps (DRL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135

Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135High-Beam On Light . . . . . . . . . . 120High/Low Beam Changer . . . . . 134Lamps On Reminder . . . . . . . . . 120

HeatedSteering Wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102

Heated Front Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56Heated Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47HeaterEngine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186

Heating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166High-Beam On Light . . . . . . . . . . . . 120Hill and Mountain Roads . . . . . . . . 176Hill Start Assist (HSA) . . . . . . . . . . 197Home Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144Hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102

How to Wear Safety BeltsProperly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60

HVAC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166Hydraulic Clutch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224

IIgnition Positions . . . . . . . . . .182, 183Ignition Transmission LockCheck . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235

Immobilizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .119

IndicatorOwner Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .114Vehicle Ahead . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .116

Infants and Young Children,Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79

Infotainment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141Instrument Cluster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107Instrument PanelStorage Area . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .97

Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2

JJump Starting - NorthAmerica . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275


336 Index

KKeyless EntryRemote (RKE) System . . . . . 29, 31

Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26

LLabeling, Tire Sidewall . . . . . . . . . . 250LampsCourtesy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138Daytime Running (DRL) . . . . . . 135Dome . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138Exterior Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134Exterior Lighting BatterySaver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139

License Plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241Malfunction Indicator . . . . . . . . . .112On Reminder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120Reading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138

Lane DepartureWarning (LDW) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206

Lane Departure WarningLight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116

Lap-Shoulder Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61LATCH SystemReplacing Parts after aCrash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .91

LATCH, Lower Anchors andTethers for Children . . . . . . . . . . . . 84

Liftgate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43

LightingEntry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138Exit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138Illumination Control . . . . . . . . . . . 137

Lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116Airbag Readiness . . . . . . . . . . . . . .110Antilock Brake System(ABS) Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .115

Brake System Warning . . . . . . . .114Charging System . . . . . . . . . . . . . .112Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120Door Ajar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121Engine CoolantTemperature Warning . . . . . . . .118

Engine Oil Pressure . . . . . . . . . . .118Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135Front Fog Lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120High-Beam On . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120High/Low Beam Changer . . . . . 134Immobilizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .119Lane Departure Warning . . . . . . .116Low Fuel Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . .119Operate Pedal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .115Reduced Engine Power . . . . . . 120Safety Belt Reminders . . . . . . . . .110Service Vehicle Soon . . . . . . . . . .114StabiliTrak® OFF . . . . . . . . . . . . . .117Tire Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .118

Lights (cont'd)Traction Control System(TCS)/StabiliTrak® . . . . . . . . . . .117

Traction Off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .117Trunk Ajar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121Ultrasonic Parking Sensor . . . . .116Up-Shift . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .115Warning, Power Steering . . . . . .115

Load Compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98LocksAutomatic Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40Delayed Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .39Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .38Lockout Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40

Loss of Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174Low Fuel Warning Light . . . . . . . . . 119Lower Anchors and Tethersfor Children (LATCHSystem) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84

Lumbar Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54Front Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .54

MMaintenanceRecords . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 302

Maintenance and CareAdditional . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 297

Maintenance Schedule . . . . . . . . . 290


Index 337

Maintenance Schedule (cont'd)Recommended Fluids andLubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300

Malfunction Indicator Lamp . . . . . 112Manual Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46Manual Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192Manual Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . 193Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224

Manual Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48MediaAvoiding Untrusted Devices . . 149

MessagesEngine Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126

MirrorsConvex . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .46Folding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .47Heated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .47Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .46Manual Rearview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .47Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .46

Monitor System, TirePressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257

Multi-band Antenna . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148

NNavigationOnStar® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 323

New Vehicle Break-In . . . . . . . . . . . 181

OOdometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109Trip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109

Off-RoadRecovery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174

OilEngine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220Engine Oil Life System . . . . . . . 222Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .118

Older Children, Restraints . . . . . . . 77Online Owner Center . . . . . . . . . . . 310OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 320OnStar® AdditionalInformation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 326

OnStar® Connections . . . . . . . . . . . 323OnStar® Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . 325OnStar® Emergency . . . . . . . . . . . . 322OnStar® Navigation . . . . . . . . . . . . . 323OnStar® Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 321OnStar® Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 322Operate Pedal Light . . . . . . . . . . . . 115OperationFog Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137

Operation (cont'd)Infotainment System . . . . . . . . . . 144

OrderingService Publications . . . . . . . . . . 316

OutletsPower . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105

Overheating, Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . 230Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143Owner Manual Indicator . . . . . . . . 114

PParkShifting Into . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187Shifting Out of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188

Parking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189Brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196Brake and P (Park)Mechanism Check . . . . . . . . . . 236

Extended . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189Over Things That Burn . . . . . . . 189Ultrasonic Sensor Light . . . . . . . .116

Parking Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203Passenger Airbag StatusIndicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111

Passenger Compartment AirFilter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169

Passenger Sensing System . . . . . 71Perchlorate MaterialsRequirements, California . . . . . . 213


338 Index

PersonalizationVehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127

PhoneApple CarPlay andAndroid Auto . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161

Bluetooth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155, 157Hands-Free . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161

PortUSB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149

PowerMirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .46Outlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105Protection, Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . 139Reduced Engine Light . . . . . . . . 120Retained Accessory (RAP) . . . 187Seat Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .54Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .48

Power Steering WarningLights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115

Pregnancy, Using Safety Belts . . . 63PrivacyVehicle Data Recording . . . . . . . 318

ProgramCourtesy Transportation . . . . . . 313

Proposition65 Warning,California . . . . . . . . . . . .213, 234, 275

RRadio Frequency Statement . . . . 317Radio Reception . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148RadiosAM-FM Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145Satellite . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146

Reading Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138Rear Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57Rear Vision Camera (RVC) . . . . . 201Rear Window Washer/Wiper . . . . 103Rearview Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47Reclining Seatbacks . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55Recommended Fluids andLubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300

RecordsMaintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 302

Recreational Vehicle Towing . . . . 277Reduced Engine Power Light . . . 120Reimbursement Program,GM Mobility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 311

Remote Keyless Entry(RKE) System . . . . . . . . . . 28, 29, 31

Remote Vehicle Start . . . . . . . . . . . . 37Replacement Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241Replacement PartsAirbags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .77Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301

Replacing Airbag System . . . . . . . . 77

Replacing LATCH SystemParts after a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91

Replacing Safety Belt SystemParts after a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65

Reporting Safety DefectsCanadian Government . . . . . . . . 318General Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 318U.S. Government . . . . . . . . . . . . . 317

RestraintsWhere to Put . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .83

Retained AccessoryPower (RAP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187

RoadsDriving, Wet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175

Roadside AssistanceProgram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 311

RoofSunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .50

Rotation, Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261Routing, Engine Drive Belt . . . . . . 306Running the Vehicle WhileParked . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190

SSafety Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .64Extender . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .64How to Wear Safety BeltsProperly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .60


Index 339

Safety Belts (cont'd)Lap-Shoulder Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . .61Reminders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .110Replacing after a Crash . . . . . . . .65Use During Pregnancy . . . . . . . . . .63

Safety Defects ReportingCanadian Government . . . . . . . . 318General Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 318U.S. Government . . . . . . . . . . . . . 317

Safety Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40Safety System Check . . . . . . . . . . . . 64Satellite Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146Scheduling Appointments . . . . . . . 313SeatsAdjustment, Front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .53Head Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .52Heated Front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .56Lumbar Adjustment, Front . . . . . .54Power Adjustment, Front . . . . . . .54Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .57Reclining Seatbacks . . . . . . . . . . . .55

Securing Child Restraints . . . . 91, 93SecurityOnStar® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 322Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .44Vehicle Alarm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .44

Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169

Service (cont'd)Accessories andModifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214

Climate Control System . . . . . . . 166Doing Your Own Work . . . . . . . . 214Engine Soon Light . . . . . . . . . . . . .112Maintenance Records . . . . . . . . 302Maintenance, GeneralInformation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289

Parts Identification Label . . . . . 303Publications OrderingInformation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 316

Scheduling Appointments . . . . . 313Vehicle Soon Light . . . . . . . . . . . . .114

ServicesSpecial Application . . . . . . . . . . . 296

Servicing the Airbag . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75Shift Lock Control FunctionCheck, AutomaticTransmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235

ShiftingInto Park . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187Out of Park . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188

Signals, Turn andLane-Change . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136

Spare TireCompact . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274

Special Application Services . . . . 296

Specifications andCapacities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304

Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109StabiliTrakOFF Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .117

Start Assist, Hill . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197Start Vehicle, Remote . . . . . . . . . . . 37Starter Switch Check . . . . . . . . . . . 234Starting the Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173Heated Wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102Power, Warning Lights . . . . . . . . .115Wheel Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . 101Wheel Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101

Stoplamps and Back-up LampsBulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . 240

StorageLoad Compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . .98

Storage AreasCargo Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .98Glove Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .97Instrument Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .97

Storage Compartments . . . . . . . . . . 97Stuck Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178Summer Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250Sun Visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49Sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50Symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3


340 Index

SystemForward CollisionAlert (FCA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204

Infotainment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141

TTachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109TaillampsBulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . 240

Text Telephone (TTY) Users . . . . 310Theft-Deterrent Systems . . . . . . . . . 45Immobilizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .45

Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248All-Season . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249Buying New Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263Chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 267Changing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269Compact Spare . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274Designations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252Different Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 264If a Tire Goes Flat . . . . . . . . . . . . 267Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .118Pressure Monitor Operation . . 258Pressure Monitor System . . . . . 257Rotation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261Sidewall Labeling . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250

Tires (cont'd)Terminology and Definitions . . 253Uniform Tire QualityGrading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 264

Wheel Alignment and TireBalance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 266

Wheel Replacement . . . . . . . . . . 266When It Is Time for NewTires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262

Winter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249TowingGeneral Information . . . . . . . . . . .211Recreational Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . 277Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 277

TractionControl System (TCS)/StabiliTrak® Light . . . . . . . . . . . . .117

Off Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .117Traction Control/ElectronicStability Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197

Trademarks and LicenseAgreements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164

TransmissionAutomatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191Fluid, Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223Fluid, Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224

Transportation Program,Courtesy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 313

Trip Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109Trunk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41Trunk Ajar Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121Turn and Lane-ChangeSignals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136

Turn SignalBulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . 240

UUltrasonic Parking SensorLight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116

Uniform Tire Quality Grading . . . 264Up-Shift Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115USB Port . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149Using This Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2

VVehicleAlarm System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .44Canadian Owners . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173Identification Number (VIN) . . . 303Load Limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126Personalization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127Remote Start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .37Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .44Service Soon Light . . . . . . . . . . . .114


Index 341

Vehicle (cont'd)Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 277

Vehicle Ahead Indicator . . . . . . . . 116Vehicle CareTire Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256

Vehicle Data Recording andPrivacy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 318

Ventilation, Air . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168Visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49

WWarningBrake System Light . . . . . . . . . . . .114Caution and Danger . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3Lane Departure (LDW) . . . . . . . 206

Warning LightForward CollisionAlert (FCA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .116

Warning Lights, Gauges, andIndicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106

WarningsHazard Flashers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136

Washer Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231WheelsAlignment and Tire Balance . . 266Different Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 264Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 266

When It Is Time for NewTires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262

Where to Put the Restraint . . . . . . 83Wi-Fi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 323Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .48Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .48

WindshieldWiper/Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102

WinterDriving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176

Winter Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249Wiper Blade Replacement . . . . . . 236WipersRear Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103

2017-chevrolet-sonic-om.pdf - owner's manual - cloudfront.net

Documents